u I ~ - .1.
@333???
Lakfiua. 5151;

.rvxxur»\..#sfl.! 100‘
y‘xixk nu» . 1,.
zvflhmui. .‘nmbmmg
. r iuufl‘i.

. . .. his:

7

17‘ i .
,fifimfinflfi .21.,
x

, v
‘ n . V 3 . T b
I v. , l. . 3 x
§§?fiz:fi .... ..
S. .. thfil‘ig {2.1043, . . ‘ ‘ .
.: V .91}. .n 11}. .I V! A 3, p L. ‘ .»., n . p.
. v 1. T. 1 x . Zx$t1$u$flx1 .. .. x, 3. alnmxrifitl. h”)$\1. .n.
‘ .11 11 K . a a. v . e gluihmdfiflaicla .. v, I . fitixflfimww‘h. {will ‘ih‘
. .. ‘. : , . ‘ .. r J; . .
\NJ\>1H)L1.1V‘O.\N 1. 2.3. .x 1», 1x! 11,.) 3

t ill» 1 Txrvxlfx. ;. .1.

an.

”2"}:5'21' sifi'lvynunun:.~

. . 11 . 61 u n
‘ . u}..M.fi.I€.YI§-1 J . I! 1 1‘611.£{)131nn.l§171\‘2

, .1 )Jnuxvuulxv 7 f. $.411ip3?y5y»fi.$)§‘ {alkllYt v
.v\\‘.\‘l.5 .9) , ‘i .%.nw1§.\\\13.\(llr\€$}l\1\l}\}y (bfzvhv)

v » 1 .. p1! .(varxikfltilltl. .at?!v) {2 3331‘s}. 3 xi 1: Ir L t

L: .\\, . 3‘i1?1:\113&2r1\7n1vfst\r,.v » 23 1!l?:.}£ x}. I 1.11.}.
1)»1I.»1$\i»..$13.l£ nxfirv~y.v1..fi\\.v11‘¢ . 90.;

inn-1v?"

{2 ...t vinté: . ..i£nnbr§(cyyfi. if).
12.:{gLnLEA \ A Min!» 4 {hwrlrnwhu‘et

v1.3.6,}. £40»th . 2 311..“ 1
E. . “1 Ht.hunru1¢3..11..n‘f ,iktezgnll..w.x
. if r . ,

I «f‘ 1"}!
1191.37. .3.

 

 

This is to certify that the

thesis entitled

THE BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF
AMERICAN LITERATURE 1920-1975

presented by

VITO JOSEPH BRENNI

has been accepted towards fulfillment
of the requirements for

“M ‘4. {511

Major professor

Date February 7, 1978

0-7639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(:) Copyright by I v
Vito Joseph Brenni

1978

 

3°3IBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN '

LITERATURE 1920-1975

 

BY

 

Vito Joseph Brenni

A DISSERTATION

Submitted to
Michigan State University
in partial fulfillment of the requirements

for the degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Department of English

1978

ABSTRACT

THE BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN
LITERATURE 1920-1975

By

Vito Joseph Brenni

The essay traces the growth and development of the bibliographic
control of American belles—lettres from 1920 through 1975. As such,
it examines the many bibliographic studies which list and/or describe
the novels, short stories, poems, and plays. The bibliographic studies,
which consist of bibliographies, bibliographic essays, collections, and
anthologies, identify a great many belles-lettres titles published in
the United States between the 17th century through the early years of
the 1970's.

The dissertation is divided into three periods: 1920-1939, 1940-
59, and 1960—1975. The discussion in each period begins with national
bibliographies in fiction, poetry, and drama and continues with bibli—
ographic studies on the regional, state, and local level. Bibliogra-
phies of humor and author bibliographies follow in that order.

The well—known comprehensive bibliographies in American litera—
ture, namely, those in the Cambridge History of American Literature,
the bibliography volumes of the Literary History of the United States,

and the Bibliography of American Literature(l954 to date) are land-

marks in the annals of American bibliography. The bibliographies of

fiction by Lyle Wright and R. Glenn Wright are also outstanding achieve-

ments. The Brown University Dictionary Catalog of American Poetry and

 

 

Vito Joseph Brenni

£l§y§(13 vols. 1972), Arthur H. Quinn's lists of plays in his histories
of American drama(l923, 1927, and revisions), and the Oxford Companion
to American Literature (1941 and revisions) are other noteworthy titles
that go far in preserving the identity of the American literary imagin—
ation.

The four major regions of the country have done some good bibli-
ographic work. Jay B. Hubbell's The South in American Literature 1607—
l299fl1954), Mabel Major and Thomas Pearce's Southwest Heritage(3d ed.
1972), and John S. Hartin's dissertation "The Southeastern United States
in the Novel through l950"(University of Michigan, 1957) are valuable
for bibliographic information and for literary history.

Many states have described their literature in bibliographies and
bibliographic essays. Kentucky, North Carolina, Iowa, Indiana, Missouri,
California, Ohio, Michigan, and Maryland are among the states which have
done significant bibliographic work. To cite Richard Banta's Indiana
Authors and Their Books 1916-1916, Donald Thompson's supplementary vol—
ume(l974), William S. Powell's North Carolina Fiction 1734-1957(1958),
John T. Frederickls essays in Palimpsest on Iowa fiction, and William
Coyle's Ohio Authors and Their Books(l962) would be to give only a few
of the many useful titles for students who are studying the literature
of individual states. State literary collections are important sources
for titles, authors, and biographical sketches. These were compiled in
great numbers by poetry societies, poets, and others interested in the
cultural life of their respective states.

A very large part of the bibliographic control in American litera—
ture is contained in author bibliographies. They appeared in periodi—

cals, biographies, and as separate books. Most of the well—known

 

 

 

Vito Joseph Brenni

authors and a great many of the minor writers have been covered by
bibliographies that aim to be complete or very nearly so. Bibliogra-
phers such as Thomas F. Currier, Donald C. Gallup, William White,
Dorothy R. Russo, and Matthew J. Bruccoli have been among the most
diligent compilers of author bibliographies.

The fourth chapter reviews some of the major efforts to achieve
bibliographic control for American belles—lettres and makes several
suggestions for more and better bibliographies.

The essay is followed by three appendices, each one listing all
the titles in the three principal chapters and adding many other
titles which readers may find useful for study and research. The dis—
sertation concludes with a bibliography giving the chief sources for

the titles and a short list of secondary readings.

PREFACE

This study is concerned with that aspect of bibliography which
is called bibliographic control. This term as applied to American
literature would mean all the various bibliographic studies which list
the publications by and about American writers. For the purpose of
this study only publications by American writers are considered and only
those which are novels, short stories, plays, and poems. Juvenile
literature, dime novels, travel and captivity narratives, anecdotes,
folklore, essays, biographies, and manuscript and archival material
are omitted. Ethnic and immigrant literature are also excluded. The
main aim of the study is to trace the growth and development of the
bibliographic control of American belles—lettres between 1920 and 1975.
A secondary aim is to examine carefully some of these titles in order
to point out their merits, faults, and deficiencies. The study will
conclude with an assessment of the achievement and failure of the
efforts over a period of more than a half century to bring under control
the large body of creative literature which Americans have produced
since the early colonial period.

The main tools of bibliographic control are the bibliography,
the bibliographic essay, and the anthology. The anthology is included
because it brings together a group of writings for a particular pur—
pose. Because it provides title and author, two essentials in biblio-

graphic description, it can be used as a substitute for a bibliography

ii

 

 

or as a supplementary aid to existing bibliographies. Some anthologies
are better than others in that they give complete bibliographic infor-
mation about the selections or they contain biographical sketches for
the authors included. The anthologies listed in the Appendices were
chosen with the idea that they do contribute, individually and collec-
tively, to bibliographic control.

Bibliographic control does not have for its aim a full descrip-
tion of the writings in a subject field. It is concerned primarily
with a brief identification of each publication. This identification
consists of author, title, imprint, and pagination for a book, and
author, title, serial location, volume, pages, and date for all publi—
cations which are serials or which are located in serials. Most of
the bibliographies cited in this study, therefore, are enumerative.
Some descriptive bibliographies are included because they list publi-
cations not found in other bibliographies. This is particularly true
of many author bibliographies which are as nearly complete as the com—
pilers can make them.

Belles-lettres differ from publications in other areas of the
humanities in that they are more difficult to classify by brief subject
headings. To think of a great novel or poem, for example, is not to
reduce it to a few words. An essay is needed. The huge number of
writings about individual works in American literature do not fall
within the scope of this study. Many of these writings are critical
in nature and belong to literary criticism and the subject bibliography
of American literature. The MLA International Bibliography, for ex—
ample, is a subject bibliography in the sense that it lists writings

about literature. It is not a bibliography of belles—lettres in

iii

 

modern literature.

While this study does intentionally omit critical writings about
authors and their works, it does not exclude all such studies. A crit—
ical study of the American political novel, for example, would be in-
cluded if it has a separate bibliography of novels at the end of the
essay and/or if the essay gives the intellectual content of a fair numr
ber of novels. The idea is that, while bibliographic control is con-
cerned primarily with bibliographic description, it does not entirely
neglect the content of writings. Librarians and scholars have been,
and always will be, interested in the subject analysis of literature.
One need only be reminded of the subject headings in library card cat-
alogs and the content annotations in some bibliographies to understand
the extent to which readers require a subject approach to the world of
print. The critical works which are included in this study are not
those which examine the writings of one author but rather those which
discuss a whole group of titles by many authors. The critical works
discussed and/or listed in this study represent some of the most useful
studies for bibliographic purposes.

The titles discussed in the text and the additional titles given
in the Appendices were selected from a great many sources, some of which
are listed in the bibliography at the end of this study. The sources

which supplied the greatest number of entries are the Cumulative Book

Index(l920—75), Tanselle's Guide to the Study of U.S. Imprints(l97l),

 

the bibliography volumes of the Literary History of the United States

(1948, 1959, 1972), Gohdes's Literature and Theatre of the United

States(l967),Nilon's Bibliographies in American Literature(l970),

Havlice's Index to American Author Bibliographies(l97l), and McNamee's

iv

 

Dissertations in English and American Literature(l968, 1969, 1974).

All titles have been verified in library card catalogs and in the
printed catalogs of the Library of Congress. Most of them were ex—
amined in the libraries of MichiganStateUniversity and the University
of Michigan and in the Newberry Library in Chicago. A fair number were
borrowed from other libraries on interlibrary loan.

The titles in the Appendices may be said to contain the history
of the bibliographic control of American belles-lettres for the years
1920-1975. The words of the titles speak for the efforts of many in—
dividuals and groups to record the products of the American mind and
spirit. By themselves the titles are a shorthand account of these
efforts. The essay, on the other hand, may be considered a verifica—
tion of selected attempts at bibliographic control and an expansion of
the short account provided by the words of the titles. The study,
therefore, consists of two parts: the bibliographic essay and the titles
in the Appendices.

I

For convenience the study is divided into three periods: 1920-
1939, 1940-59, and 1960—75. Within each period the discussion will
begin with the comprehensive bibliographies, continue with the national
genre lists, regional, state, and local bibliographies, historical
sources, Humor, and author bibliographies. Humor is included as a
separate category because it has been a tangible quality and a constant
element in American writing.

Some bibliographic terms need to be defined because some publishers
and compilers of bibliographies have used them rather loosely. In this
study a checklist is a list of publications with only a minimum of bib-

liographic description. A descriptive bibliography is one which gives

 

 

 

 

more than brief description. It gives a fuller description of the

physical appearance of the books, such as binding, paper, exact trans—
cription of the title page, and collation. The collation of a book
gives the assembly of the pages in a book in the order in which they
appear: frontispiece, dedication, table of contents, text, blank pages,
appendices, bibliography, index, ads, etc. A biobibliography is a list
of books by many authors giving brief biographical data about them.

Many thanks are due the DoCtoral Guidance Committee for supporting
the subject of this study, which has been for the author an area of in—
terest for many years. The Committee included Dr. Arthur Sherbo, Dr.
Joseph Waldmeir, Dr. Roger Meiners, and Dr. Russel Nye, the Chairman
of the Committee who directed the study and encouraged the author with
much patience and understanding. Except for his gentle and friendly
persuasion this study might never have been begun; and, had he not
allowed the author so much freedom to follow "his natural bibliographic

" the work might never have been completed.

bent,
As a librarian the author can hardly fail to appreciate the gen—
erosity of the University Library in securing for this essay many books
on interlibrary loan. The reference librarians and the interlibrary
loan Staff conveyed their support and interest in the study by welcoming
all requests for publications not found in the Michigan State University
Library. If some publications were not easily located—-and I think a
few must have been——the librarians did not give up the search without

having tried many times. I should be remiss if I did not acknowledge

their many efforts on behalf of this dissertation.

vi

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
CHAPTER
I THE CAMBRIDGE HISTORY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE AND
ITS AFTERMATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
II THE LITERARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, THE
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE, AND OTHER
BIBLIOGRAPHIC STUDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
III THE GOLDEN YEARS 1960—1975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
IV A BACKWARD GLANCE AND SOME RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . . 139
APPENDIX
A BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN LITERATURE
1920-1939 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
B BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN LITERATURE
1940-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
C BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN LITERATURE
1960—1975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

vii

CHAPTER I

THE CAMBRIDGE HISTORY OF AMERICAN

LITERATURE AND ITS AFTERMATH

The history of the bibliography of American literature may be
said to begin near the end of the eighteenth century with the publi—

cation of the first anthologies of poetry. Many more anthologies

were published in the nineteenth century, including Samuel Kettell's

3—volume Specimens of American Poet£y(1829), John Keese's 2—Volume

Poets of America(1840—42), and Rufus W. Griswold's anthologies.l

These anthologies enabled many people both here and abroad to read
and enjoy American poetry. Without the anthologies many poems would
have gone unread because they were scattered in many books and peri-
odicals. They took the place of poetry indexes and bibliographies;
indeed, one might say that the American literature anthology was the
chief bibliographic aid in American literature before the twentieth
century.

Before the end of the nineteenth century two significant events
occurred: the first bibliography of first editions of American au-

thors was published and the first single-author bibliography was

lSamuel Kettell, ed., Specimens of American Poetry with Crit-

ical and Biographical Notices(3 vols. Boston: S.G. Goodrich, 1829);
John Keese, ed., The Poets of America(2 vols. N.Y.: Samuel Colman,

1840—42); Rufus W. Griswold, Poets and Poetrv of America With an His-
torical Introduction(Phila: Carey and Hart, 1842); Female Poets of
America(Phi1a.: Carey and Haft, 1849). .

. 2 .
compiled. FranCis G. Leon, a Polish nobleman and bookseller living

in America, made a list of first editions for a sales catalog in 1885,
and Beverly Chew, a New York bibliophile, did a Longfellow bibliography
in the same year. Although both are very modest publications by mod-
ern standards, intended mainly for the book collector, they did call
attention to American literature, and they served as a stimulus to sim—
ilar bibliographic activity.

In the closing years of the nineteenth century and in the first
two decades of the twentieth century, a number of bibliographies were
published on American poetry, drama, and fiction, and on American
writers. One bibliographer and one publisher deserve special mention
for the quality and quantity of their work. Oscar Wegelin compiled
long lists of early American fiction(l902; 2d ed., 1913), poetry(1903,
1907) and plays(l900; 2d ed., 1905).3 They are all carefully done,
giving full description for all titles and notes for some of them.

The Houghton Mifflin Co. published between 1906 and 1908 bibliogra—
phies of six authors: Hawthorne(l905), Lowell(1906), Henry James
(1906), Oliver Wendell Holmes(1907), Henry David Thoreau(1908), and

Ralph Waldo Emerson(1908).4 All but the Henry James volume have more

2Leon and Brother, Catalog of First Editions of American Au—

thors(N.Y.: Leon and Brother, 1885); Beverly Chew, Longfellow Collec—

tors' Handbook; A Bibliography of First Editions(N.Y.: William Evarts
Benjamin, 1885).

3Oscar Wegelin,Early American Fiction l774—1830...(Stamford,
Conn.: The Compiler, 1902); 2d ed.(1913); Early American Plays 1714—

1830. Publications of the Dunlap Society, new series, no.10(N.Y.:
Dunlap Society, 1900); 2d ed.(N.Y.: Literary Collector Press, 1905);
Early American Poetry...(2 vols. N.Y.: The Compiler, 1903—07).

4Nina E. Browne, Bibliography of Nathaniel Hawthorne(Boston:
Houghtonvfifflin,l905);GeorgeW.Cooke, A Bibliography of James Russell
LowellCBoston: Houghton Mifflin, 1906); Le Roy Phillips, A Bibliogra—

phy of the Writings of Henry James(Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1906);

 

 

 

than 200 pages and attempt to be complete. Francis H. Allen's A Bib—

 

liography of Henry David Thoreau is an especially admirable volume

for the many notes revealing the interrelations between ThQUeau's
Journal and his published writings. The full index, p.175-201, gives
titles of all his books, poems, and lectures.

The second important period in American literary bibliography--
and the years with which this study is concerned——begins with the
completion of the Cambridge History of American Literature(l921) and
extends through 1939.5 The CHAL was a notable event because for the
first time students and teachers could turn to a long authoritative
account of American literature written by several scholars. For the
first time also there was a long comprehensive bibliography on the
subject, for each of the chapters in the history has a‘bibliography.
In all there are more than 500 pages listing titles by and about
authors and on many topics in American literary history. Many titles
on the social, political, and cultural history are also listed. Un-
fortunately for many titles bibliographic information is lacking for
pagination and publisher. This is a very serious defect of the work,
especially for periodical articles. To have only the month and date
for a periodical article means that the reader must check the peri-
odical's table of contents, or turn pages until the article is found.

The compilers of the bibliographies, most of whom remain unnamed,

George B. Ives, A Bibliography of Oliver Wendell Holmes(Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 1907); George W. Cooke, Bibliography of Ralph Waldo

Emerson(Boston: Houghton, 1908); Francis H. Allen, A Bibliography of
Henry David Thoreau(Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1908).

5Cambridge History of American Literature, ed. by William P.
Trent and others(4 vols. N.Y.: Putnam, 1917-21). Hereafter referred

to as the CHAL.

 

7

 

 

 

were obviously more interested in listing many titles than in giving
complete or even adequate bibliographic data. That the compilers
made a great effort to provide a wide range of titles on American life
and thought there is no denying, for one has only to look at the bib—
liography at the end of one of the volumes to note that hardly a sub-
ject has been omitted. The greatness of the bibliography, therefore,
lies in the quantity and broad selection of its titles rather than in
its bibliographic description.

The Egg; was for many years an invaluable aid for many students
and scholars who did not have access to major research libraries hav-
ing large dictionary catalogs and specialized bibliographies. Al-
though less useful now for many reasons, the scholar will still want
to refer to the bibliographies if only because the titles were se—
lectedznuiarranged for the chapters in the history. If his study
falls within one of the chapters, he may want to begin his research
by looking at the bibliography for that chapter.

A little more than a decade later a bibliography by Bradford

Fullerton appeared under the title of a Selective Bibliography of

American Literature 1775—1900.6 In the words of the "Preface": "The

book is designed to serve as a guide to noteworthy acheivements in
American letters between the years 1775 and l900..."(p.viii). For
most titles only place and date of publication are given; for other
titles such additional information as line readings, errata slips,
misnumbered pages, and color of binding is given. Biographical in—
formation varies from 50 to 350 words. This is a more lengthy work

6Bradford M. Fullerton, Selective Bibliography of American
Literature, l775-1900(N.Y.: W.F. Payson, 1932).

A

than a similar title by Merle Johnson, which appeared a few years
earlier.7 Merle Johnson's American First Editions(l929) contains
checklists for 105 authors and has some notes about issues, editions,
title pages, and bindings. The bibliography lists books and pamph-
lets only.

A much more selective bibliography appeared in 1924 in the form
of a sales catalog for the Stephen H. Wakeman collection of nine
American authors of the nineteenth century.8 It lists first editions,
inscribed presentation and personal copies, original manuscripts, and
letters. Reproductions of some title pages are given.

The first attempt to cover the bibliography of contemporary lit-
erature in one volume was published in 1922.9 The authors, John Manly
and Edith Rickert, exclude all authors who died before 1914 and living
authors who have produced no work since then.(p.v) Contemporary Amer—
ican literature gives titles of books for each author, some critical
studies, and brief biographical information. The book is mainly for
the student and quick reference purposes. Because the work contains
only very brief bibliographic description, it had at the time only
very limited value for the scholar. The revision by Fred B. Millett

published seven years later is a much more useful volume because it

has many more authors and contains essays on the novel, drama, poetry,

7Merle Johnson, ed., American First Editions; Bibliographical

Checklists of the Works of One Hundred and Five American Authors(N.Y.:
Bowker, 1929).

8Stephen H. Wakeman, The Stephen H. Wakeman Collection of Books
of 19th Century American Writers(N.Y.: American Art Association, 1924).

9John M. Manly and Edith Rickert, Contemporary American Liter-
ature(N.Y.: Harcourt)Brace, 1922).

 

 

 

 

biography, and literary criticism.10 Both volumes have more value for

the student who wants literary criticism and biography than for the
scholar who wants bibliographic information. They deserve a brief
mention in this study, however, for with all their limitations, they
did serve a purpose at a time when many twentieth century authors
were not covered by separate bibliographies.

In 1938 the Oxford University Press in New York came out with

an anthology which has become, among other Oxford anthologies, fairly

well known and highly regarded.11 The Oxford Anthology of American

Literature was compiled by William Rose Benet, poet and critic, and
Norman Holmes Pearson. The volume contains 152 authors, many selec-
tions, and a biographical commentary for each author. The commentary
includes titles of books with place and date of publication. A short
bibliography with more of an author's works plus biographical and
critical writings completes each commentary. As a very select bib-
liography these commentaries served very well for ten or more years,
especially for the beginning student in American literature. For
short stories and poems the selections in the anthology provide titles
for a short, eclecticbibliography. The table of contents is espe-
cially goodfor compiling such a bibliography because the selections
are listed under the authors' names. For Walt Whitman, for example,

46 poems are listed with page references under his name.

One yearbook of the period contains information about American

10John M. Manly and Edith Rickert, Contemporary American Liter-
ature... Introduction and Revision by Fred B. Millett(N.Y.: Harcourt,

Brace, 1929).

llWilliam Rose Benét and Norman H. Pearson, eds., The Oxford
Anthology of American Literature(N.Y.: Oxford Univ. Press, 1938).

 

 

 

literature. The American Yearbook was first published in 1910 and

continued to appear annually through 1950.12 Each volume has a bib—

liqgraphic essay on American fiction and one on poetry. The 1930
volume divides the essay on fiction as follows: ”Outstanding Novels,"
"Realism in Current Fiction," "Problem Novel," "Historical Novels,"

I

"Detective Stories," "The Short Story,' and "Conclusion and Tabula—

' The latter lists about 50 works of fiction. This fiction sec-

tionfl
tion runs from p.772-75. The poetry section follows, p.776—80, and

is divided as follows: "Narrative Fiction in Poetry,” "Satire,"

' I

"Lyrics,' and "Books About Poetry.‘ The work has considerable value
as a yearly record of American fiction and poetry.
American historical novels are included in Jonathan Nield's

5th edition of A Guide to the Best Historical Novels and Tales(1929).l3
The book, which is based on a careful examination of novels, contains
critical and descriptive annotations of 1—10 lines. A new feature in
this edition is a detailed subject index enabling the reader to locate
novels on specific periods, states, battles, etc. The index gives 35
page references for the American Civil War, 12 for the War of Inde—
pendence, 1 each for North Carolina and Massachusetts, 2 for Williams—
burgh, Va., and 7 for the Battle of Gettysburg. This work plus the
shorter lists by N.J. Thiessen and Rebecca W. Smith were among the

. . . . . . . l
few keys to information about American historical fiction. 4

12The American Yearbook; A Record of Events and Progress(N.Y.:
American Yearbook Corp., 1910—50).

l3Jonathan Nield, A Guide to the Best Historical Novels and
Tales. 5th ed.(N.Y.: Macmillan, 1929).

l4N.J. Thiessen, An Annotated Bibliography of American Histor-

ical Fiction(Emporia: Kansas State Teachers College, 1938); Rebecca

 

 

 

Thiessen's An Annotated Bibliography of American Historical Fiction

(1938) lists the novels in ten historical periods and provides anno—
tations of 25 to 150 words. It has separate indexes for authors and
titles. Smith's list, which appeared in the Bulletin of Bibliogra—
phy between 1939 and 1941, has only fiction about the Civil War and
its aftermath. Many of the titles came from her University of Chi-
cago dissertation(l932) on the subject.

Several other theses contain notable bibliographies on fiction.
Lisle A. Rose has a rather lengthy bibliography on economic and polit-
ical fiction in his dissertation: Appendix A, p.270—94, contains

fiction published between 1865 and 1901, and Appendix B, p.295-99,

covers 1909 thrOugh 1917.15 Robert L. Shurter did a 9-page critical

bibliography of American utopias between 1865 and 1900 for a disser-

tation on the subject.16 Claude R. Flory made a 4-page list of twen—

. . . . . . . l7 .
tieth century utopian fiction for his dissertation. Flory prov1des

brief critical annotations. Dorothy E. Wolfe's thesis is an annotated

bibliography of the short story, listing many local color stories

by such Americans as Bret Harte, Mary W. Freeman, 0. Henry, Sherwood

Anderson, Hamlin Garland, Sarah 0. Jewett, Jack London, Thomas N.

W. Smith, "Of the Chief Novels and Short Stories by American Authors

Dealing with the Civil War and Its Effects," Bulletin of Bibliogra—
phy 16(1939), 193—94; 17(1940), 10-12, 33—35, 53-55, 72-75.

lvSLisle A. Rose, "A Descriptive Catalog of Economic and Polit-
ico—Economic Fiction in the U.S. 1902-1909" (Ph.D. dissertation, Univ.

of Chicago, 1935).

16Robert L. Shurter, "The Utopian Novel in America 1865—1900"
(Ph.D. dissertation, Western Reserve Univ., 1936).

17Claude R. Flory, "Economic Criticism in American Fiction 1792
to 1900"(Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1935).

 

 

 

Page, and Ruth Suckow.l8 The annotations are very brief, rarely ex—

ceeding 50 words.
Two annual anthologies of short stories may be said to consti-

tute a current bibliography of some of the best short fiction in Amer—

1
ica. 9 The O.Henry Memorial Award Prize Stories was first issued in

1920 for the short stories written in 1919. The series was begun by
the Society of Arts and Sciences in New York City and published by
Doubleday, Page in Garden City, N.Y. From the beginning the Society's
aim as given in the first volume was to include in a yearly volume
the very best short stories by Americans writing for American maga-
zines. Blanche Colton Williams, Professor of English at Hunter Col-
1ege, was on the Committee of Award in 1919. An Honorary Committee
advised the judges and nominated short stories. The Committee in its
early years included such distinguished names in literature and crit-
icism as Gertrude Atherton, Fannie Hurst, Hamlin Garland, James B.
Cabell, William A. White, John Macy, Max Eastman, and Robert Morss
Lovett. Each volume contains between 15 and 19 short stories, many
of them by names well known to fiction readers, including F. Scott
Fitzgerald, Edna Ferber, Booth Tarkington, and Sherwood Anderson.

The other annual anthology is called Best Short Stories of [the

Year] and the Yearbook of the American Short Story. Edward J. O'Brien,

poet, critic, and translator, began the anthology in 1915 and served

l8Dorothy E. Wolfe, "An Annotated Bibliography of the Short
Story" (M.S. thesis, Kansas State Teachers College, 1932).

19The O.Henry Memorial Award Prize Stories(Garden City, N.Y.:
Doubleday, Page, 1920 to date); Best Short Stories of [the Year] and

the Yearbook of the American Short Story(Boston: Houghton Mifflin,
1915 to date).

 

 

 

10

as editor until 1940. Each volume contains between 20 and 30 short
stories which are, in the opinion of the editor, among the best which
were written in the previous year. They are stories which have ”the
distinction of uniting genuine substance and artistic form in a closely
woven pattern with a spiritual sincerity so earnest and a creative be-
lief so strong that each of these stories may fairly claim . . . a

. . . . "20

pOSition of some permanence in our literature.

The part of each volume called the "Yearbook of the American

Short Story" contains an index to short stories in magazines, such as

the Atlantic Monthly, Century Magazine, Saturday Evening Post, Scrib-

 

ner's, Woman's Home Companion, Lippincott's Magazine, and many other

 

titles. Foreign authors with stories in these magazines are included.
Beginning with the 1921 volume the yearbook lists the American authors
separately. For many stories the editor uses asterisks for quality:
one for a story which is meritorious for either form or substance, two
for a story which is outstanding for both, and three for a story such
as those which are selected for inclusion in each volume.21 The year—
book gives the name of the periodical containing the story and the

”the roll of honor” gives

date. A special list in each volume called
the names of the very best short stories for the previous year and
biographical information for the authors. The 1918 volume has a

critical summary of the best sixty American stories published between

January and October 1918.(p.374-83) A short critique is given for

20Best Short Stories of 1915(Boston: Small, Maynard, 1916),
p.7-8.

21Best Short Stories of 1921(Boston: Small, Maynard, 1922),
p.xv—xvi.

 

11

each story in the form of an annotation from 40 to 150 words in length.
The 1918 volume also does the same for books of short stories published
in that year.(p.354—67) This volume also begins a section listing
stories in books.(p.397—411) The number for the first page of a story
is given but not the imprint for the book.

Two outstanding bibliographies of American poetry were published

in 1930: Oscar Wegelin's 2d edition of Early American Poetry and 01a

E. Winslow's American Broadside Verse from Imprints of the 17th and

18th Centuries.22 Mr. Wegelin corrected many errors in the 1903 edi-

tion and added many new titles. Full title, imprint, pages, size,
and many notes about editions, original publication, location of
copies, and content are given. For a 1771 London(?) broadside of
Phyllis Wheatley's ode on the death of Rev. George Whitefield, Wege—
lin writes in a note that "this issue differs from the usual version,
for after the line 'Till life Divine reanimates the dust,’ there fol—
low eight lines in double column, and 'The Conclusion,‘ six lines."
(p.85) In the same note he gives the exact title of the 1770 Boston
Broadside and the page references to the poem in the 1771 London edi—
tion of Ebenezer Pemberton's Sermon on the Death of Whitefield. He
does not hesitate to give a probable location for a poem when he can-
not give the first appearance in print, even if only to state that
"the original of [Freneau's "The Expedition of Timothy Taurus"] was
probably printed in a newspaper about 1775." (p.35) He does locate

the oem in Freneau's Poems(1909). For Michael Wigglesworth's Day of
P _______

 

Doom he gives in a note to the 1701 Boston edition the dates and

 

22Oscar Wegelin, Early American Poetry...2d ed. (N.Y.: Peter

Smith, 1930); 01a E. Winslow, American Broadside Verse from Imprints
of the 17th and 18th Centuries(New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1930).

12

place of publication of the various editions printed before l800.(p.90)

At the end of the note he refers the reader to a bibliographical

account of the poem in the American Antiquarian Society Proceedings,

April 1929. In the note to John Trumbull's An Elegy on the Death of
Mr. Buckingham St. John he writes that this 1771 broadside was his
first separate publication. He locates a copy in the New York His—
torical Society.(p.79)

The user of this bibliography will not fail to note the care
and scholarship of the author. The foregoing description of the work
gives only a small sample of the amount of reading and research which
Mr. Wegelin did over a period of thirty years or more. Wegelin's

own collection of American verse numbered 1600 pieces when he sold

it to C. Waller Barrett in 1953.23

Ola E. Winslow's American Broadside Verse from Imprints of the

17th and 18th Century(l930) represents the first sizable collection of

broadside verse ever published. As the author states in the "Pre—

I

face,’ p.ix, "no considerable body of this material has ever been

assembled." The poetry is arranged in groups according to general

1' ll

subject matter: "funeral verses and memorials, meditations on

portentous events," ”dying confessions and warnings against crimes,"

II II

”wartime ballads and marching songs, comments on local incident,"

"admonitions and timely preachments,‘ and "New Year's greetings.”

For each broadside the author provides an introductory note giving

information about authors and events and occasional extracts from

23Roger E. Stoddard,”Oscar Wegelin, Pioneer Bibliographer of

American Literature," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of
America 56(1962), 241.

 

 

 

 

l3

contemporary annals, e.g. the Boston Gazette and the Boston Weekly
News-Letter. The book has an index of titles and first lines and a
separate index for proper names. The author was a professor of English
at Goucher College.

Although not so well done as one would like, the Biographical

Dictionary of Contemporary Poets(1938) does have some bibliographic

information.24 Titles cited in the sketches contain the year of pub-

lication, and each sketch is followed by a list of anthologies, mag-
azines, and newspapers in which the work of the author has appeared.
The text of one poem for each poet is given.

For many years, 1913-1929, William S. Braithwaite was the editor
of an anthology of magazine verse.25 Each volume contains poems and
a yearbook. The latter varies somewhat, but in general includes an
author index to poems in magazines, an author list of new volumes of
poetry, and a select list of books about poets and poetry. Although
the work is not restricted to American poets, a good many of them are
in the anthology section and the index. The 1926 volume has "A Bio—
graphical Dictionary of Poets in the United States," pt. 4, p.3—43.
Many titles of books with dates are given.

Some anthologies of verse came from individual magazines. The
New Yorker published a volume in 1935 containing poems which first

appeared in print in that magazine in the years between 1925 and 1935.26

24The Biographical Dictionary of Contemporary Poets; the Who's

Who of American Poets(N.Y.: Avon House, 1938).

25William S. Braithwaite, Anthologv of Magazine Verse(N.Y.:
Gomme, 1913—29).

26New Yorker, New Yorker Book of Verse; An Anthologv of Poems
First Published in the New Yorker 1925—1935(N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace,

1935).

 

14

The book has 300 poems by 100 contributors familiar to readers of
poetry in the 1930's. The well—known names are there, such as Elinor
Wylie, Ogden Nash, Dorothy Parker, E.B. White, Conrad Aiken, Phyllis
McGinley, William R. Benét, and many others. Less well known are
poets likeFrancesFrost, Raymond Holden, Selma Robinson, and Patience
Eden. Bibliographically the book has value because it is a fast way
of locating a number of poems written in that period and a quick way
of sampling a number of early poems of some distinguished poets. The
book would be even more useful as a location tool if it had an index
with title of poem and page. Lacking this aid, the reader is not de—
layed too much because it does have a separate author index with page
references to the selections.

Another periodical poetry anthology published annually in this

period was called Davis's Anthology of Newspaper Verse.27 The 1940

volume contains about 400 poems by that many people. The poems come
from big and small town newspapers from all parts of the country. The
seven pages of acknowledgments following the title page list the news-
papers with the names of the poets who have published in them. The
newspapers include the Caspar(Wyoming) Tribune Herald, the Farina

(Illinois) News, the Gladbrook(Iowa) Northern, the Boston Herald, the

 

Los Angeles Times, the Kansas City Star, and many others. An alpha-

betical list of authors with poems and page references appears in the
front of the book. The volumes in this series help to preserve many

poems that would otherwise be buried in newspapers. In this period

very few newspapers had published indexes.

27Davis's Anthology of Newspaper Verse, ed. by Athie S. Davis

(N.Y.: Harrison, 1918- ?).

 

 

15

Several other anthologies were published and are important
bibliographically because as a group they contain many poems that
would be lost or difficult to locate if they had not been collected in
these volumes. Many of the selections are by minor writers who wrote
only a very small quantity of verse. Even such a collection as Edith
Warren's Important American Poets(1938) would contain many forgotten
names among the 700 writers represented.28 Lois E. Dann, Nell B.
Knorr, Amy Hefner, and Philip Schipior are a few of the poets in the

volume. The volume gives 1-4 poems by each poet and has biographical

notes that give book titles and sometimes dates. The notes refer the

reader to the Biographical Dictionary of Contemporary Poets discussed

above.

Henry Harrison, the poetry publisher, came out with two volumes

29

of contemporary poets in the 1930's. Thomas Del Vecchio's Contem—

porary Poets(1937) has poems by 459 living poets. The poems were
selected from magazines, literary journals, and books. 'According to
a note on the title page, the poems have not appeared in any previous
anthology. Many of the authors would not be known to many students
of literature, except perhaps to very avid poetry readers of the time.
Byron A. Vazakas, Nixon Waterman, and Roger L. Waring are a few of
these poets. The table of contents lists the poets alphabetically by
author with titles of poems. One to four selections are given for
each poet. A companion volume on contemporary women poets by Tooni
Gordi was published in 1936.

28Edith Warren, ed., Important American Poets(N.Y.: Valiant
House, 1938).

29Thomas Del Vecchio, ed. Contemporary American Men Poets(N.Y.:
Henry Harrison, 1937); Tooni Gordi, ed., Contemporary American Women

Poets(N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1936).

 

e_‘ -7_3 a

 

16

In 1936 Burton Stevenson revised his 1908 edition of Poems of
American History.30 It is a remarkable book because it has a good
many poems on American history subjects. The editor used a wide
range of sources; the works of major and minor English and American
writers, anthologies, newspapers, magazines, and collections of Amer-
icana.("Introduction," p.xii) For many poems he gives a note con-
taining historical information about background, events, and proper
names. Additional notes are given at the end of the volume plus in-
dexes of authors, first lines, and titles.

There was considerable bibliographical activity in drama in
this period. The greatest contribution was made by Arthur H. Quinn,
Professor of English at the University of Pennsylvania.31 The first
volume of his history of American drama, published in 1923, contains
a list of plays written between 1665 and 1860.(p.419—62) The plays
are arranged alphabetically by title, and for each title he gives
place and date of publication and production. Four years later he
completed the second half of his history in two volumes. The play
list in the second volume, p.263—335, is arranged by author rather
than by title, with the works of the author in chronological order.
Biographical and critical books and articles follow the works of

each author. The text in both halves of the history has biblio-

graphic value for the subject analysis and synopses of individual

30Burton E. Stevenson, ed., Poems of American History.‘ rev.
ed.(Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1936).

31Arthur H. Quinn, A History of the American Drama from the

Beginning to the Civil War(N.Y.: Harper, 1923); A History of the Amer-
ican Drama from the Civil War to the Present Day(2 vols. N.Y.:

Harper, 1927); A History of American Drama from the Civil War to the
Present Day. rev. ed. (N.Y.: F.S. Crofts, 1936).

 

17

plays. In his 1936 revision of A History of American Drama from the

Civil War to the Present he updated the play list and made some of the
author lists complete. For other playwrights he gives a representa-
tive list only. Manuscripts are included if they were actually ident-
ified. Only playwrights whose works are discussed or cited in the
text are included.(p.3l4-15) For a more complete list of early Amer—
ican plays the reader needs to consult Frank P. Hill's American Plays
Printed 1714-1830(1934).32 It contains 327 plays by 151 authors and
78 plays by unknown writers. The plays are in three lists: (I) an
alphabetic arrangement of authors and anonymous titles (2) an alpha—
betic list by title, and (3) a title list in chronological order.

Two other works, one by Margaret G. Mayorga and the other by
Allen G. Halline, contain useful bibliographies.33 The Mayorga volume
comments on American plays prior to 1920 and contains a lengthy bib-
liography, p.358-458, giving date of publication, and for some plays,
place and publisher. Halline's American P1ays(1935) is a collection
of plays with critical introductions and bibliographies. The bibli-
ography, p.751—67, gives names of plays with dates of production and

publication but no other information.

The volumes best known for information about plays produced in

this country are called Best Plays of the [Year] and Yearbook of the

. 4 . .
American Drama.3 Because for many years the series was edited by

32Frank P. Hill, American Plays Printed 1714-1830; A Bibliograph—
ical Record.(Palo Alto, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press, 1934).

33Margaret G. Mayorga, A Short History of the American Drama;
Commentaries on Plavs Prior to 1920(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1932); Allan G.

Halline, ed., American Plavs(N.Y.: American Book Co., 1935).

34Best Plays Series(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1919 to date).

18

Burns Mantle, the volumes are known by many drama fans by his name.
Published annually since 1919, each volume contains excerpts of 10 of
the best plays of the year. Publication information is given in a

I

separate section called "The Plays and Their Authors.‘ Another part
of the volume has a list of plays produced in New York City for the
previous year. Many of the foreign plays can be identified from the
brief information about the author and title given for each play.
This is especially true for plays translated from foreign languages.
The student who is compiling a list of plays by American playwrights
will have some difficulty, for the note following the title of some
English—language plays gives no clue to the country of origin. Some-
times the cast of characters, or the setting, or the very short syn—
opsis may suggest the nationality of the author or the play. If
the student knows the names of many modern American playwrights, he
will find much useful information about American drama in this sec-
tion. Because bibliographic information is lacking, he will have to
consult other reference works.

A special volume in the Burns Mantle series was published in
1933 giving information about the New York theater for the period
1909-1919, the years preceding the first annual volume.35 It con—
tains excerpts from 10 plays plus a very long list of plays(p.395—
658) produced in New York between 1909 and 1919. Although no publi-

cation information is given, the list is useful for names of play—

wrights, titles of plays, and dates of production.

35The Best Plays of 1909—1919 and the Yearbook of the Drama of
America, ed. by Burns Mantle and Garrison P. Sherwood(N.Y.: Dodd,

Mead, 1933).

 

 

 

 

19

Three titles containing the text of one—act plays began in
this period: the Yearbook of Short P1ays(1931—1940),Best One-Act
P_1ay_s(i937-1960), and One-Act Plays for Stage and Study(l925—l938).36
While the individual volumes do not have many plays, together they

would contain many titles and authors. The six volumes of the Year-

 

book of Short Plays contain a total of 138 new nonroyalty plays with
brief biographical sketches of the authors. The sketches vary in
bibliographic value: some give titles and some do not, and some
give titles without dates. The sketches vary also in length from
8 lines to a half page. The George Savage sketch is one of the longer
ones and contains titles of 8 plays with dates.(First series, 1931,
p.328) A brief note preceding each play gives some idea of the con—
tent, moral, and mood. The note for Louise Helliwell's "Light Com—
petition" in the sixth volume reads as follows:
The beauty and spirit of Xmas decoration——to say nothing
of Xmas festivities in general-—are often marred by the
growing rivalry and pretentiousness brought about by civic
competitions. How one family handled the unpleasant situ-
ation is the basis of this amusing play.(p.271)
Best One—Act Plays was an annual anthology from 1937 through
1960. Each volume has between 10 and 12 plays by writers born in

America and abroad. The brief biographical sketches identify the

authors and their published works but include little or no imprint
information. One-Act Plays for Stage and Study(l925—l938) contain
in each volume between 20 and 25 plays by American, English, and
Irish dramatists. The American writers can be identified by the

36Yearbook of Short Plays, ed. by ClaudeZfi.Wise and Lee O.Snook.
First to 6th series(Evanston, 111.: Row, Peterson, 1931-40); Best One-

Act Plays 1937-1960(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1938—61); One-Act Plays for Stage
and Study. First to Ninth Series(N.Y.: Samuel French, 1925—38).

 

 

 

20

biographical sketches preceding the plays. These sketches contain
other titles written by the authors.

By the 1920's the various regions of the country were suffi-
cientlydevelopedeconomically and politically that many people began
to take a closer look at their cultural identity, especially as it
related to literature. New England and the South had already written
literary histories and compiled collections. One is not surprised,
therefore, to note an awakening on the part of the West to organize
and collect its writings in bibliographies and collections. Ralph
L. Rusk, a native of Illinois, was one of the first to list the early
literature of the Midwest. His 1925 Columbia dissertation, "The
Literature of the Middle Western Frontier," was published by the Col—
umbia University Press in two volumes in 1926. In volume 2 he lists
works by citizens of the Middle West and by travelers who described
the country and the people. Lists for fiction, poetry, and drama

are given on p.351-63. For the Southwest a 600—title bibliography is

included in Southwest Heritage(l938) by Mabel Major, Rebecca W. Smith,

and Thomas M. Pearce.37 Belles—lettres titles are identified among

other titles, and imprint is given. The text itself evaluates lead-
ing examples of all types of literature from the beginning through

a portion of the 1930's. Book titles are cited with dates, and indi—
vidual poems mentioned in the separate poetry chapter may be found in

volumes cited in a footnote on p.122.

Several authors turned their attention to regional fiction and

poetry. Rowena Longmire did a dictionary catalog of western short

37Mabel Major et a1., Southwest Heritage: A Literary History
with a Bibliography(A1buquerque: Univ. of New Mexico, 1938).

 

 

21

stories for a 1932 dissertation at the University of Chicago.38 Carl

B. Spotts wrote a lengthy essay which ran through several issues of
the Missouri Historical Review on the development of fiction on the
Missouri frontier.39 The third, fourth, and fifth articles are on the
short story, and the sixth is on the novel. He gives place and date

of publication for many titles. The essay is based on his Ph.D.

thesis at Penn State University.40 Another essay of bibliographic

value was written by Levette J. Davidson in 1933.41 In it he provides

content information with dates of publication for 17 early works of
fiction of the Rocky Mountain region. Hilton R. Greer performed a

valuable service when he edited two volumes of short stories from the

Southwest, one in 1928 and the other in 1931.42 Both Benjamin A.

Botkin and B.S. Ivey edited anthologies of southwestern poetry.43

Bibliographic aids were also done for the South. Janet Agnew

did A Southern Bibliography: Fiction 1929-1938(1939) and William Y.

38Rowena Longmire, Dictionary Catalog of the Short Stories of

Arkansas, Missouri, and Iowa from 1869 to l900(Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Chicago, 1932).

39Carl B. Spotts, "The Development of Fiction on the Missouri
Frontier," Missouri Historical Review 28(1934), 195—205, 275-86;
29(1934-35), 17-26, 100-08, 186—94, 279—94.

40Carl B. Spotts, "The Development of Fiction on the Missouri
Frontier"(Ph.D. dissertation, Penn State Univ., 1934).

Levette J. Davidson, "Early Fiction of the Rocky Mountain

Region,” Colorado Magazine 10(1933), 161—72.

42Hilton R. Greer, ed., Best Short Stories from the Southwest
(Dallas, Texas: Southwest Press, 1928).

43B.S. Ivey, ed., Pirate Gold; An Anthology of Southwestern
Verse 1898-1928(Austin, Texas: Morgan Printing Co., 1928); Benjamin

Botkin, ed., The Southwest Scene; An Anthology of Regional Verse
(Oklahoma City: The Economy Co., 1931).

 

 

 

 

22

Elliott did a bibliography on local color in southern literature
(1929).44 The Agnew bibliography is classified, with annotated titles
for such subjects as farm life, mountain people, poor whites, town
life, and family life. The work also has separate author, state,
and title lists. The Elliott thesis, which includes poetry and drama
as well as fiction, is also annotated and classified. It includes
literature on other kinds of topics, such as coast and sea, river,
swamp, blue grass, and cane break. The brief annotations give infor-
mation about time and locality.

One of the best volumes published in the admirable American

45

Writers Series is on Southern poetry. Edd W. Parks edited Southern

Poets in 1936 and included 36 poets, including such minor poets as-

 

Abram J. Ryan, Cale Y. Rice, and Theodore O'Hara. The short bio-
graphical sketches preceding the selections contain titles of books
with dates. Additional titles are given in the ”Selected Bibliography,”
p.cxxxi-clviii. Many biographies and critical works have annotations
which refer the reader to bibliographies and to texts of poems. For
George W. Ranck's The Bivouac of the Dead and Its Author(Ba1timore,
1875) the annotation reads as follows: "Although the author over—
praises O'Hara, his -4~page book contains valuable information, and

the best texts of 'The Bivouac of the Dead' and 'The Old Pioneer.'”

4l'Janet Agnew, A Southern Bibliography: Fiction 1929—1938.

Louisiana State University. University Bulletin, n.s.30, no.7.
Library School Bibliography Series,no.l(Baton Rouge: Louisiana State
Univ. Press, 1939; William Y. Elliott, ”Local Color in Southern Lit-
erature: A Bibliography"(M.A. thesis, Univ. of Alabama, 1929).

45Edd W. Parks, ed., Southern Poets; Representative Selections,

with Introduction, Bibliography, and Notes(N.Y.: American Book Co.,
1936).

 

 

 

23

(p.cxli) For Irwin Russell's Poems(N.Y., 1888) Edd W. Parks writes

 

that this edition "contains a laudatory preface by Joel Chandler
Harris; the 1917 edition is more inclusive, and has an excellent
biographical sketch of Russell by Maurice Garland Fulton."(p.cxlviii)

Much bibliographic work was done in this period on the litera—
ture of individual states. Bertha S. Hart's Introduction to Georgia
Writers(l929) is one of the best because it contains a great many
authors and titles in separate lists for humorists, fiction writers,
poets, editors and journalists, historians, legal and political writ-
ers, scientists, and writers on religion.46 Each chapter begins with
an essay containing biographical and bibliographic information about
some of the leading writers of Georgia. Next in order is the bibli—
ography, and then a few selections. The chapter on poetry, p.96—131,
includes 93 authors in the bibliography and 10 poems, including Sydney
Lanier's "Song of the Chattahoochee."(p.118-19) The entry in the
bibliography for Lanier lists 12 works of prose and poetry with im—
print.(p.113)

Another excellent example of a state literature bibliography
is A Handbook of Oklahoma Writers(l939).47 The book begins with
separate essays on fiction writers, poets, dramatists, historians, and
writers of general nonfiction. The essays are followed by a town
list of Oklahoma writers, p.220-25, a bibliography of Oklahoma writers,
p.226—305, and an index. The bibliography, which is set in small

46

Bertha S. Hart, Introduction to Georgia Writers(Macon, Ga.:
J.W. Burke, 1929).

47Mary IL Marable and Elaine Boylan, A Handbook of Oklahoma

Writers(Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1939).

 

 

 

 

24

type, contains a great many titles with imprint.

Edgar J. Hinkel's lengthy California bibliography is in 3 vol—
umes, one each for fiction, poetry, and drama.['8 It contains works of
native California writers and Californiana by other writers. More
than 2800 authors are included with place and date of birth and death.
The 6,304 titles include imprint but not pages.

In 1937 the Wisconsin Library Association published a list of
Wisconsin authors who lived between 1836 and 1937.49 The authors are
listed according to subject: economics, religion, philosophy, fine
arts, political science, etc. Poets, novelists, and dramatists are
located in three separate lists, p.46-56, p. 59—77, and p.78-84. Im—
print and pages are given for the titles.

The Michigan list by Madge K. Goodrich is limited to authors of
published books with only a few exceptions.50 For each author the
years for birth and death are given and the titles are listed with
date of publication. For many authors Miss Goodrich refers the reader
to the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature and other bibliographies
for titles of short stories, poems, and articles. Titles of reference
works containing biographical information are listed. For many minor

writers of Michigan the book is a valuable tool for research.

A rather lengthy bibliographic study of Missouri writers was

48

Edgar J. Hinkel, ed., Bibliography of Fiction, Poetry, Drama.
Produced on a WPA Project. Sponsored by the Alameda County Library,

Oakland, Calif.(Oakland, Calif: 1938).

49Mary E. Hazeltine, One Hundred Years of Wisconsin Authorship,

1836-1937; A Contribution to a Bibliography of Books by Wisconsin

Authors(Madison: Wisconsin Library Association, 1937).

50Madge K. Goodrich, A Bibliographv of Michigan Authors(Rich-
mond: Richmond Press, 1928).

 

 

25

done by Alexander N. DeMenil for the Missouri Historical Review in
1920.51 The authors include historians, clergymen, politicians,
teachers, poets, novelists, and playwrights. The sketches vary in
length from a short paragraph to three pages and contain titles of
books with dates, and often with place of publication. For Mark Twain
there are 13 titles; for Elizabeth Meriwether, 6 novels; and for
William V. Byars, 6 poetry volumes. Eugene Field submitted 9 titles
for inclusion. DeMenil writes briefly and critically about some

\

titles. He evidently was fond of Kate Chopin's Bayou Folk(l894), for
he praises "the facility and exactness with which Mrs. Chopin handles
the Creole dialect, and the fidelity of her descriptions of that
strange remote life in the Louisiana bayous..."(p.ll8) Unlike most
of the other sketches, which are highly factual, the one for Mrs.
Chopin is a eulogy, for he knew her as a child and later as an author.
He compares her with George W. Cable and finds that "her touch is
far more deft than Mr. Cable's; her insight is femininely subtle
(if I may use the word); pain, sorrow, affliction, humbled pride,
rude heroism——enter more completely into her sympathies. She feels
and suffers with her characters."(p.ll8)

North Carolina is one of the few states that listed current

52

literature of the 1930's in an annual bibliography. Poetry and

fiction by North Carolina writers or about North Carolina are listed

each year in the April issue of the North Carolina Historical Review.

51Alexander N. DeMenil, "A Century of Missouri Literature,”
Missouri Historical Review 15(October 1920), 74—125.

52"North Carolina Bibliography," North Carolina Historical Re—
view, April issue beginning in 1935.

 

 

 

26

The first listing, which is in the 1934 volume, lists titles published
between 1931 and 1933; later volumes list books for the previous year
and a few from earlier years. The author's full name, title, imprint,
and pages are given for all titles. The compiler of this annual bib-
liography in the 1930's was Mary Lindsay Thornton of the North Caro—
lina collection of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

One volume called Arizona in Literature(l935) by Mary G. Boyer is
remarkable for including in its pages a wide variety of writings
about Arizona, including 11 short stories, 112 poems, and selections

53 The brief biographical sketches preceding each se-

from 16 novels.
lectioncontaintitles with dates and sometimes publisher. For short
stories in periodicals the name and date of the magazine are given.
The author of this anthology was a professor of English at Arizona
Teachers College at Flagstaff.

Separate bibliographies for state fiction and poetry appeared
in this period. Bernice M. Foster did a short biobibliography of
Michigan novelists giving very brief information about the authors

54

and listing titles with year. She refers the reader to further

biographical information in standard reference works such as Who's

 

Who in America. Lizzie C. McVoy and Ruth B. Campbell did an annotated

bibliography of Louisiana novelists, which is particularly good in

. . . . . . 5 . . .
listing titles on LouiSiana subjects. 5 The subject index has entries

53Mary G. Boyer, Arizona in Literature(Glendale, Calif.: Arthur
H. Clark, 1935).

54
1928).

55Lizzie C. McVoy and Ruth B. Campbell, A Bibliography of Fiction
by Louisianians and on Louisiana Subjects. Louisiana State Univ.

Studies, no.18(Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ. Press, 1935).

Bernice M. Foster, Michigan Novelists(Ann Arbor: George Wahr,

 

 

 

 

27

H II II N I I!

like "Indians," "Mississippi, plantations, swamps,’ and race
problems."

More and better work was done on state poetry. Worthington C.
Ford made a long list of broadsides printed in Massachusetts in the
seventeenth and eighteenth century.56 The chronological arrangement
is of great value to scholars doing historical studies. The book was
published by the Massachusetts Historical Society.

Two master's theses, one on Texas poetry and the other on South
Carolina poetry, contain many names and titles.57 Mrs. Harry Wallen—
berg's bibliography on Texas poetry contains vital statistics about
the poets and titles of books with imprint and pages. The brief anno—
tations characterize the content and value of the poetry. Gertrude
Jacobi's essay discusses or mentions 111 South Carolina poets of the
past 300 years. The essay is divided into six chapters, each one
covering a chronological period. Besides the biographical and biblio—
graphical information in the essay she includes a short anthology of
poems in Appendix E.

Minnie M. Brashear wrote two long essays on Missouri verse in

58

two issues of the Missouri Historical Review for 1924. They contain

names for many poets and poems and selected lines for poems. The

second essay lists books of verse published before 1870 and for each

56

Worthington C. Ford, Broadsides, Ballads2 Etc., Printed in

Massachusetts 1639-1800(Boston: Massachusetts Historical Society, 1922).

57Gertrude F. Jacobi, "Minor Poets of South Carolina"(M.A. the—
sis, Univ. of Florida, 1937); Venice Wallenberg, "A Bibliography of
Texas Poetry" (M.A. thesis, Texas Christian Univ., 1927).

58Minnie M. Brashear, ”Missouri Verse and Verse Writers,"
Missouri Historical Review 18(1924), 315—44; 19(1924), 36-93.

 

 

28

of the decades between that year and 1900. She gives place and date
of publication.

Many state poetry anthologies were published between 1920 and
1940. The volume of Virginia fugitive verse by Armistead C. Gordon is
particularly outstanding.59 The author defines fugitive verse as
"that which may have been published in magazines or newspapers——or
which may even never have been published...Infrequently it appears in
the course of a work of prose fiction, used per se, and probably
written for the occasion."(p.ll) The book contains an essay on Vir-
ginia fugitive verse, followed by an anthology of poems, p.137—369,
and brief biographical sketches of the poets in the anthology. This
is an example of an anthology of considerable bibliographic value be-
cause most of the poems have never appeared in a published volume.

The author was an assistant professor at the University of Virginia
when he wrote it.

The state anthologies came from all parts of the country, and
some states are represented by more than one volume. Walter J. Coates
compiled 4 volumes of Vermont verse under the title of Favorite Ver—
mont Poets.60 Utah Sings, published between 1934 and 1942, is in

3 vols.61 Three volumes of Texas verse were published between 1936

and 1939.62

59Armistead G. Gordon, Virginia Writers of Fugitive Verse(N.Y.:
James T. White, 1923).

60Walter J. Coates, Favorite Vermont Poets. Series l—4(North
Montpelier, Vt.: 1928-31).

61Harrison R. Merrill and Elsie T. Brandley, eds., Utah Sings:

An Anthology of Contemporary Verse(3 vols. Provo: Utah Academy of
Sciences, Arts and Letters, 1934-42).

62Philip Graham,ed., Early Texas Verse(l835—1850) Collected from

29

Henry Harrison of New York City was the chief publisher of state

anthologies. The volumes of contemporary poets for Florida, Georgia,

and Michigan are slim volumes of fewer than 150 pages.63 The longest

one, California Poets(1932), contains 244 poets and 500 poems.64

The poetry societies of America issued many collections of poetry
in this period that must serve as documents for state literary his—
torians. The Poetry Society of Georgia published a collection of

prize poems by its members in 1925.65 In 1949 the Society celebrated

their twenty—fifth anniversary by publishing a commemorative volume.66
Most of the annual publications from these societies were very modest
volumes of 40 to 80 pages. Occasionally the societies put out a special
volume such as the State Anthology(l936) of the Poetry Society of

Oklahoma, which contains poems by 169 writers.67

City literary anthologies were published for Battle Creek, New

London, Baltimore, Peoria, Cincinnati, New York City, and San

the Original Newspapers(Austin, Texas: Steck Co., 1936); Poetry Society
of Texas, Book of the Year(Dallas, Texas: The Society, 1925); Pearle M.

Stevens, ed. Greater Texas Anthology of Verse with Poets of the South—
west(San Antonio, Texas: Naylor, 1939).

 

63Florida Poets; An Anthology of Contemporary Verse(Laramore,
N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1931); Georgia Poets; An Anthology of 33 Con—

temporaries(N.Y.: Harrison, 1932); Michigan Poets; An Anthology of 36
Contemporaries(N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1936).

64Henry Harrison, ed., California Poets: An Anthology of 244
Contemporaries(N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1932).

65Poetry Society of Georgia, Prize Poems, Poetry Society of
Georgia l924—1925(Savannah: Poetry Society of Georgia, 1925).

66Poetry Society of Georgia, 25th Anniversary l923—1948(Athens:
Univ. of Georgia, 1949).

67Poetry Society of Oklahoma, State Anthology(Oklahoma City:
Times—Journal Publishing Co., 1936).

 

 

30

Diego.68 The local branches of the National League of American Pen

Women compiled the collections for the last two cities. Rarely does

an historical encyclopedia for a city contain poems, but one that does

69

is Seattle and Its Environs(l924). Volume one has a fair selection

of poems by Seattle writers on p.577—605.
Some bibliographies in subject fields other than literature con—
tain lists of belles—lettres, but many of them are too short to make

any contribution to bibliographic control. Lester J. Cappon's Bib-

liography of Virginia History Since 1865(1930) is an exception.70 It

contains a lengthy list of poetry, drama, and fiction by Virginia

men of letters. Some of the poetry can be identified by the word

H

"poems following the title, or in a note below the title. Novels

II I

are identified by the words ”novel” and romance.‘ The bibliography

gives full imprint, pages, size, and such miscellaneous information
as frontispiece, plates, portraits, dates for later editions, variant

titles, and original publication for those books which were first

______________._r——

68Battle Creek Scribblers' Club, Battle Creek Writersz Poems and
Prose(Batt1e Creek, Mich.: 1927); Charles M. Elam, ed., Cincinnati

Poetry of the Nineteenth Century(Cincinnati: The Open Sesame Press,

1928); Pliny L. Harwood, eds., The Poets of New London: An Anthology
(New London, Conn.: 1933); Peoria Book of Verse(Peoria, 111.: Pub-

lished for the Peoria Allied English Interests by the Manual Arts
Press, 1922); Latrobe Weston, Baltimore in Verse and Prose(Baltimore,

 

Md.: H.G. Roebuck, 1936); National League of American Pen Women, N.Y.C.

Branch, Anthology of Modern Poetry by Members of the League(N.Y.:

Hogan—Paulus Corp., 1926); National League of American Pen Women, San

Diego Branch, Wind in the Palms; Anthology of San Diego Verse, 1932
(San Diego, Calif.: Press of the City Print Co., 1932).

69C.H. Hanford, ed., Seattle and Environs 1852-1924(3 vols.
Chicago: Pioneer Historical Publishing Co., 1924).

70Lester J. Cappon, Bibliography of Virginia History Since

1865(University, Va.: The Institute for Research in the Social Sci—
ences, 1930).

31

published in magazines and newspapers. The index entry ”poets” gives
the poetry volume by entry number. There is no index entry for drama
and fiction.

Some encyclopedic state histories contain information about au-
thors and books. Stanley T. Williams, Professor of English at Yale
University, wrote the essay on Connecticut literature for volume 2 of
History of Connecticut in Monographic Form(l925).71 The essay cites
many titles with dates. New Jersey: A History(l930) includes a chap—
ter in volume 4, p.1285—1325, on writers of the nineteenth and
twentieth century.72 Information varying in length from four lines
to a page and a half is given for a rather sizable number of authors.
These multi-volume historical works would have greater value if they
included, in addition to the essay, separate lists, of some length,
of poems, plays, and fiction, written by natives of the state, giving
full bibliographic information. The editors of future works may pre—
fer, however, to list only belles-lettres with scenes or setting in
the state, or with information about the state.

The one—volume state histories sometimes have information about
literature. In Early Days in Dakota Edwin C. Torrey has a section

called ”Early Poets in South Dakota," p.65—74.73 He gives brief bio—

graphical information about several poets and includes selections.

71Stanley T. Williams, "The Literature of Connecticut, " History

of Connecticut in Monographic Form ed. by Norris G. Osborn(N. Y.
States History Co., 1925), vol. 2, p. 483- 537.

72Irving S. Kull, ed., New Jersey: A History(4 vols. N.Y.:
American Historical Society, 1930).

73Edwin C. Torrey, ”Early Poets of South Dakota,” Early Days
in Dakota(Minneapolis: Farnham Printing and Stationery Co., 1925),
p.65-74.

 

 

 

 

32

If bibliographies of South Dakota poetry are few or nonexistent, one
can rejoice that the author did not ignore the poets in an early his—
tory of the state.

Native American Humor(l800—l900) by Walter Blair is a classic
on the subject.74 The author states in the first line of the ”Prefacefl
p.vii, that his aim is "to trace the mutations of 19th century humor—

ous treatments of American characters."

In a long scholarly essay,
p.3-162, the author writes about aspects of the evolution of writing
of this kind. Some pages in the essay, for example, 63 and 64, have
a quantity of biographical and bibliographic information: 10 authors
are listed with brief identification and principal works. One author
is described this way: "Joseph M. Field(1810—l856), St. Louis actor,
actor—manager and journalist, whose newspaper and periodical sketches
make up The Drama in Pokerville(1847).”(p.63)

The bibliography of humorists in this book, p.175-96, is, accord—
ing to the author, "a somewhat more extensive one than any other which

has appeared..."("Preface,' p.viii) It lists published books with
place and date of publication. A few books and articles about the
authors follow. The notes in the back of the book give additional in-
formation but only for those selections in the anthology which con—
stitute the larger part of the volume. The note for Mark Twain's
jumping frog story states that the author wanted it to appear in
Artemus Ward's Travels, but that it arrived too late for inclusion.

The Saturday Press printed it on November 18, 1865.(p.560)

The authors and titles of the writings in the volume would

74Walter Blair, Native American Humor(l800—1900)(N.Y.: American
Book Co., 1937).

 

 

 

33

constitute a short bibliography of American humor of the nineteenth
century. The familiar authors are there with some of their famous
stories. Some writers not so well known, such as Melville D. Landon,
John S. Robb, and Madison Tensas, are represented by single selections.
Anonymous selections are represented by some hilarious stories from
the Farmer's Almanac and by examples of tall talk from the old South—
west. The author of Native American Humor was an assistant professor
of English at the University of Chicago in 1937.

Another very useful bibliography, especially for book collectors
and others interested in first editions, was compiled in 1937 by a
New York bookseller by the name of Howard S. Mott, Jr.75 Three Hundred
Years of American Humor(l637—l936) has 186 entries, most of them first
editions. The notes, some of which are rather lengthy, contain addi-
tional information and comment on the content and significance of the
titles. The comments include quotes from standard reference works
and from books about American humor, such as the study by Walter Blair
described above.

Two other anthologies published in the 1930's supplement Walter
Blair's Native American Humor. Franklin J. Meine compiled Tall Tales
of the Southwest(l930), and Arthur P. Hudson edited Humor of the Old

Deep South(l936).76 The first has 49 stories from southern and south—

western authors of the period 1830—1860. The second contains more

75Howard S. Mott, Jr., Three Hundred Years of American Humor
(1637—1936)(N.Y.: The Author, 1937).

76Franklin J. Meine, Tall Tales of the Southwest; An Anthology
of Southern and Southwestern Humor 1830—1860(N.Y.: Knopf, 1930);

Arthur P. Hudson, ed., Humor of the Old Deep South(N.Y.: Macmillan,
1936).

 

 

34

than 200 selections from a wide variety of sources, many of them from
travel books, histories, biographical writings, volumes of poems, a1-
manacs, and periodicals. Of these sources regional and state news—

papers account for the largest number, and include such titles as the

Mississippi Free Trader, Natchez Weekly Gazette, the Aberdeen Sunny
South, the New Orleans Delta, the New York Spirit of the Times, Field

 

 

 

Sports, and Literature and the Stage. The selections are arranged

under such headings as "hunters and fishermen," "doctors," "lawyers,"

H H II II

"politicians, preachers, schoolmasters and collegians," "the
1adies--God bless them," and many others. A full citation is given
at the bottom of the first page of each selection. In addition, the
author provides notes for names, events, scenes, customs, language,

etc., in the selections. For selections with authors the editor sup—

plies brief biographical information giving his source at the bottom

of the page. These biographical sketches are noteworthy for titles

of books and for the names of periodicals for which many authors wrote.

Hudson says, for example, that William Ward's poems were published

mostly in the Phila. American Courier, the Macon Beacon, and the New
Orleans Times—Picayune.(p.485) Although brief the sketches contain
miscellaneous information for the scholar who is studying an author

and his works. Mr. Hudson writes, for example, that Poems by Alfred

 

W. Arrington(l869) "contains a memoir by his wife which is said to be
the chief source of information about him."(p.4l7) For the biograph—

ical sketch of ”T.B. Thorpe and Mike Fink" there is a footnote, p.297,

referring the reader to Walter Blair and Franklin J. Meine's Mike

 

Fink2 King of Mississippi Keelboatmen(N.Y.: Holt, 1933). The author

of this superb collection was on the faculty of the University of

 

 

 

35

North Carolina at the time of publication.

A fair number of author bibliographies were published as books
and parts of books. They covered major and minor writers of the nine—
teenth and twentieth century and were published by university and com—
mercial presses and by bookshops. They vary in length from Oscar
Wegelin's 20—page bibliography of John Esten Cooke(l925) to John W.
Robertson's 2—volume bibliography of Edgar Allan Poe(l934).77 The
latter is a remarkable work for the amount of commentary in volume 2
for volume 1. The whole of volume 2 is composed of commentary, 300
pages in length, followed by a lO—page index to both volumes. The
commentary is more biographical and literary than bibliographical be—
cause it examines the conditions under which Poe wrote and published
his poems and tales. Full collation and many notes are given for
titles in volume 1. Although in 2 volumes, the Poe bibliography is
not nearly so long as Thomas F. Currier's Bibliography of John Green—
leaf Whittier(l937), which has 692 pages set in small type, and re-
mains even today one of the most detailed bibliographies ever compiled
for an American author.78 It gives very full collation and full in-
formation on binding, on variant states and editions, and on printing
and publishing history, quoting from newspapers, auction catalogs,
letters, biographies, and other sources. For Whittier's Home Ballads
and Poems(l860) Currier writes that it was "entered for copyright and

77Oscar Wegelin, A Bibliography of the Separate Writings of John

Esten Cooke. Heartman's Historical Series, no.43(Metuchen, N.J.:

C.F. Heartman, 1925); John W. Robertson, Bibliography of the Writings
of Edgar Allan Poe(San Francisco: Grabhorn Press, 1934).

78Thomas F. Currier, Bibliography of John Greenleaf Whittier
(Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press, 1937).

 

 

36

copy deposited July 30, 1860, but not put on sale until October, for
reasons explained in the letter below."(p.86) On the next page he
gives the text of the letter in the Essex Institute. The compiler

is very thorough when he is discussing the scholarship relating to
the date or textual variants of a poem. He devotes 4 pages(p.50~53)
to the pamphlet and broadside printing of The Song of the Vermonters
and the text as given in Samuel T. Pickard's Life and Letters of John

9 Two plates reproduce the pamphlet and

Greenleaf Whittier(1894).7
broadside texts, and 8 lines of Pickard's text are compared with those
of the original reading which Currier gives as the one found in the
June 1833 issue of the New England Magazine, where it was printed
anonymously. Currier quotes from a letter written by Whittier to the
(Vt.) Free Press and Times, Aug. 4, 1877, stating that he wrote the
poem in 1833 or 1844.(p.50)

Part 1 of this Whittier bibliography contains a list of all
his books and leaflets, alphabetic lists of his poems, prose essays
and tales, a chronological list of his letters to the press, and titles
of newspapers edited by Whittier. The fifth section of this first
part is a bibliography of biography and criticism by Pauline F. Pul-
sifer(p.485-546). The appendices include "First Printings Within a
Book or Pamphlet of Whittier's Prose and Verse," p.607-28, a "Chron—
ology of Poems," p.629-62, and "Poems Incorrectly Attributed to Whit—
tier," p.603-06. The detailed index, p.663—92, contains names of
people, places, and titles. Thomas F. Currier was a librarian at
Harvard for more than 40 years, working as a cataloger much of the

79Samuel T. Pickard, Life and Letters of Whittier(Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 1894), vol.1, p.68-70.

 

 

 

37

time and doing administrative work in his later years.

Two other major nineteenth century writers were covered by
scholarly bibliographies in the 1930's. Merle Johnson revised his
1910 bibliography of Mark Twain and Robert E. Spiller and Philip C.
Blackburn did their bibliography of James Fenimore Cooper.80 The
Twain bibliography gives very full descriptions for the books, in-
cluding collation, binding, paper, editions, issues, and original
publication. Johnson took great care to establish the printing and
the date of first publication of the books. The first edition of
The Prince and the Pauper(l882) was printed by two presses, the Frank-
lin Press and the John Wilson University Press. "A careful study of
the plates indicates that the Franklin Press copies are the first
printing. It is also noted that the gilt plate on the spine is about
3/8" from the top in the first state; in later bindings this was
lowered."(p40) Johnson lists the Boston 1882 edition as the first
but notes that the English edition preceded the American by almost
two weeks. He also states that the author confirmed the priority of
the English edition when he lost a court action to get copyright pro—
tection for the Montreal edition based on his two week residence in
Canada before its appearance.(p.4l) Another interesting note for
the same novel states that "A Boy's Adventure" was intended as a
chapter for the novel. It was first published in the Bazaar Budget,
June 4, l880.(p.41)

The book has a very detailed index, p.191-274, listing all the

80Merle D. Johnson, A Bibliography of the Work of Mark Twain,
Samuel Langhorne Clemens. rev. ed.(N.Y.: Harper, 1935); Robert E.

Spiller and Philip C. Blackburn, A Descriptive Bibliography of James
Fenimore Cooper(N.Y.: R.R. Bowker, 1934).

 

sageiJ-

I

 

 

 

38

titles in the bibliography with cross references to facilitate use.
The index also has entries for a great deal of information in the
notes. The one major complaint about the book is that many of Twain's
periodical publications are not listed, although many more have been
added in this revised addition. Another fault is that some periodical
citations lack page numbers.

The Cooper bibliography is especially good for Continental
editions, information about the writer's publishing vicissitudes, and
the appendix of letters dealing with the production of his books.
(p.215—48) Illustrations for some title pages are included.

Doubleday, Doran and Random House gave their attention to mod-
ern writers. Doubleday published a very fine bibliography of Chris-
topher Morley.81 It is a descriptive bibliography giving Morley's

separate works and contributions to books. The book is especially

good for printing and publishing information. About Morley's Mince

 

Pig Alfred P. Lee, the author of the bibliography, writes that it was
"published Dec. 17, 1919 in an edition of 3000.” The first issue

has the last word on p.vii misspelled "of." This was later corrected
to "on."(p.23) The book would be better if it included Morley's
periodical contributions. Barton Currie's Booth Tarkington(l932) is

another descriptive bibliography which lacks periodical writings of

the author.82

The Random House bibliographies vary in scope, some containing

81Alfred P. Lee, A Bibliography of Christopher Morley(Garden
City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1935).

82Barton Currie, Booth Tarkington: A Bibliography(Garden City,
N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1932).

 

 

 

39

all the writings of the author and some containing only a selection.
Sydney S. Albert's Bibliography of Robinson Jeffers(l933) attempts to
be complete and gives very full information for all books, including
manuscripts, and often quoting from the author on matters relating to
content and publication.83 The bibliography has reproductions of title
pages, manuscript pages, and a long list of writings about Jeffers,
p.181-228, an index of first lines, p.239—54, and a general index,
p.255-62, containing among other entries all titles written by Jeffers.
The Eugene O'Neill bibliography lacks periodical publications and does
not contain manuscript information.84 Like the Jeffers bibliography
it gives full bibliographic description for first editions and contains
clear reproductions of title pages. It also has an anthology of
O'Neill's early poems, p.111-61, for the first time collected with the
permission of the author.(p.110)

Bookshops were also active in turning out bibliographies. The
Brick Row Book Shop published Lawson M. Melish's bibliography of Edith
Wharton, which includes her books but omits periodical publications.85
The Hampshire Bookshop in Northampton, Massachusetts published a

short bibliography of Emily Dickinson.86 In Philadelphia the Centaur

Bookshop published between 1922 and 1932 several bibliographies of

83Sydney S. Alberts, A Bibliography of the Works of Robinson
Jeffers(N.Y.: Random House, 1933).

84Ralph Sanborn and Barrett H. Clark, A Bibliography of the
Works of Eugene O'Neill(N.Y.: Random House, 1931).

85Lawson M. Melish, A Bibliography of the Collected Writings of
Edith Wharton(N.Y.: Brick Row Book Shop, 1927).

86Alfred L. Hampson, Emily Dickinson: A Bibliography(Northampton,
Mass.: Hampshire Bookshop, 1930).

4O

modern authors, all of them small volumes, neatly printed and carefully
done. The Theodore Dreiser bibliography(l928) by Edward D. MacDonald
contains a very short foreword by Dreiser, collations for his books,
and separate lists for his contributions to books and periodicals.87
The last section of the book has biographical and critical writings
about Dreiser. The notes make delightful reading, such as the one
following the 1923 reissue of The Genius, one of the author's sup:
pressed novels. MacDonald says that "the real immunity for babes and
fools...is the length of the book. Unless the prurient minds were

at the same time strong, they, too, would probably cave in at the
mere sight of the book's 736 plus, closely printed pages."(p.6l) The
compiler's introduction, p.15—26, is also well worth reading for bib—
liographic information about Dreiser. MacDonald states that the au—
thor was already familiar to many readers before Sister Carrie(l900)
was published. He had already written almost forty—five articles or
poems for magazines, such as Cosmopolitan, Munsey's, Harper's, and a
few others.(p.21) The other volumes in the series, all intended for
the book collector but of value to the scholar, are on such authors
as Joseph Hergesheimer, Stephen Crane, and James B. Cabell.88 Guy
Holt's Cabell bibliography(l924) was much enlarged in 1932 by Isidore

R. Brussel.89

87Edward D. MacDonald, A Bibliography of the Writings of Theo-
dore Dreiser(Phila: Centaur Book Shop, 1928).

88Guy Holt, A Bibliography of the Writings of James Branch Ca—
bell(Phi1a.: Centaur Book Shop, 1924); Vincent Starrett, Stephen

Crane: A Bibliographv(Phila.: Centaur Book Shop, 1923); Herbert L.

Swire, A Bibliography of the Works of Joseph Hergesheimer(Phila.:
Centaur Book Shop, 1922).

89Isidore R. Brussel, A Bibliography of the Writings of James
Branch Cabell: A Revised Bibliography(Phila.: Centaur Book Shop, 1932).

 

41

Bibliographies in author biographies are a common feature, but
many are short and incomplete, lacking all or many of the shorter
works of the biographee. Some literary biographers give more time
and thought to bibliography and prepare longer lists of an author's
works in the hope that the biographies will serve more scholarly pur-
poses. One such example is Amos L. Herold's James Kirke Paulding
(1926), which lists Paulding's separate works in chronological order
and arranges his contributions to periodicals under name of period—
ical by year and month.90 In addition, he includes in chapter 5,
p.88-92, a chronological list of the author's tales. Another long
chronological 1ist(p.343-49) of an author's works is in Edward S.
Bradley's George Henrv Boker(1927).91 Another bibliography carefully
done is in Homer F. Barnes‘s Charles Fenno Hoffman(1930).92 He is
especially thorough in giving information about editions, listing,
for example, four editions of The Vigil of Faith(l842, 1845, 1846,
and one without a date). In a note to the 4th ed. he writes that
there is no evidence that a third edition was published.(p.320) In
the same note he suggests that the edition with no date is "probably
counted as the second."(p.320) For another title, Greyslaer, Mr.
Barnes writes on p.320 that after much searching he has not been
able to locate an 1842 edition published by Baker and Scribner, al—
though he did find it listed by Joseph Sabin in his Dictionary of

90Amos L. Herold, James Kirke Paulding: Versatile American
(N.Y.: Columbia Univ. Press, 1926).

91Edward S. Bradley, George Henry Boker: Poet and Patriot
(Phila.: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, 1927).

92Homer F. Barnes, Charles Fenno Hoffman(N.Y.: Columbia Univ.
Press, 1930).

 

 

 

42

Books Relating to America(1877) in vol. 8, p.360. ”Appendix B” of

the volume contains the text of some uncollected poems of Hoffman
with a complete citation to the original publication for most of the
poems and a much abbreviated one for the others.(p.289-3l6)

What must surely be the longest bibliography in a short biogra-
phy is found in Carl Van Doren's Sinclair Lewis(l933).93 Compiled by
Harvey Taylor, the bibliography begins on p.77 and ends on p.187. It
lists writings by and about Lewis and gives a detailed description of
the first editions of his books and a briefer description for books to
which he contributed. The periodical publications are listed in chron-
ological order beginning with the name of the periodical and location,
then title of contribution, and designation as story, poem, or article.
One major fault with this portion of the bibliography is that page
references are omitted for many entries. All of Lewis's titles can
be located quickly by the use of the index on p.193—205.

The greater part of the bibliographic control in this period
was achieved in those works which list belles—lettres only by author
and title. They list a great many, but they fall far short of record-
ing all the imaginative literature of the United States. The reader
will note that huge lists of 10 to 50 thousand titles were not produced
except for the CHAL. Even in that work there are no separate lists
for fiction, poetry, and drama. While the work is comprehensive in
the sense that it covers the literature of the whole country, it does

so only to the extent that it does not purposely omit any historical

period, nor geographic area, nor any one of the genre, nor many minor

93Carl Van Doren, Sinclair Lewis: A Biographical Sketch with a
Bibliography by Harvey Taylor(N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1933).

 

 

 

43

writers. The writers that are included are those that the editors
and the authors of the essays consider as having some special sig—

f
nificance for the student or researcher in American literature. Even
among minor writers of special significance the editors had to make a
selection. The work is a milestone though in this historical study
of bibliography for the great many titles that it does record.

A greater number of titles are included in the separate national
genre lists, the regional bibliographies and collections, the state
and local genre compilations, the author bibliographies, and the an-
thologies. These publications plus the comprehensive national bib—
liographies make up the principal structure of the bibliographic or-
ganization that was established in this period. The reader who
glances at the titles in "Appendix A" and who reviews this essay will
see that more than a very little bibliographic work was done on the
national, regional, state, and local level. He will also remember
that some of the bibliographic publications contain a small amount
of information relating to the subject content of the titles which
are listed or cited. These bibliographic works, which take the form
of the annotated bibliography and the essay, are noteworthy because,
while fairly few in number, together they represent a greater effort
at Subject analysis than had been attempted in previous years. The
master's and doctoral essays begin in this period to make an important
contribution to this effort.

This essay and "Appendix A" do not cite all the anthologies
that were produced in these years, but enough are given to show that

they do contain a very large number of poems, short stories, and plays.

Many of these literary selections would not be listed either in

 

 

 

 

44

bibliographies produced in this period or in the two decades before
1920. Many may not even now be listed in a bibliography by author
and title. The reader will also note that some of these anthologies
do have bibliographies which list many belles-lettres titles that
are in other publications. Some of them also have biographical
sketches which contain titles for the authors included. Many of
these short sketches are for minor writers not covered by separate
author bibliographies.

Many author bibliographies were compiled in this period, and
some of them are among the best which have been done to date. Cur—
rier's Bibliography of John Greenleaf Whittier is the one that immedi-
ately comes to mind when one remembers the 1930's. For the major
writers, and particularly those who were prolific, the author bib—
liographies have great importance, for only there can one expect a
full and accurate listing of all publications of an author, both the
books and the writings in books and periodicals. Some of the author
bibliographies are valuable tools for the research scholar who wants
more than brief information about an author's works.

One final glance at the titles in "Appendix A" will reveal
that authors of both the 19th and 20th century were covered, and that
two of the writers of this century, James B. Cabell and Edwin A.
Robinson, are represented by two bibliographies. Modern authors re—

ceived as much, if not more, attention than older writers.

 

 

 

CHAPTER II

THE LITERARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES,
THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE,

AND OTHER BIBLIOGRAPHIC STUDIES

These twenty years from 1940 to 1960 constitute a period of
great progress and growth in American bibliography. Many bibli—
ographies were published as separates, many appeared as parts of
books, and a great many were included in periodicals. They were
compiled chiefly by college teachers, librarians, graduate students,
and book dealers. Some of them are highly selective, while others
are comprehensive, and a smaller number are very nearly complete.
The two titles that stand out among all the others, and which are

excellent examples of comprehensive bibliographies, are the bibli-

ography volume of the Literary History of the United States(1948)
and the Bibliography of American Literature(l955 to date).1

The LHUS Bibliography was compiled and edited by Thomas H.

Johnson, a Ph.D. from Harvard, who was chairman of the English De-

partment at the Lawrenceville School, the editor of The Poetical Works

of Edward Taylor(l939), and the author of a bibliography of Jonathan

1Literary History of the United States, ed. by Robert E. Spiller
and others. Bibliography, ed. by Thomas H. Johnson(N.Y.: Macmillan,

1948). Hereafter referred to as the LHUS Bibliography; Jacob Blanck,
Bibliography of American Literature Compiled... for the Bibliograph—
ical Society of America(New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1955— ). Here—
after referred to as the BAL.

45

ii—

 

46

Edwards(l940).2 The volume contains publications by and about many
major and minor American writers and a large number of publications
on many subjects relating to American literature, or useful for back-
ground reading in the study of American authors and their works. The
volume is particularly valuable for listing books by American authors
with dates. The book, however, cannot be used for shorter works that
are not published as separates. Here it is important to recall that
it is the author bibliography which often must be used to locate short
stories, poems, one-act plays, and essays. The LHUS Bibliography
gives titles of bibliographies, published letters, correspondence, and
papers, and locates manuscripts in libraries and private collections.
Bibliographic information is also given for collected works, edited
texts, and reprints. The notes for some of these titles are of great
importance to the scholar. Concerning the 1890 Riverside Edition of
the Writings of James Russell Lowell in ten volumes the LHUS Bibli—
ography states that it is ”the first important edition of Lowell's
collected works. The material was revised by the author."(p.629)
LHUS notes that as of 1948 "the text of Dickinson's poems has yet to
be established. Only that in Bolts of Melody(1945) [edited by Mabel
L. Todd and Millicent T. Bingham] approaches accuracy."(p.468) The
first LHUS Bibliography Supplement(l959) mentions Thomas H. Johnson's
3—volume variorum edition of 1955.

Some minor poets are not included in the author section of the
Bibliography Supplement but in the earlier sections on individual

periods. There are many notes here about books and authors, some of

2Who's Who in America 1974—75, vol.l, p.1605.

 

 

 

47

which give content information. William H.C. Hosmer(18l4—l877) is
described as a poet "who is at his best in nature descriptions of

the country he knew in western New York...A Collection was published
as The Poetical Works of William H.C. Hosmer(2 vols., l854)."(p.111)
Elizabeth 0. Smith(1806-1893) ”made use of the frontier for Thg_
Western Captive(l842) and wrote a sentimental novel of slum life pub—
lished as The Newsboy."(p.109)

The several published volumes of the BAL by Jacob Blanck con-
stitute the most ambitious single attempt to provide bibliographic
control for a great many important writers of American literature.
Jacob Blanck conceived the idea for the bibliography in the 1930's and
secured the support of the Lilly Endowment in 1942. The Bibliographi—
cal Society of America is supervising the work under the editorship
of Mr. Blanck. The work covers only authors who died before 1930 and
only those whose works were known or read in their own time. Because
the work is concerned primarily with belles-lettres, many American
writers are not included. The bibliography is limited, according to
.the words of the ”Preface," p.xi, to "the material which constitutes
the structure of American literature of the past one hundred and fifty

' Works in subject fields are included but only if the authors

years.‘
also wrote imaginative literature. Historians and travel writers are
included if their works have considerable literary interest. The bib—
l liography lists all first editions, variant issues or states of the
first edition, some reprints, later editions with important textual
changes, and books containing the first appearance of any prose or

poetry. Newspaper and other periodical publications are not included

except that some of these publications later appeared as books or in

48

books.3 When a periodical publication is reprinted in a published
volume, the original source is given in a note. Don Byrne's O'Malley
of Shanganagh was published by Century Company in 1925. It originally
appeared in Century Magazine between December 1924 and February 1925
under the title of ”An Untitled Story."(vol.l, p.465).

EAE gives a full description for first editions: signature col-
lation, paper, binding, wrapper, inserted catalogs and ads, and illus—
trations. Many errors in authorship made in older bibliographies of
Americana have been corrected. Roorbach's Bibliotheca Americana(1855)
covering the period of October 1852 to May 1855 attributes the novel
The Flying Cloud(l854) to Joseph H. Ingraham.(p.101) Mr. Blanck
writes that "No evidence [has been] found of Ingraham's authorship.”
(vol.4, p.489) In the next line he refers to entry 2671 in Lyle H.
Wright's American Fiction 1851—1875, which credits the title to Green-
liffe Warren.

The EEE is a monument of scholarship and dedication on the part
of the editor, Jacob Blanck, and the many collaborators who assist in
many ways to make the work complete and accurate. Donald Gallup,
the distinguished bibliographer and Curator of the Collection of Amer-
ican Literature at Yale University Library, has contributed liberally
to the work. Others who have made valuable contributions include
Lawrence R. Thompson, William M. Gibson, George Arms, and Norman
Holmes Pearson. Paul Goren and Perry O‘Neill have been most coopera-
tive in supplying information from the collections in the New York
Public Library. Librafians from the Library of Congress, the Boston

3Information on the scope of the BAL is taken from the "Preface."

 

49

Public Library, the Boston Athenaeum, the American Antiquarian Society,
and Harvard have also been helpful. Colin Clair and Simon Nowell—
Smith, two British scholars in bibliography, have supplied British pub—
lication information for many titles.

Jacob Blanck was eminently qualified to undertake the EAE. He

had been rare book editor for Publishers' Weekly and Antiguarian Book-

map and had revised Merle Johnson's American First Editions(l929)
twice, once in 1936 and again in 1942. Each time he made corrections
and additions. For many years this title was a standard reference
work for book collectors, librarians, and scholars.

Three other books on American literature became standard refer—
ence works in the 1940's: American Authors and Booksz 1640—1940(1943),
the Oxford Companion to American Literature(194l), and Contemporary
American Authors(l940) by Fred B. Millett.5 The first has authors in
literature, history, art, science, and other subject fields. Brief
biographical information, principal titles with dates, and sometimes
a very brief synopsis are given for each author. The Oxford Companion
concentrates much more on literary authors and gives more information
about them and their writings, including short stories and poems.
Plot summaries are given for many titles. The volume has some entries
for people, places, events,-etc., that were significant in the cul-

tural life of America and which a student may find useful in his study

4Most of the acknowledgments in BAL are in vol.4, p.xiii—xiv and
vol.5, p.xiii—xiv.

5William J. Burke and Will D. Howe, American Authors and Books,
1640-1940(N.Y.: Gramercy Publishing Co., 1943); James D. Hart, Oxford

Companion to American Literature(N.Y.: Oxford Univ. Press, 1941); Fred

B. Millett, Contemporary American Authors; A Critical Survey and 219
Bio—Bibliographies(N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace, 1940).

50

of American literature. At the end of the volume there is a ”Chron—
ological Index,”(p.863-88), which gives a year—by—year outline of the
literary and social history of the United States. Contemporagy Amer—
ican Authors contains biobibliographies for 219 writers. It gives
titles of separately—published works by the writers, and studies and
articles about them. The work is valuable for the published volumes

of the authors, but it is much more useful for biographical information
and literary criticism.

The later volumes of the Americana Annual contain some good in-
formation about American literature.6 The volume published in 1940
contains some excellent descriptive and critical comments for novels
published in 1939. Paul Corey's Three Miles Sguare is described as
"an honest and impressive picture of Midwest farm life."(p.458)
Francis Griswold's A Sea Island Today is an ”unusual and beautiful
novel about South Carolina."(p.458) More than a one—line description
is given for Walter Van Tilburg Clark's The Track of a Cat in the
1950 volume:

The year 1949 witnessed a flood of highly competent

novels, difficult to classify, by members of the middle

and younger generation of American writers. Walter Van

Tilburg Clark's The Track of the Cat was the most powerful

novel by a member of this mixed group. It was the appar—

ently bare story of three brothers attempting to protect

their livestock, huddled on the eastern slopes of the

Sierra Nevada mountains during an early fall snow storm,

from the attacks of a panther. Actually the novel was much

more than this. It tapped reservoirs of deepest feeling

in the reader by making him aware that each of the three

brothers stood for a. possible way of responding to mortal

destiny, and involving him completely in each of these ways.
Rising above the merely excellent writing in his earlier

works, The Ox—Bow Incident and The City of Trembling Leaves,

Clark achieved major status as a writer in The Track of the
Cat.(p.30)

6Americana Annual(N.Y.: Americana Corp., 1923— ).

 

 

51

The article on the novel in this volume is more than two columns long.
(p.30-31) The paragraphs on poetry cite six volumes in l949.(p.3l)

Lyle H. Wright continued his bibliographic work on fiction by re—
vising his American Fiction 1774—1850(1948).7 It contains 600 more
titles than the 1939 edition and gives authors for some anonymous and
pseudonymous titles listed in the earlier edition. It contains a
chronological index, p.311—32, and a title index, p.335—55. In 1957
he added a volume for 1851—1875 listing 2832 titles by 1193 authors.8
Very brief notes giving locale or setting of the stories are given
for many titles. The work contains a long index(p.38l-4l3) of all the
titles in the bibliography.

Two other bibliographies are valuable for giving geographical
location of American fiction: the Newberry Library list of American
novels(l94l) and America in Fiction(194l) by Otis W. Coan and Richard
G. Lillard.9 The Newberry bibliography is a short checklist of Amer—
ican novels with an American setting printed before 1880. America in
Fiction is a more lengthy work giving annotations for a rather large

number of titles. The bibliography was compiled to help readers

understand their country better, by means of imaginative writing that
presents specific human beings in realizable situations."(”Preface,”

p.iii) The titles are arranged by subject: pioneering, farm and

7Lyle H. Wright, American Fiction 1774—1850; A Contribution
Toward a Bibliography, rev. ed.(San Marino, Calif.: 1948).

8Lyle H. Wright, American Fiction 1851-1875(San Marino, Calif.:
Huntington Library, 1957).

Newberry Library, Chicago, American Novels with an American
Setting Printed Before 1880; A Checklist of Books in the Library,
Aug. 1941(Chicago, 1941); Otis W. Coan and Richard G. Lillard, Amer-
ica in Fiction(Stanford University, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press,
1941).

 

52

village life, industrial America, politics, religion, the southern
tradition, and minority ethnic groups. Although most of the annota—
tions are brief, they do give some insight into setting and story.
William Carlos Williams's White Mule(l937) is described as ”a story

of an immigrant couple, citizens by naturalization, and their struggles
to manage on an average income in New York City."(p.83-84) For stu—
dents of American history the bibliography contains a number of very
fine titles.

A long list of‘historical novels was compiled by Arthur T. Dick-
inson in 1958.10 It contains brief annotations for 1,224 novels pub-
lished between 1917 and 1956. For more information about plot, set-
ting, history, and characters of some of the historical novels listed
in the above works, the reader can consult studies on the historical
novel by Ernest E. Leisy, Robert A. Lively, and Joseph J. Waldmeir.ll
Leisy's American Historical Novel(l950) comments on more than 200
novels about colonial America, the American Revolution, the westward
movement, the Civil War and Reconstruction, and national expansion.
The comments are critical, descriptive, and concise. To read them is
to want to run to the library shelves to borrow books. He has great
admiration for Conrad Richter's The Trees(1940) and The Fields(1946).

Conrad Richter's The Trees (1940), although it introduces

no historical figures, is so well impregnated with the epic

loArthur T. Dickinson, American Historical Fiction(N.Y.: Scare—
crow Press, 1958).

llLeisy, Ernest E., The American Historical Novel(Norman: Univ.
of Oklahoma Press, 1950); Robert A. Lively, Fiction Fights the Civil

War; An Unfinished Chapter in the Literary History of the American
People(Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1957); Joseph J.

Waldmeir, "Ideological Aspects of the American Novels of World War
II"(Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State Univ., 1959).

 

 

 

53

import of the pioneer's daily struggle for security that the
reader feels the experiences of the Luckett family as his own.
In the Ohio Valley at the close of the eighteenth century, the
Lucketts find themselves in conflict not only with the forest
primeval but with each other. The settler instinct of the wife
clashes with the hunter instinct of the husband. She succumbs,
but the daughter carries on, and, in the end, the husband hears
his doom when the great hickories crash, marking the evolution
of the pioneer from hunter to farmer. The Fields (1946) con—
tinues the story of the tilling, when towns are only beginning
to appear, and when personal conflicts further reflect the con-
quest of the frontier. The author's lyric style takes its
quality from the simple, primitive life in forest and field.
Its idiom of the past is folk music, lovingly recorded. Quick—
ened by humor and suspense, these quietly exciting and excellent
novels wear lightly their author's extensive research on pioneer
activities. Here is the living core of history.(p.124-25)
Additional historical novels with brief critical annotations are listed

in the bibliography(p.219—59).

Robert A. Lively's Fiction Fights the Civil War(l957) contains
comments and quotes from many novels about the Civil War. The bibli-
ography(p.l99-217) lists more than 500 titles. The author's expressed
intention is "to illustrate their variety, their general tone, and
their reliability as sources of knowledge about the conflict."(p.5)

In his chapter called "The Artist and the Past” he pauses to stress
the importance of the novels of John W. De Forest, Harold Frederic,
and StephenCrane. He devotes six pages to a discussion of three
novels by these writers: Miss Ravenel's Conversion from Secession to
Loyalty by De Forest, The Copperhead by Frederic, and The Red Badge
of Courage by Crane.(p.149-55) Mr. Lively makes the point that the
war outlined in these writings was "more a calamity in individual
lives than a national or regional experience. Instead of a gorgeously
patterned epic of contending armies, battle was here presented as a
senseless denial of reason. Interpretations of the war's meaning be—

came exercises in abnormal psychology, rather than explanations for

 

 

 

54

the North's decisions."(p.155)

Joseph H. Waldmeir's dissertation is on the ideology of American
novels of World War II. The main part of the study is on the negative
and positive aspects of this ideology. A lengthy 1ist(p.l8l—9l) of
World War II novels written by Americans concerning Americans is found
at the end of the essay.

William B. Dickens made a worthy contribution to American bib-
liography when he completed his dissertation on the American political
novel between 1865 and 1910.12 After a short critical essay he pro—
vides a digest of 84 political novels giving for each one the title,
author, imprint, type and time of plot, locale, principal characters,
a short critique, and a summary. The work concludes with an index
to novelists and novels, p.392—402.

In 1942 a whole book on the American economic novel was pub—
lished.13 The author, Walter F. Taylor, devotes most of the book to
Mark Twain, Hamlin Garland, Edward Bellamy, and Frank Norris. Chap—
ter 2, p.58-115, is on the lesser novelists. The bibliography(p.346—
65) gives titles by both the major and minor novelists discussed in
the text and includes a separate list(p.354—55) of novels not mentioned
in the text. In 1944 Dr. Lisle A. Rose made a list of additional

14

titles for an article in American Literature.

Herbert R. Brown's The Sentimental Novel in America 1789—1860

12William B. Dickens, "A Guide to the American Political Novel
1865-1910" (Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Michigan, 1954).

13Walter F. Taylor, The Economic Novel in America(Chapel Hill:
Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1942).

14Lisle A. Rose, "A Bibliographic Survey of Economic and Political
Writings 1865—1900," American Literature 15(1944), 381—410.

 

 

55

(1940) is a well—documented essay on American fiction.15 The footnotes

contain many fiction titles for the student who is interested in Amer—
ican literature of the new American nation. A separate bibliography
of these titles at the end of the volume would make the volume more
useful for reference purposes.

The magazine New Yorker achieves a certain amount of biblio-
graphic control by collecting some of its short stories in two volumes,
one published in 1940 and the other in 1949.16 The volumes contain a
total of 123 stories and include some of the finest writers of the
period. Two anthologies of war stories were published.17 The first
collection by F. Van Wyck Mason contains fiction about American 501—
diersfightingin wars from the early colonial period through World
War I. Most of the selections are from full—length novels according
to the note at the bottom of the first page of each story. James F.
Cooper, Walter D. Edmonds, Bruce Lancaster, Zane Grey, James Boyd,
and Hervey Allen are among the authors: The other anthology, IE3
Best Short Stories of World War II, contains 20 stories by writers
such as Stephen Vincent Benet, William Faulkner, James Jones, Ralph

Ellison, James Michener, Wallace Stegner, and Irwin Shaw. A short

biographical sketch containing titles with dates precedes each

15Herbert R. Brown, The Sentimental Novel in America 1789-1860

(Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1940).

16New Yorker, Short Stories from the New Yorker(N.Y.: Simon and
Schuster, 1940); New Yorker, 55 Short Stories from the New Yorker
(N.Y.: Simon and Schuster, 1949).

17F. Van Wyck Mason, ed., The Fighting American; A War Chest of

Stories of American Soldiers from the French and Indian Wars Through
the First World War(N.Y.: Reynal and Hitchcock, 1943); Charles A. Fen-

ton, ed., The Best Short Stories of World War II; An American Anthology
(N.Y.: Viking Press, 1957).

56

selection.

No lengthy comprehensive list of American poems was compiled in
this period. Some good bibliographic work was done, however, for the
colonial period and the twentieth century. Milton H. Sugarman made
a list of anonymous poetical pamphlets of the eighteenth century, and

the University of Pennsylvania Library prepared a mimeographed list

of poems published through the year‘l865.18 The latter includes 656

titles, including many not listed in other bibliographies.
Many individual poems and books of verse are cited in the text

of Horace Gregory and Marya Zaturenska's History of American Poetry

1900-1940((1942).19 Dates are included in the text and the footnotes.
The index gives titles under the names of the poets. Another useful

list was published in 1945 by the Library of Congress under the title

of Sixty American Poets 1896-1944.20 The selection of poets was made

by Allen Tate, who also wrote the critical notes and the preface.

Frances Cheney compiled the checklist of titles. In 1954 the bibli—

ography was revised by Kenton Kilmer.21

l8Milton H. Sugarman, "A Bibliography of a Collection of Anony—
mous Poetical Pamphlets of the 18th Century in the Library of the
University of Cincinnati" (Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Cincinnati,

1953).

19Horace Gregory and Marya Zaturenska, A History of American

Poetry 1900—1940(N.Y.: Harcourt,Brace, 1942).

20U.S. Library of Congress, General Reference and Bibliography

Division, Sixty American Poets, 1896-1944. Selected with Preface and

Critical Notes by Allen Tate. A Preliminary Checklist by Frances
Cheney(Washington, D.C.: 1945).

21U.S. Library of Congress, General Reference and Bibliography

Division) Sixty American Poets 1896—1944. Selected with Preface and
Notes by Allen Tate. Revised by Kenton Kilmer(Washington, D.C.,

1954).

57

A number of people in this period did bibliographic work and

wrote studies of the American drama. Arthur H. Quinn added 450 plays

in his second edition(l943) of the History of the American Drama from

the Beginning to the Civil War.22 The University of Pennsylvania

Library put out a checklist of early American drama containing 593

entries with full bibliographic information.23 Joseph H. Weingarten

covered only modern playwrights in his 1946 bibliography.24 From

 

Native Roots(l948) by Felix Sper is a study of regional drama con—

taining a long list of plays found in collections and periodicals

(p.297-334).25 Bibliographic information is adequate except for

page numbers.
Five dissertations, all based on an examination of a rather
large number of plays, were written by Mary L. Andrews, Josef A.

Elfenbein, Phyllis M. Ferguson, Caspar H. Nannes, and John D. Rear—

don.26 Josef A. Elfenbein studied 149 plays for his dissertation

22Arthur H. Quinn, A History of the American Drama from the

Beginning to the Civil War. 2d ed.(N.Y.: Appleton-Century—Crofts,
1951).

23University of Pennsylvania Library, Checklist of American

Drama Published in the English Colonies of North America and the
United States Through 1865 in the Possession of the Libragy, Univer-

sity of Pennsylvania, Compiled by Albert Von Chorba, Jr.(Phi1a.: 1951).

24Joseph A. Weingarten, Modern American Playgrights: A Bibli—

ography(N.Y.: 1946).

25Felix Sper, From Native Roots; A Panorama of Our Regional

Drama(Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1948).

26Mary L. Andrews, ”Modern Poetic Drama in America, 1900—1924"
(Ph.D. dissertation, New York, 1943); Josef A. Elfenbein, "American
Drama 1782-1812 as an Index to Socio—Political Thought" (Ph.D. dis-
sertation, New York Univ., 1951); Phyllis M. Ferguson, ”Women Dram-
atists in the American Theatre 1901—1940"(Ph.D. dissertation, Univ.
of Pittsburgh, 1957); Caspar H. Nannes, "Politics in the American
Drama as Revealed by Plays Produced on the New York Stage 1890—1945”

 

58

on socio—political thought in American drama of 1782—1812. Phyllis
M. Ferguson would have studied many more plays for her dissertation
if she were able to locate them. She states in her essay for Disser-
tation Abstracts that "many of the plays of the first decade [of this
27

century] were neither published nor copyrighted."

The Best American Plays series began in 1939 under the title

Twenty Best Plays of the Modern American Theatre.28 Beginning with

the second series(1947) each volume contains the best American plays
for a six-year period. The titles in these volumes would constitute
a bibliography of the best American drama of the twentieth century.

In 1944 a special volume in the Burns Mantle series was pub-
lished to cover the plays of 1899-1909.29 Ten plays are included,
one for each year, and a complete list of plays produced on the New
York stage in that period(p.346—584). Although the list contains no
publication information, it is valuable for the names of authors and
titles and the dates of production. The volume ends with an index
of plays and cast.(p.612—24)

While not many comprehensive regional bibliographies appeared

in this period, three represent serious efforts to list the

(Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1949); John D.
Reardon, "Verse Drama in America from 1765 to the Civil War”(Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of Kansas, 1958).

27Phyllis M. Ferguson, ”Women Dramatists in the American
Theatre 1901-1940,” Dissertation Abstracts 18(1958), 231.

28Best American P1ays(N.Y.: Crown Publishers, 1939— ).

29The Best Plays of 1899—1909 and the Yearbook of the American

Drama, ed. by Burns Mantle and Garrison P. Sherwood(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead,
1944).

 

 

 

59

. . . . 30
literature of their respective regions. The longest was done on the

South in 1954 by Jay.B. Hubbell, Professor of American literature

at Duke University. In separate essays for 115 writers he gives bio-
graphical information and discusses their works. A long bibliography
(p.915—74) is at the end of the volume. Richard B. Harwell's bibli—
ography on Confederate belles—lettres(l941) gives full bibliographic
information for many novels, books of poetry, and plays published in
the South during the Civil War. South of Forty from the Mississippi
to the Rio Grande(l947) contains a great many fiction and poetry
entries. The author, Jesse L. Rader, gives full description for
many titles, including size, illustrations, original publication,

and editions. The annotations are also useful for information about
the content of the books.

Three other regional bibliographies of the West contain fiction
and poetry titles. Kenneth Kurtz lists five pages of belles—lettres,
p.28-29 and p.39—41, in his Literature of the Southwest(l956).31
Nellie Cliff did a bibliography fer Ray B. West's Writing in the
Rocky Mountains(l947).32 She provides brief annotations for many
fiction and poetry titles. David J. Harkness wrote a bibliographic

30Jay B. Hubbell, The South in American Literature 1607-1900
(Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1954); Richard B. Harwell, Confed—

erate Belles—Lettres; A Bibliography and a Finding List of Fiction,

Poetry, Drama, Songsters, and Miscellaneous Literature Published in
the Confederate States of America(Hattiesburg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941);

Jesse L. Rader, South of Forty from the Mississippi to the Rio Grande;
A Bibliography(Norman: Univ. of Okla. Press, 1947).

31Kenneth Kurtz, Literature of the American Southwest; A Sel-
ective Bibliography (Los Angeles: Occidental College, 1956).

32Ray B. West, Writing in the Rocky Mountains with a Bibliography
by Nellie Cliff(Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska Press, 1947).

 

 

60

essay for a number of western writers in the October 1954 issue of
the University of Tennessee Newsletter.33

Some of the best bibliographic work in this period was done on
regional fiction. John S. Hartin's dissertation on the southeastern
United States in the novel(1957) is the most substantial study.34 He
annotates a great many novels in which the setting is the southeastern
part of the United States. His index groups the novels by state and
provides separate lists for those novels in which the geographic
area includes the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers. Janet Agnew's bibli—
ography is on southern historical novels published between 1929 and
1938.35 She classifies the novels according to chronological period
and provides brief annotations. The long analytical index, p.25—76,
is especially good because it includes authors, titles, states, sub—
jects, places, battles, and names of people. A separate list of
novels grouped by state follows the index.

Sheldon Van Auken wrote a very fine essay in 1948 on the southern

historical novel of the early twentieth century.36 He gives brief in-

formation about twelve southern writers "who constituted the most au-

dible voice of the South for the majority of the nation since the Civil

33David J. Harkness, "The Southwest and West Coast in Literature,"

Univ. of Tennessee Newsletter 33(Oct. 1954), 1-55.

34John S. Hartin, "The Southeastern United States in the Novel
Through 1950; A Bibliographic Review” (Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of
Michigan, 1957).

35Janet Agnew. A Southern Bibliography: Historical Fiction 1929-

1938. Louisiana State Univ. Univ. Bulletin n.s. 32, no.8. Library
School Bibliography Series, no.2. (Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ.

Press, 1940).

36Sheldon Van Auken, "The Southern Historical Novel in the Early
Twentieth Century," Journal of Southern History 14(1948), 157-91.

 

 

 

61

War."(p.l65) The writers include Thomas Dixon, Jr., F. Hopkinson
Smith, and Maurice Thompson, and such well—known names as George W.
Cable, Thomas Nelson Page, and Ellen Clasgow. After the biographical
sketches Van Auken makes brief descriptive and critical comments

about their works. Concerning Maurice Thompson's Alice of Old Vin-
cennes(l900) he writes that it is "a vigorous tale of the capture of
the key to the Northwest Territory by the British and its recapture

by George Rogers Clark in l778."(p.166) In George W. Cable's EEE
Grandissimes(l880) the author "devotes his chief attention to the crea-
tion of an authentic atmosphere."(p.166) Van Auken finds Cable's
criticism of slavery in the novel "fair and broad—minded."(p.l66) Van
Auken writes well and is able to give the essence of a novel in a few
lines. These brief notes about the novels are about as good as one
will find. He writes one of his best descriptions for Ellen Glasgow's

The Battleground:

In 1902 she published The Battleground, a careful and able
chronicle of two country families in Virginia prior to and
during the Civil War. It includes delightful scenes of the
ante-bellum plantation as well as noncombatant and army life
during the war. Her interest in the democracy of the Army
of Northern Virginia, an army of caste contrasts, adds a
vital and modern note to the romance. While it is not as

panoramic as The Long Roll and Cease Firing, it is the best

single book in this group on the war, both as a novel and as
social history.(p.l7l)

Another excellent bibliographic study is John T. Flanagan's
essay on the middle western historical novel in the March 1944 issue

of the Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society.37 He cites

many authors and titles and sometimes gives a synopsis. From his

37John'T. Flanagan, "The Middle Western Historical Novel," Jour-

nal of the Illinois State Historical Society 37(March 1944), 7—47.

 

62

many fine critical comments Mr. Flanagan has been a thoughtful and
perceptive reader of fiction. In comparatively few words he says a
great deal about some of the novels, and he says it very well. Two

of his finest descriptions are about Louis Bromfield's The Farm(l933)

and Joseph Kirkland's Zury: The Meanest Man in Spring County(l887):

Louis Bromfield's The Farm, 1933, is a fuller and more
comprehensive attempt to chronicle the genesis of an Ohio
farm, beginning with virgin soil in 1815 and ending with an
industrial town obliterating the last vestiges of rural origin
in 1914. Bromfield's story covers much more than mere farming
since it includes religious growth, slavery, racial antipathies,
politics; and the author insists that two basic traits—-integ—
rity and idealism——which explained the community's growth and
have since vanished will reappear. But in essence it is a
rather bitter saga of the utilization of the land.

Central Illinois is the locale ofone of the best of the
novels portraying early farm life, Joseph Kirkland's Zury:
The Meanest Man in Spring County, 1887. The characterization
here is excellent. Zury's parsimony, his sharp bargaining, his
industry and intelligence establish him as a person, and Kirk-
land's care in recording the speech of his characters as well
as in describing the background makes for complete authenticity.
It would have been easy to caricature Zury as sordid and miserly;
instead we are shown his fundamental honesty and a certain latent
humanitarianism.(p.33)

Sometimes Professor Flanagan finds little or no value in a novel, and
he is not afraid to be blunt. In discussing A.G. Riddle's The Tory's
Daughter(1888) he writes that it is "a confused and clumsy account of
the war climaxed by the Battle of the Thames...The romance itself is
full of puerile sentiment and vague rhetoric..."(p.19)

Nelle Dooley discusses about 35 short stories in her master's
thesis in 1940.38 The stories are about the Plains States: Nebraska,
Oklahoma, Kansas, Texas, and the Dakotas. The thesis is chronological
beginning in 1870 and ending with the depression years of the 1930's.

38Nelle Dooley, ”Sectionalism and Local Color in the Short Stories

of the Plains States, 1870—1938"(Master's thesis, Fort Hays Kansas
State College, 1940).

63

She gives synopses and quotes liberally from the stories to show local
color and sectionalism. About Frederick Bechdolt's ”Tascosa” she
writes: "Tascosa was the name of a ghost town then located near Amar—
illo. It was a period when every man made his own rules of conduct
and enforced them if he was able to do so.”(p.23) One of her best
discussions is about the dust storm in John Hermann's "Two Days from
the South," which appeared in Scribner's Magazine, May 1936, p.277-84.
The story is about the Jasper family living near Dodge City, Kansas.
She quotes several passages from the story to show the effect of the
1936 dust storm on the family. These are three of the best quotes:

"It's fun at school when they's a storm," Jack said.
"Even if it did storm I could find my way home. I wouldn't
care how hard it stormed. I wouldn't care if it was black as
anything. I could find my way home."(p.279)

Little Freddie and the other brother younger than Jack said they could,
too .

"Well now. What a family I've got! They could find their
way home from school, a mile away, in a storm like yesterday's.
Why a bloodhound couldn't make its way through one of those
howlers. The dust makes it so you can't draw a civilized breath
of air into your lungs hardly, and your eyes smarting like you'd
rubbed them with cactus."(P~279)

After the four children start for school, Caroline fed the baby.

He coughed some but nothing like the day before when dust
sifted in around the windows in spite of the strips of paper
pasted on the cracks.——-—Caroline looked down at him, thinking
of the dreaded dust pneumonia that had filled the hospitals and
which the papers said was taking a life a day in Garden City.
Her children must not get sick. It would be better to clear
out of the country. Leave the farm and go east, as many of the
landless tenant neighbors were doing and as those more favored
wealthy folks were also doing.(p.279-80)

Another noteworthy thesis was done in 1954 by Lawana J. Shaul.39

39Lawana J. Shaul, "Treatment of the West in Selected Magazine
Fiction, 1870—1900; An Annotated Bibliography" (M.A. thesis, Univ. of
Wyoming, 1954).

 

 

 

64

Her main subject is the treatment of the West in some short stories

of the last part of the nineteenth century. The principal part of the
thesis is a bibliography of stories arranged by subject or theme:
Indians and soldiers, mining, railroading, religion, cowboys and ranch
life, homesteading, and miscellaneous. The annotations are short,
ranging from 50 to 100 words. She also includes in her thesis two
other bibliographies: a list of 64 California stories not included

in the annotated bibliography(p.98—101) and a list of authors and
stories arranged by states(p.lO8-15).

Two short studies on the regional'novel of the West were done in
the 1950's by Helen Hitt and Harry H. Jones.40 Helen Hitt wrote an
essay about the historical novels of the Pacific Northwest that were
published after 1920. Harry H. Jones did a 6-page annotated bibli-
ography of fiction about the Rocky Mountain mining area.

By comparison regional poetry received only scant attention.
Harold S. Jantz made the most valuable bibliographic contribution
when he compiled in 1943 a long list of early New England verse.41
He includes all writers born up to 1670 and gives brief biographical
information and full bibliographic description for the poems. He
locates many poems in manuscripts, collections, authors' works, and

almanacs. He often gives the number of lines and the subject of the

poem. In 1945 he made a list of 24 unrecorded verse broadsides of

40Helen Hitt, "History in Pacific Northwest Novels Written Since

1920," Oregon Historical Quarterly 51(Sept. 1950), 180—206; Harry H.
Jones, "Fiction of the Rocky Mountain Mining Area,” Univ. of Wyoming

Publications 20, no.1(1956), 124-29.

41Harold S. Jantz, "Bibliography of Early New England Verse,"
Procs. of the American Antiguarian Society, n.s. 53(1943), 391-508.

 

 

 

 

65

the seventeenth century and locates them in libraries and private

collections.42

Jamet M. Agnew made a list in 1940 of volumes of poetry written

43

by southern poets between 1929 and 1938. She arranges the titles in

three separate lists: author, title, and state. Earl L. Rudolph

made a long list of Confederate broadside verse.44

Sigpature of the Sun: Southwest Verse 1900-1950 was edited in

1950 by Mabel Major and Thomas M. Pearce.45 It contains selections
for 124 poets and notes about the authors. The notes are valuable
for many book titles and dates of publication.

Many belles—lettres titles are listed in comprehensive state bib-
liographies. The southern states have been particularly energetic in
making bibliographies of their publications. Two of the best bibli—

ographies were done by the two Carolinas. Robert J. Turnbull completed

his monumental 5—volume Bibliography of South Carolina in 1956.!+6 The

index volume, which was published in 1960, contains about 75 entries

42Harold S. Jantz, "Unrecorded Verse Broadsides of Seventeenth

Century New England," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of
America 39(First Quarter 1945), 1-19.

43Janet M. Agnew, A Southern Bibliography: Poetry 1929-1938.

Louisiana State University. University Bulletin n.s.32, no.11. Li-
brary School Bibliography Series, no.3(Baton Rouge, 1940).

44Earl L. Rudolph. Confederate Broadside Verse; A Bibliography
and Finding List of Confederate Broadside Ballads and Songs(New Braun—

fels, Texas: Book Farm, 1950).

45Mabel Major and Thomas M. Pearce, eds., Signature of the Sun;
Southwest Verse 1900-1950(A1buquerque: Univ. of New Mexico Press, 1950).

46Robert J. Turnbull, Bibliography of South Carolina 1563—1950

(5 vols. Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1956).

 

 

 

66

for novels, the same number for stories, and more than 75 for poetry.
The index also contains entries for names of authors and titles of
belles-lettres and other writings. Complete bibliographic information
is given for titles in the 5 volumes, including pages and size. Mary
L. Thornton's bibliography of North Carolina is a shorter work, but it
is also very useful for finding belles-lettres.47 Her fiction and
drama index entries refer only to those titles with a North Carolina
setting. For fiction more than 350 entries are given; for drama, more
than 50; and for poetry, more than 300.

Barbara W. Greene did a master's thesis in 1959 on resources in
Louisiana literature.48 Near the end of the essay she made a list of
writings by Louisiana authors and wrote brief annotations for the titles.
Drama, poetry, and fiction are grouped separately.

Two other southern states have identified their authors and
their publications.49 West Virginia Authors(l957) is a biobibliography
which gives very brief biographical information and a selection of
titles. Sources of additional information in reference works and
other books are noted. Georgia was one of the few states in the 1950's
which made an annual list of books published by native writers. The
list appeared each year in the winter issue of the Georgia Review be—

ginning in 1950. For each title a brief annotation is given.

47Mary L. Thornton, A Bibliography of North Carolina 1589-1956
(Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1958).

48Barbara W. Greene, "Resources in Louisiana Literature; Affec—
tive Writers"(M.A. thesis, Southwestern Louisiana Institute, 1959).

49Vito J. Brenni, West Virginia Authors: A Biobibliography(Morgan—
town: W. Va. Library Association, 1957); John W. Bonner, ”Bibliography

of Georgia Authors," Georgia Review)winter issue beginning in 1950.

 

 

67

Richard E. Banta compiled what may very well be the best state
biobibliography that has ever been done. Indiana Authors and Their
Books 1816—1916 was published in 1949 by Wabash College in Crawfords-
ville, Indiana. Many of the biographical sketches are 100 words or
more in length, and more than a very few exceed 500 words. For the
prolific writers many titles are given with place of publication and
date. The entry for James Whitcomb Riley(p.270—73) consists of an
essay of about 1000 words followed by a list of 49 titles. The Booth
Tarkington entry is also long(p.312-l4) and contains a list of 66
titles. Mr. Banta was for many years a book dealer and a part-time
assistant to the president of Wabash College. He was also a writer

50

of historical articles for journals and encyclopedias.

Lancaster Pollard did a long checklist of Washington authors for

the Pacific Northwest Quarterly in 1940.51 The list is arranged by

author, and he identifies the titles as fiction, drama, or verse. He

gives the full names for the authors, full imprint, and pages. He

made additions and corrections to the list in 1944.52

New Jersey is one of the few states in the Northeast that com—

piled a list of state authors.S3 Rudolf and Clara Kirk made the Check—

 

list in 1955. Maryland began to list its authors in 1952 in the

50Donald E. Thompson, Indiana Authors and Their Books 1917-
1966(Crawfordsville, Ind.: Wabash College, 1974), p.28.

51Lancaster Pallard, "A Checklist of Washington Authors,"

Pacific Northwest Quarterly 31(1940), 3-96.

52Lancaster Pollard, ”A Checklist of Washington Authors,”

Pacific Northwest Quarterly 35(1944), 233-66.
53Rudolf and Clara M. Kirk. Authors of New Jersey: A Checklist,

(Trenton: Division of the State Library, Archives and History, 1955).

 

 

 

68

Maryland Historical Magazine.54 It has appeared annually in the March

issue since then.

A very useful book for many names of Missouri writers is the
literary history of Missouri written in 1955 by Elijah L. Jacobs and
Forrest E. Wolverton.55 It is a chronological history beginning with
the pioneer period and ending in 1955. It contains separate chapters
on fiction, poetry, and drama and cites many titles of poems, plays,
short stories, and novels. Synopses and critical comments are given
for many titles. Near the end of the volume(p.339—47) there are sepa—
ratelistsgiving the names of poets, novelists, dramatists, and short
story writers. The bibliography of primary sources(p.349-60) gives
the imprint for the book titles discussed in the text.

State fiction received a great deal of attention in this period.
Both New Jersey and Delaware published bibliographic works about fiction
with settings in their states.56 Augustus H. Able wrote a very read—
able essay about Delaware fiction that contains many titles with dates.
He gives critical comments as well as information about plots and
characters.

Again the South is outstanding in bibliographic works. Lawrence

' and Algernon Thompson did an annotated bibliography of full-length

54"Maryland Bibliography," Maryland Historical Magazine, March
issue of each year beginning in 1952.

55Elijah L. Jacobs and Forrest E. Wolverton, Missouri Writers; A

Literary History of Missouri, 1780-1955(St. Louis: State Publishing
Co., 1955).

56Horace G. Richards, One Hundred South Jersey Novels; A Bib-

liography of Fiction with a Southern New Jersey Setting(Trenton: New
Jersey Folklore Society, 1947); Augustus H. Able, "Fiction as a Mirror

of Delaware Life," Delaware History 3(1948), 37-53.

 

 

69

fiction in which the action takes place in Kentucky.57 Their purpose

in doing the work was first ”to examine Kentucky and Kentuckians as
conceived in fiction and [secondly] to present a case study of the

use of regional themes in American fiction."("Preface," p.v) The crit-
ical annotations are between 20 and 100 words in length. The book
ends with two separate.indexes, one for author and another for title.

Hensley C. Woodbridgesupplemented their bibliography in the Kentucky

Historical Review by adding titles published between 1951 and 1957.58

The North Carolina fiction list is similar to the Kentucky bibliogra—.

phy.59 The work was done by the Joint Committee of the North Carolina

English Teachers Association and the North Carolina Library Association,
and edited by William S. Powell. The list, which is briefly annotated,

contains novels with a North Carolina setting. Florida is another

state which did a fiction list.6O

Georgia has a bibliographic essay on novels with a setting in

'the state written between 1926 and 1950.6l Gertrude G. Odum, the author

of the essay, comments on fifty novels, sometimes at some length. She
devotes, for example, 26 lines(p.244—45) to Gone with the Wind by

Margaret Mitchell.

57Lawrence S. and Algernon D. Thompson, The Kentucky Novel(Lex-

ington: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1953).
58Hensley C. Woodbridge, "The Kentucky Novel, 1951-5," Kentucky
Historical Society Review 54(Apr. 1956), 134-36; "The Kentucky Novel,

1956—57," Kentucky Historical Society Review 56(Apr. 1958), 156-64.

59William Powell, ed., North Carolina Fiction 1734—1957(Chape1

Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Library, 1958).

60Mary 0. McRory. Florida in Fiction: A Bibliography(Tallahassee,
Fla.: State Library, 1958).

61Gertrude G. Odum, ”Georgia Fiction: 1926-1950,” Georgia Review
5(Summer 1951), 244-57.

 

 

 

70

The Midwest also has bibliographic essays on the fiction of in—
dividual states. Alice L. Pearson wrote an article for Michigan His—
tory in 1940 about the Upper Peninsula in Michigan in which she com-

ments on fiction with settings in that area in both the nineteenth

62

and twentieth century. Fuller comments are in her 1939 master's
thesis.63 Lucille B. Emch wrote a long essay on Ohio in the short
stories of 1824-1839.64 The essay gives much information about the

content of the stories and Ohio life in that period. The end of the
article has a 4-page bibliography of short stories with Ohio locales.
John T. Frederick, a literary critic and professor of English,
made a study of Iowa fiction and wrote three long articles for £2}?
impsest, a journal published by the State Historical Society of Iowa.65
In his first article he writes about the farm in Iowa fiction pub-
lished in the nineteenth and twentieth century. Although he does not
cover a great many novels, he writes well and succinctly about several
of the best. He gives just enough of the story of each novel to make
the reader want to read it. He is particularly concerned about char—
acterization and the authenticity of the farm experience. Professor

Frederick has read his novels carefully and knows the farm country of

Iowa from his early childhood. One of his best descriptions of a farm

62Alice L. Pearson, ”The Upper Peninsula in Fictional Literature,"

Michigan History 24(1940), 329-38.

63Alice L. Pearson, "The Upper Peninsula of Michigan in Litera—
ture"(M.A. thesis, Univ. of Colo., 1939).

64Lucille B. Emch, "Ohio in Short Stories 1824-1839," Ohio
Archeological and Historical Quarterly 53(July—Sept. 1944), 209—50.

65John T. Frederick, "The Farm in Iowa Fiction," Palimpsest 32
(Mar. 1951), 121—52; "Town and City in Iowa Literature,” Palimpsest
35(Feb. 1954), 49-96; "Early Iowa in Fiction," Palimpsest 36(Oct.
1955), 389-420.

 

71

novel is for Don Jackson's Archer Pilgrim(l942):

The ambition of farm parents for their children to have
a life different from their own is a familiar theme in farm
fiction——perhaps because it was a frequent phenomenon in farm
homes in the years when most of our writers were growing up.

In Don Jackson's Archer Pilgrim (1942), this ambition is con-
trary to the desires of the child, a boy who has decided at

the age of seven that he wants to be a farmer, and has never
changed his mind. The resulting conflict and the boy's defeat—-
at the hands of the girl he thinks he loves, as well as those

of his parents—-send him to a college experience largely sterile,
then to wasted years of work in a garage, until at last he finds
his way back to the farm.

The central figure of this story, whose name gives the book
its title, is very finely drawn. He becomes real for the reader,
and highly interesting. His experience is authentic. When he
goes out to shock oats, we are immediately sure that the writer
not only knows how to shock oats, but how it feels to shock
oats-—which are slightly different matters. The one could be
learned from watching; the other could not. The whole texture
of farm experience is rendered with similar authority; and all
the characters around Archer Pilgrim are presented with sympathy
and consistency even in their opposition to him—-his father
most notably. But it is the reader's acceptance and liking of
Arch himself, won in the first scene of his seven-year—old
resolution, that gives the book strength and drive and weights
its ending with meaning: "What a fool thing you have done,
Pilgrim, he told himself. . . . Why have you done this. The
answer was at his feet. As he tramped along the fence row with
quick, alert steps, his shoes pressed into soft, brown soil."66

His next article is on town and city in Iowa literature. Some of his
best writing relates the town to the farm, and this relationship he
finds particularly in Ruth Suckow's work:

The close relation of town and farm is almost univers-
ally present in Miss Suckow's work: as social contrast or
conflict, as economic interdependence, or as mere physical
nearness. Sarah, of The Bonney Family, "was possessed with a
desire to get out to the open road'beyond the streetcar tracks,
where she could feel the wind cold against her face and see
the dark, moist country look of the shocked corn." In the two
thousand words of the story, "Retired" (Iowa Interiors), she
‘has achieved the finest portrayal of the retired farmer in all
American literature. She has seen more clearly than any other
writer the recurring dramatic situation, within Iowa families,
of contrasts and conflicts between those who stay on the farm

66Frederick, ”The Farm in Iowa Fiction," p.145—46.

 

 

 

72

and those who leave it, and has treated it more thoroughly,
with many variations of character and incident: most fully
in The Folks, but also with especial poignancy in New Hope

and in such stories as "A Rural Community" and ”Four Gener—
ations."(p.73)

The third article is about the Iowa novels of Charlton Laird, Phil

Stong, Matthias M. Hoffman, and Johnson Brigham.

Harvey K. Jacobson wrote a short master's thesis in 1956 on

the North Dakota novel.67 He discusses rather briefly 19 general

novels, 15 historical novels, and 8 biographical novels. He is par-
ticularly interested in adventure stories and the novel of the farm.
Several southern states supplemented their bibliographic work

by publishing collections of stories. The collections from Alabama,

Kentucky, Texas, and North Carolina are not lengthy, but they are

useful for locating stories by writers of those states and about life

and culture there.68 The two collections from South Carolina and

Louisiana have more bibliographic value because they contain brief

biographical sketches giving titles and dates for books.69

Very little bibliographic work was done on state poetry. One

suspects that more lists were made but not published. Even the Chicago

67Harvey K. Jacobson, "A Study of Novels about North Dakota"

(Master's thesis, Univ. of North Dakota, 1956).

68Hudson Strode, ed., Spring Harvest; A Collection of Stories
from A1abama(N.Y.: Knopf, 1944); Hollis S. Summers, ed. Kentucky Story;

A Collection of Short Stories(Lexington: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1954);
William Peery, ed. 21 Texas Short Stories(Austin: Univ. of Texas Press,

1954); Richard G. Walser, ed. North Carolina in the Short Story(Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1948).

69Katharine M. Jones and Mary V. Schlaefer, South Carolina in
the Short Story(Columbia: Univ. of South Carolina Press, 1952);
Lizzie C. McVoy, ed., Louisiana in the Short Story. Louisiana State

Univ. Studies, no.41. (University: Louisiana State Univ. Press,
1940).

73

Public Library seems not to have had the funds to print its lengthy
Bibliography of Illinois Poets Since 1900(1942).70 For each poet
this mimeographed bibliography gives three listings (1) collected
poems (2) single poems in periodicals and outside collected works
(3) articles and books about the poet. Full bibliographic information
is given for collections and single poems. The volume ends with a
3-page index of poems(p.214-l6).

State poetry collections continued to be published, and some
of them came from the poetry societies. Richard G. Walser edited two
volumes of North Carolina poetry, one in 1941 and the other ten years

later.21 The Poetry Society of Colorado put out a silver anniversary

volume in 1946 containing poems by members of the Society.72 A more

lengthy collection was made by the South Dakota Poetry Society from

poems written by its members between 1927 and 1949.73 It contains

400 poems by 137 poets, an index of authors, and a separate index of
titles of poems.

Local literary bibliographies and collections of literature may
exist in a greater number than one might suppose, but they are diffi-
cult to locate. Short bibliographies and card files of local authors

would be found in many public libraries in the country. Librarians in

70Chicago Public Library Omnibus Project, Bibliography of Illin-

Ois Poets Since l900(Chicago: 1942).

71Richard G. Walser, ed., North Carolina Poetry(Richmond: Garrett
and Massie, 1941; rev. ed., 1951).

72Poetry Society of Colorado, Silver Souvenir 1921-1946(Denver:

Sage Books, 1946).

73Adeline M. Jenney, ed., Prairie Poets; An Anthologv of Verse of

the South Dakota Poetry Society 1927—1949(Minneapolis: Lund Press, 1949).

 

 

74

these libraries would not fail to note books written by local residents.

One literary history for a city of some size was written by Marshall

Wingfield in 1942.74 The author writes in his "Introduction,” p.5,

that his aim in writing the book is "to enlarge the acquaintance of

Memphians with writers and writings of Memphis, and to show that the

city is not a literary Sahara.’ The book has separate essays on his—

torians, journalists, Memphis women, churchmen, Negroes, newspaper
verse, book reviewers, educators, and other writers. The essay cites
books and articles, sometimes with publisher, date, and content in—

formation. Grace Ross and Mabel Kuykendall edited a collection of

Fort Worth poems in 1949.75 It contains a list of volumes of verse

(p.177—83) by 50 of the city's authors. The poems in the anthology
are arranged by subject: childhood, love, sorrow, social vision, phil-
osophy, nature, Fort Worth, and Texas.

Gertrude Cone annotated a number of fiction titles in her bib-

liography of the Champlain Valley in New York State.76 In Pennsylvania

both the Wyoming Valley and Somerset County put out small poetry col-

lections in the 1940's.77 Benton County in Oregon also published a

74Marshall Wingfield, Literagy Memphis; A Survey of Its Writers
and Writings(Memphis: West Tennessee Historical Society, 1942).

75Grace Ross and Mabel Kuykendall, eds., Poetgy Out Where the

West Begins; A Collection of Poems by Fort Worth Authors(Dallas: Kal-
eidograph Press, 1949).

76Gertrude Cone, A Selective Bibliography of Publications on the

Champlain Valley(Plattsburgh,N.Y.: 1959).

77Victor E. Lewis, ed., Poets and Poetry of Wyoming Valley; A

Collection of Selected Contemporary Verse, Rhymes, and Poems(Wilkes

Barre, Pa.: Llewellyn Bros., 1940); A Little Book of Somerset County
Verse(Somerset, 1945).

 

 

 

 

75

poetry collection.78

Histories and historical bibliographies continued to list Amer—

ican literature in this period. Three of the best essays are in multi—

volume histories of Delaware, Montana, and Ohio.79 Harlan Hatcher

wrote a whole chapter on Ohio in twentieth century literature in volume

6 of the History of the State of Ohio(l942) edited by Carl F. Wittke.
It is an excellent bibliographic essay on the subject with many titles

and dates.

Three state historical bibliographies list belles-lettres.80

Writings on Pennsylvania Histopy(1946) has a separate section listing

Pennsylvania fiction, poems, tales, and legends(p.485-528). The titles

are given with full imprint, pages, and brief annotations. J. Winston

Coleman's Bibliography of Kentucky History(l949) has a shorter list of

literature containing only historical fiction and legendary stories

(p.280—86). The Subject Bibliography of Wisconsin Histogy by Leroy

Schlinkert has a 3-page list of fiction with a Wisconsin background

(p.160-62).

78A Century of Benton County Poetry(Roseburg, Oregon: Poetry
Clinic, 1957).

79Augustus H. Able, "Delaware Literature," Delaware: A History of
the First State, ed. by Henry C. Reed(N.Y.: Lewis Historical Publishing
Co., 1947), vol.2, p.935—66; Harold C. Merriam, ”Montana Writing," A
History of Montana, by MerrillG.Burlingame and K. Ross Toole(N.Y.:
Lewis Historical Publishing Co., 1957), vol.2, p.265—90; Harlan Harcher,
”Ohio in the Literature of the Twentieth Century," The History of the
State of Ohio, ed. by Carl F. Wittke(Columbus: Ohio State Archeological
and Historical Society, 1942), vol.6, p.267-93.

80Arthur C. Bining et a1. Writings on Pennsylvania History:

A Bibliography(Harrisburg: Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Commis—

sion, 1946); J. Winston Coleman, A Bibliography of Kentucky History
(Lexington: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1949); Leroy Schlinkert, Subject

Bibliography of Wisconsin Histogy(Madison: State Historical Society
of Wisconsin, 1947).

76

The American Guide Series refers to a group of state guide books
written by the federal WPA workers in the late 1930's and early
1940's. A guide book was done for all the states and for some of the
large cities. Almost all of them have a section on literature varying
in length between 5 and 11 pages and containing titles with dates. A
few of the guide books were revised in the 1950's. The bibliographic
essays in these volumes do not add much to bibliographic control, but
they do identify some authors by state, and they do contain some de-
scriptive information about the contents of titles. The essay in
the Oklahoma guide book is 11 pages long and contains the names of
many writers but not many titles.81 It mentions detective novelists
Todd Downing, Dorothy C. Disney, and Newton Gayle. It also gives the
names of 24 poets and 4 short story writers. Edward Donahue's novel
Madness in the Heart is described as "a dramatic re—creation of the
life of a boom oil town, and its social and financial leeches."(p.91)

No bibliography of humor was published in this period, but several
anthologies containing many humorous selections appeared. A Subtreasury

of American Humor(l941) has parodies and burlesques, tall stories, rem-

iniscence, stories from politics and history, fables and other moral

tales, and verse.82 The Pageant of American Humor(l946) has selections

83

from 88 authors arranged chronologically. Bennett Cerf's Encyclopedia

of Modern American Humor(l954) classifies some of its contents by

81Federal Writers' Program, Oklahoma; A Guide to the Sooner
State(Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1941).

82Elwyn B. and Katharine S. White,eds. A Subtreasury of American
Humor(N.Y.: Coward—McCann, 1941).

83Edwin Seaver, ed., Pageant of American Humor(Cleveland: World
Publishing Co., 1948).

 

 

 

 

 

77

geographical region, beginning with the country as a whole and then
such areas as New England, New York, the South, Midwest, Southwest,
and Far West.84 The separate section on verse has poems by T.A. Daly,
Phyllis McGinley, Ogden Nash, Dorothy Parker, Franklin P. Adams, and
a few other writers. Besides short stories the collection has excerpts
from novels and plays. Bibliographic information is given with the
selections. Victor L. Chittick's collection of tall tales of the
American frontier has 36 stories and notes about the authors and
stories.85 Midland Humor, edited by Jack Conroy, is a regional col-
lection of Midwest humor containing 90 selections by 56 writers, in—
cluding Ernest Hemingway, Carl Sandburg, James W. Riley, Booth Tarking—
ton, Finley P. Dunne, Gwendolyn Brooks, and many more not so familiar.86
There was in this twenty-year period a great proliferation of
author bibliographies. The book bibliographies came from commercial
publishers, university presses, and libraries. Major and minor writers
of the seventeenth through the first half of the twentieth century were
covered by bibliographies that aimed to describe all their books,
either in great detail or with sufficient information to identify first
publication. Some of the bibliographies aim to be complete for all
the writings of the authors, including essays, poems, and stories in

periodicals and books. Some of these author bibliographies are very

lengthy because they contain many notes, facsimile pages, quotations

84

Bennett Cerf, ed. An Encyclopedia of Modern American Humor
(Garden City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1954).

85

Victor L. Chittick, ed. Ring—Tailed Roarers; Tall Tales of the
American Frontier l830-l860(Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1941).

86Jack Conroy, ed. Midland Humor(N.Y.: Current Books, 1947).

 

 

 

78

from the authors' works and from bibgraphies and critical works. The

longest bibliography of an American author is probably the 3-volume

work(l940) of Cotton Mather by Thomas J. Holmes.87 It does not, how-

ever, fall within the scope of this study because the author wrote very

‘little in belles—lettres. A work which may be just as long because of

the small type is Thomas F. Currier's Bibliography of Oliver Wendell

Holmes(l953), edited by Eleanor M. Tilton.88 It is much like his

earlier bibliography of Whittier in that it gives very full information

about first editions and a complete list of poetry and prose.89 It

contains letters, excerpts from letters, newspaper commentary, and re-
marks by acquaintances on Holmes's work. It contains portraits of the
Autocrat at different ages, reproductions of title pages and covers of
controversial issues, programs for special occasions, and many other
illustrations. The bibliography also lists a large number of publica—
tions about Holmes. The index attempts to provide entries for the
writings and all the miscellaneous information in the bibliography.

The bibliography is a superb achiemement!

Four very fine bibliographies were published by the Indiana His—

torical Society between 1944 and 1952.90 They are on Indiana writers

87Thomas J. Holmes, Cotton Mather: A Bibliography of His Works
(3 vols. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press, 1940).

88Thomas F. Currier, A Bibliography of Oliver Wendell Holmes,

ed. by Eleanor M. Tilton(N.Y.: New York Univ. Press, 1953).

89

Thomas F. Currier, Bibliography of John Greenleaf Whittier
(Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press, 1937).

90Anthony J. and Dorothy R. Russo, A Bibliography of James

Whitcomb Riley(Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Society, 1944); Dor—

othy R. Russo, A Bibliography of George Ade, 1866—1944(Indianapolis:
Indiana Historical Society, 1947); Dorothy R. Russo and Thelma L.

Sullivan, A Bibliography of Booth Tarkington 1869—1946(Indianapolis:

 

 

79

and they were all carefully done and neatly printed. They give full
description of first editions, contents of collections, reprint
editions, ephemeral publications, and books and periodical articles
about the authors. Anthony and Dorothy Russo did the first one on
James W. Riley, Dorothy did the second on George Ade, and Dorothy
Russo did the Booth Tarkington bibliography with the help of Thelma

L. Sullivan. The fourth volume is on a group of writers of Crawfords-
ville, Indiana. Each volume is fully indexed in order to provide

easy access to the quantity of publications and information in the

volumes.

Three Whitman catalogs listing many publications of the poet

appeared in this period.91 Two of them are based on extensive library

collections at Duke University and in the Library of Congress. The
Library of Congress catalog gives information about manuscript collec—
tions, proofs and offprints, separate works, collections and selections,
biography and criticism, translations, musical works based on or in—
spired by Whitman's writings, parodies and librettos, and bibliogra—

phies. The volume ends with a long index(p.lZ9—47) of names and titles.

Indiana Historical Society, 1949); Dorothy R. Russo and Thelma L.

Sullivan, Bibliographic Studies of Seven Authors of Crawfordsville,
Indiana: Lew and Susan Wallace, Maurice and Will Thompson, Mary Hannah
and Caroline Virginia Krout, and Meredith Nicholson(Indianapolis:

Indiana Historical Society, 1952).

91Duke University Library, Catalog of the Whitman Collection in
the Duke University Library being a Part of the Trent Collection...
Compiled by Ellen F. Frey(Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Library, 1945);
U.S. Library of Congress, Reference Dept, Walt Whitman: A Catalog

Based Upon the Collections of the Library of Congress...(Washington,
D.C.: 1955); Charles E. Feinberg, Walt Whitman: A Selection of the
Manuscripts, Books, and Association Items Gathered by Charles E.

Feinberg. Catalog of an Exhibition held at the Detroit Public Library,
Detroit, Mich., 1955(Detroit: 1955).

 

 

 

80

The third catalog is based on an exhibition held at the Detroit
Public Library in 1955. The material for the exhibit was on loan from
the famous Whitman collector, Charles E. Feinberg. It lists manu-
scripts, published books, and association items.

The Yale University Library has done important bibliographic
work on American authors. Between 1941 and 1959 it produced bibliogra—

phies of Gertrude Stein, William Faulkner, T.S. Eliot, Wallace Stevens,

and Thornton Wilder.92 Donald C. Gallup did the cheeklist of T.S.

Eliot in 1947 and then revised it in 1953 for Harcourt,Brace. He
also co-authored the exhibit catalog of Gertrude Stein. This catalog
contains both published and unpublished writings of the author with
contents notes. For an exhibit catalog the index has many entries

(p.56—64). The Wallace Stevens checklist by Samuel F. Morse celebrates

the poet's 75th birthday.
The University of Virginia Press published a few bibliographies

of American authors. The most outstanding one is on James B. Cabell

. 9 . . . .
in 2 volumes. 3 In the first volume Frances J. Brewer lists writings

by and about him. In the second volume Matthew J. Bruccoli writes

92Robert B. Haas and Don C. Gallup, A Catalog of the Published

and Unpublished Writings of Gertrude Stein Exhibited in the Yale

University Library, 22 Feb. to 29 Mar. 1941(New Haven: Yale Univ.

Library, 1941); Robert W. Daniel, A Catalog of the Writings of Wil-
liam Faulkner(New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1942); Don C. Gallup,

A Bibliographical Checklist of the Writings of T.S. Eliot(New Haven:
Yale Univ. Library, 1947); Don C. Gallup, T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography

(N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace, 1953); JeromebL Edelstein,ziBibliographical Check—

list of the Writings of Thornton Wilder(New Haven: Yale Univ. Library,
1959); Samuel F. Morse, Wallace Stevens: A Preliminagy Checklist of
His Published Writings, 1898—1954. Published in Connection with an

Exhibition Held in Honor of the Poet's 75th Birthday, 2 Oct. 1954
(New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1954).

93Frances J. Brewer and Matthew J. Bruccoli, James Branch Cabell

(Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1957).

81

about the Cabell Collection at the University of Virginia. The Uni—
versity Press also published checklists of American authors in the
Barrett Collection of the University of Virginia. Lucy T. Clark com—

piled the one of Bret Harte, and she and Fannie M. Elliott did the

checklist of William D. Howells.94 Both list printed and manuscript

works.
Several short bibliographies were published in Heartman's

Historical Series. Oscar Wegelin revised two of his bibliographies,

one of John Esten Cooke and the other of William G. Simms.95 Charles

F. Heartman did a checklist of the poet, Charles West Thomson, and

he and James R. Canny revised their 1932 bibliography of Edgar Allan

6 . .
Poe.9 Heartman was an internationally known rare book dealer who

lived for a while in Metuchen, N.J., then New Orleans, and then in
Hattiesburg, Mississippi. In the last location he had a 500—acre

farm called the Book Farm. He published, and in part wrote, Heartman's

Historical Series, which included historical sketches and

94University of Virginia Library. The Barrett Library: Bret
Harte: A Checklist of Printed and Manuscript Works Compiled by Lucy

T. Clark(Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1957); The Barrett
Library: W.D. Howells: A Checklist of Printed and Manuscript Works...
Compiled by Fannie Mae Elliott and Lucy Clark(Charlottesville: Univ.
of Virginia Press, 1959).

95Oscar Wegelin,A Bibliography of the Separate Writings of

John Esten Cooke. 2d ed. Heartman's Historical Series, no.43(Hatties—
burg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941); A Bibliography of the Separate Writings
of W.G. Simms of South Carolina 1806—1870. 3d ed. (Hattiesburg, Miss.:
Book Farm, 1941).

96Charles F. Heartman, Bibliographical Checklist of the Writings

of the Poet, Charles West Thomson. Heartman's Historical Series, no.60
(Hattiesburg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941); Charles F. Heartman and James R.

Canny, A Bibliography of First Printings of Edgar Allan Poe...rev. ed.

Heartman's Historical Series, no.53(Hattiesburg, Miss.: Book Farm,
1943).

 

82

bibliographies.97

There had been author bibliographies in periodicals before 1940,
but they were not nearly so numerous as those which appeared after
that year. Evidently the editors recognized a need on the part of
students and scholars for short bibliographies listing writings by
and about American writers. The Bulletin of Bibliography is one of
the leading journals for author bibliographies. Many of them are on
twentieth century writers, most of them are short, and most of them
are valuable for the authors' works and for biography and criticism.
Some of these bibliographies are longer than one might suppose from
the length as given in the citations because the pages in the journal
are printed double column and in small type. The Ellen Glasgow bib—

liography by W.D. Quesenbery in the summer and fall issues of 1959 is

13 pages long.98

The bibliographies in the Bulletin of the New York Public
Libragy are much longer and more scholarly. Some of them give very
full information about first editions and about the contents of poetry
and story collections. Probably the longest author bibliography pub—

lished in this journal is the one on William D. Howells by William

M. Gibson and George Arms.99 The bibliography began in the September

1946 issue and continued in eight later issues ending in August 1947.

97"Charles F. Heartman," New York Times, Mar. 10, 1953, p.88,
column 4.

98W.D. Quesenbery, Jr., ”Ellen Glasgow: A Critical Bibliography,"
Bulletin of Bibliography 22(1959), 201—06, 230-36.

99William M. Gibson and George Arms, "A Bibliography of William
Dean Howells,” Bulletin of the New York Public Library 50(1946), 675—98,
857-68, 51(1947), 49-56, 91—105, 213-48, 341—45, 384-88, 43l-57,486-512.

 

83

It is arranged chronologically and attempts to cover most of his books,
periodical publications, and contributions to books. There is no
separate listing by genre. The bibliography was slightly revised and
published as a book in 1948 by the New York Public Library.100

Another admirable bibliography in the Bulletin of the New York
Public Library lists Katherine Anne Porter's writings and the many
critical articles about her.101 Edward Schwartz compiled the bibli—
ography and Robert Penn Warren wrote a short introduction. Many
entries have descriptive and critical notes and quotations from the
story writer and the critics.

The bibliography of Marianne Moore, which appeared in three
successive issues of the Bulletin in 1958, contains not only a list
of her poems but also an index of first lines.102 A full description
of first editions is given, including size and color of binding.

Another leading serial publication in American bibliography,
Studies in Bibliography, began soon after its inception to publish
bibliographies of American authors. J. Albert Robbins did a bibli—
ography of some unrecorded poems of James Kirke Paulding for the 1950

volume.103 The poems are located in a copy book in which Paulding

100William M. Gibson and George Arms, A Bibliography of William
Dean Howells(N.Y.: New York Public Library, 1948).

lOlSchwartz, Edward, "Katherine Anne Porter: A Critical Bibli—

ography," Bulletin of the New York Public Library 57(1953), 211—47.

102Eugene P. Sheehy and Kenneth A. Lohf, "The Achievement of

Marianne Moore," Bulletin of the New York Public Library 62(1958),
131-49, 183-90, 249-59.

103J. Albert Robbins, "Some Unrecorded Poems of James Kirke

Paulding: An Annotated Checklist," tudies in Bibliography 3(1950),
229-40.

 

 

 

84

transcribed in his 65th year poems which he had written in youth and
middle age. Robbins gives number of lines, year, pages in the copy
book, and first line. His notes contain information on content, title
and textual changes, margin notes, excerpts, and additional locations.

The copy book is in the Singer Memorial Collection of the University

of Pennsylvania.
The checklist of John William De Forest in the 1956 volume of

Studies in Bibliography contains separate lists for his novels, poems,

. . 104 .
short stories, and articles. It contains many notes about changed

titles and contents and often gives authority for those publications

which were published anonymously. The compiler of the bibliography,

E.R. Hagemann, writes, for example, that Poems; Medley and Palestrina

(1902) contains "some of De Forest's fugitive verse, rewritten or

revised..."(p.188)

The Princeton University Library Chronicle published several

checklists of American authors between 1940 and 1960. Appendix B
(q.v.) lists eight of them. The John Peale Bishop checklist was done

with the help of scholars and poets, including Willard Thorp, Edmund

Wilson, and Allen Tate.105 The William Faulkner checklist is more

lengthy than the others and contains the author's contributions to

The Mississippian, a weekly student newspaper of the University of

Mississippi.106 The Fitzgerald checklist is intended to supplement

104E.R. Hagemann, "A Checklist of the Writings of John William

De Forest (1826—1906),” Studies in Bibliography 8(1956), 185—94.

105J. Max Patrick and Robert W. Stallman, "John Peale Bishop:

A Checklist,” Princeton University Library Chronicle 7(Feb. 1946),
62-79.

106James B. Meriwether, "William Faulkner: A Checklist,” Prince-

ton University Libragy Chronicle 18(Spring 1957), 136—58.

 

 

 

85

the bibliography in Arthur Mizener's The Far Side of Paradise(1951).l07

The Benedict Thielen checklist is another bibliography of a Princeton
108
alumnus.
Biographies continued to be a source for a list of the publica—
tions of an author. One of the longest bibliographies(p.418-80) is

109 It lists Freneau's

in Lewis Leary's That Rascal Freneau(l94l).
publications in chronological order and includes reprints and changes
in title. It is especially good in listing the poet's many periodical
contributions. To locate these writings Professor Leary examined more
than 300 newspapers and magazines. William Bartlett's biography of
Jones Very is also outstanding for giving the poet's newspaper writ—
ings.110

Another long bibliography(p.263—3l3) is in William P. Randel's
biography of Edward Eggleston.lll It lists his publications in chron—
ological order and includes information about Eggleston's papers and
manuscripts.

To look back at these twenty years from 1940 to 1960 is to remem-
ber the solid achievements, especially the comprehensive national

107Henry D. Piper, "F. Scott Fitzgerald: A Checklist,” Princeton
University Library Chronicle 12(1951), 196-208; Arthur Mizener, The

Far Side of Paradise: A Biography(Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1951).
108

 

Eric W. Carlson,"Benedict Thielen: An Introduction and a Check—
list," Princeton University Library Chronicle 13(Spring 1952), 143—55.

logLewis Leary, That Rascal Freneau: A Study in Literary Failure

(New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers Univ. Press, 1941).

110William 1. Bartlett, Jones Vepyz Emerson's ”Brave Saint"
(Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1942). ‘

111William P. Randel, Edward Eggleston: Author of The Hoosier
School-Master(N.Y.: King's Crown Press, 1946).

 

 

 

86

bibliographies, the many lists of fiction, the state bibliographies,
and the author bibliographies. The LHUS Bibliography, the first 3
volumes of the BAL, Burke and Howe's American Authors and Books, and
the Oxford Companion to American Literature are landmark publications
which have proved their worth many times over since their publication.
The LHUS Bibliography Supplement(l959) and the new editions of the
Oxford Companion represent a continuing effort to increase the coverage
of authors and titles in comprehensive bibliographies.

The greatest amount of work--and the best--was done in the area
of fiction. Lyle H. Wright's fiction bibliographies, the lists of
historical fiction, the studies of regional fiction, the bibliographies
and essays on state fiction, and the fiction collections—-all of these
together identify thousands of titles and provide information about
American fiction. Such works as the Wright bibliographies, Dickinson's
American Historical Fiction, Leisy's American Historical Novel, Taylor's
The Economic Novel in America, and Waldmeir's dissertation on the
ideology of World War II novels needed to be done, and they were done
very well. The same is true for Flanagan's essay on the middle western
historical novel, Frederick's essays on Iowa fiction, The Kentucky

Novel by the Thompsons, and North Carolina Fiction 1734-1957 by Powell.

 

The last two titles contain annotations of sufficient length to make
them models for other states to follow. These annotated bibliographies
and the essays in periodicals and dissertations go beyond identifying
titles and authors and attempt to give something of the essential con—
tent of the creative and imaginative literature of America.

The state bibliographies are outstanding in this period for the

number of authors and titles they contain and for the information

 

 

 

87

which some of them give about the authors. They are especially val-
uable for the names of those authors who have written only one or two
books, or who have written only for periodicals. Thornton's bibliogra—
phy of North Carolina and Banta's biobibliography of Indiana authors are
among the memorable achievements in bibliography.

Author bibliographies were produced in great numbers in order to
"catch up" with the many writers for whom there were no bibliographies,
or no adequate or complete bibliographies. Old bibliographies were
revised and new ones were compiled. Many were done for contemporary
authors, and many of these appeared in periodicals. Literary and
bibliographic jOurnals became an important location for bibliographies
in American literature. These periodical bibliographies were done with
the same care as book-length bibliographies; some were even published
later as books. For scholarship and length the bibliographies in the
Bulletin of the New York Public Library are among the best which have
been done. The one book—length bibliography which stands almost alone
as an example of prodigious industry and scholarship is A Bibliography
of Oliver Wendell Holmes by Thomas F. Currier and edited by Eleanor

Tilton.

 

 

CHAPTER III

THE GOLDEN YEARS 1960-1975

Bibliographic control was very much a subject of concern in the
years following World War II and all through the 1960's. The explosion
of knowledge in this period made for an increase in the number of books
and articles published. Libraries bought a huge quantity of printed
material and increased their cataloging staffs. Periodical indexes in—
creased in size and many bibliographies were compiled on all subjects,
including literature. There was a market for bibliographies that would
list literature not included in local library card catalogs. Scholars
and graduate students wanted access to all that has been written from
the beginning of time. The bibliographies that were compiled, there-
fore, were retrospective and current. The printed catalogs of the
great national libraries and those of many other research libraries
made the work somewhat easier and enabled the bibliographers to find
more publications with accurate bibliographic data. The bibliographies
in this period are not only more numerous but many are lengthy lists
of a wide variety of print and near-print material.

Federal funds, larger book budgets, and an increase in profes—
sional and clerical personnel helped many libraries to expand and or—
ganize their collections, including research material in rare book
rooms. Many more American scholars had the opportunity to see a large

quantity of primary sources either in the original or in microform in

88

 

 

 

89

their own state or section of the country. What they were not able to
find in their own geographic area they could borrow on interlibrary
loan or purchase on microfilm at small cost.

The two bibliography volumes of the LHUS that were published in
1948 and 1959 pointed out gaps in the bibliography of belles-lettres.
Scholars and students of American literature, and others interested in
Americana, responded by compiling many bibliographies of fiction,
poetry, and drama. This is also the period in which three of the vol—
umes of the BAL were published which supplement or supersede some of
the separate bibliographies produced in earlier years. The new author
bibliographies build on the old bibliographies and the BAL and add
other publications and bibliographic information.

These fifteen years from 1960 to 1975 may be called the golden
years fOr the bibliography of American belles-lettres and for the bib—
liography of many other American publications for the sheer quantity of
effort which has gone into the making of many bibliographic aids for
all those people who need them for study and research.

Some of the comprehensive bibliographies in this period are
either supplements, revisions, or indexes to earlier bibliographies.
Bibliography Supplement II of the LHUS was published in 1972.1 Like
the other bibliography volumes it lists the published books of the
authors, their collected works, collections of letters, and notebooks.
It gives titles of biographies, critical works, and bibliographies,

and locates manuscripts in libraries. This 1972 supplement adds 16 new

authors and includes names like John Peale Bishop, John O'Hara, Arthur

1Literary History of the United States, ed. by Robert E. Spiller
and others. Bibliography Supplement II(N.Y.: Macmillan, 1972).

 

 

90

Miller, and Tennessee Williams.

Irving and Anne Weiss revised Burke and Howe's American Authors
and Books, 1640 to the Present(l972).2 This represents the 3d revised
edition of what has become an increasingly useful identification and
bibliographic tool for many librarians and bibliographers. It contains

more than 700 pages of authors and titles of books, including a great

many literary works.

In 1970 Arnold Rzepecki made an index to the literature and lan-
guage bibliographies in 10 years(l9lO—l919) of the American Yearbook.3
An index was also done for the writings in the volumes which Ralph
'Thompson gives in his catalog(p.102—64) in his American Literary An—
nuals and Gift Books(_l936).4 Edward Kirkham and John Fink did the index

in 1975. Gift books were a fashion for more than 30 years before the

Civil War, and many American authors wrote for them.5 Poe's "The Pit

and the Pendulum” appeared for the first time in The Gift, A Xmas and

New Year's Present(1843), p.133—51. The Harbinger, A Maygift(1833)

contains the first printing of Oliver Wendell Holmes's ”The Dying

6 7

Seneca." Hawthorne wrote more than 20 stories for The Token.

2William J. Burke and Will D. Howe, American Authors and Books,
1640 to the Present. 3d rev. ed. Rev. by Irving and Anne Weiss(N.Y.:
Crown, 1972).

3Literature and Language Bibliographies from the American Year—
book 1910—1919. Introduction and Indexes by Arnold N. Rzepecki(Ann

Arbor: Pierian Press, 1970).

4Ralph Thompson, American Literary Annuals and Gift Books 1825—
1865(N.Y.: H.W. Wilson, 1936); Edward Kirkham and John W. Fink, Indices

to American Literary Annuals and Gift Books 1825-1865(New Haven, Conn.:

Research Publications, 1975).

5Thompson, p.l, 23.

6Thompson, p. 128.

 

 

91

The Widener Library of Harvard University published its shelflist
of American literature in 1970 in two large volumes.8 Because the
Widener Library has one of the best American literature collections in
the world,the shelflist contains titles by a very large number of Amer—
ican writers, including many names that would not be in the BAL and the
bibliography volumes of LHUS. For very brief information about many
titles of belles-lettres this work is a valuable source. For many
scholarly purposes it has very limited value because the bibliographic
information is not sufficient. Volume 1 has a classified listing by'
call number and a chronological list; volume 2 has an author and title
list.

Occasionally a book dealer puts out a sales catalog which is

cataloged by a library because it has a quantity of good information

about the titles in it. An example of this kind of catalog is First

 

Books by American Authors 1765—1964(1965) by the Seven Gables Bookshop.

For each title the catalog gives imprint, pages, size, and binding.
There are many notes giving information that can be used to identify
first editions. Reproductions of’title pages are given for some titles.
The catalog lists 320 books, beginning with The Prince of Parthia(1765)
by Thomas Godfrey and ending with Elliott Baker's Putnam Award Novel
of 1964, A Fine Madness.

In 1964 the Readex Microprint Corporation published a microprint

edition of an index of early American periodicals which had been done

7Thompson, p.23—24.

8Harvard University, Widener Library, Widener Library Shelflist,
26: American Literature(2 vols. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Library, 1970).

 

 

 

92

in the 1930's by WPA workers.9 Two of the five parts of the index are
on fiction and poetry. The index has limited use because many entries
are illegible, especially those which are handwritten.

Some major attempts were made in this period to list a very
large portion of American fiction. Lyle H. Wright completed three more
volumes of American fiction, one covering 1876—1900(1966), and the
other two are revisions: American Fiction 1774-1850(1969) and Amp;—
ican Fiction 1951—1875(1965).lo As long as these volumes are, they
do not include all fiction published in those years. He omits publica-
tions of the American Tract Society, Sunday school unions, collections
of anecdotes, juveniles, jestbooks, folklore, and periodicals, includ—
ing subscription series classed as periodicals, such as Belford, Clarke
and Company's Household Library, a semi-weekly. Some entries have
brief annotations giving locale, period, and subject or topic treated.
Both volumes contain a complete title index. R. Glenn Wright's multi—
volume bibliography of English language fiction in the Library of Con—
gress(l973—74) supplements Lyle H. Wright's works by bringing the his—
torical record up to 1950.11 R. Glenn Wright's two sets of 8 volumes
each, one arranged by author, and the other by chronology, were compiled
from the shelf list of fiction in the Library of Congress. Professor

9Index to Early American Periodicals to 1850(N.Y.: Readex Micro—
print Corp., 1964— ).

loLyle H. Wright, American Fiction 1876-1900(San Marino, Calif.:
Huntington Library, 1966); American Fiction 1774—1850. 2d rev. ed.
(San Marino, Calif.: 1969); American Fiction 1851—1875(San Marino,
Calif.: Huntington Library, 1965).

11R. Glenn Wright, ed., Author Bibliography of English Language
Fiction in the Library of Congress Through 1950(8 vols. Boston: G.K.

Hall, 1973); Chronological Bibliography of English Language Fiction in
the Library of Congress Through 1950(8 vols. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1974).

 

 

 

 

 

93

Wright of Michigan State University supplies place of birth for all
authors, American and foreign born.

The fifth edition of America in Fiction by Otis W. Coan and
Richard G. Lillard was published in 1967 by Pacific Books in Palo
Alto, California. Besides many new titles the annotations are longer

for many of the novels. A longer list of novels about early America

can be found in Jack VanDerhoof's Bibliography of Novels Related to
American Frontier and Colonial Histo§y(l97l).l2 It contains 6439 entries

and has short annotations for some of them. Another annotated list
of American historical fiction is in McGarry and White's Historical

Fiction Guide(1963).l3

The list(p.305-444) is arranged by period
beginning with the colonial and ending with reconstruction and expan—
sion. The 1973 edition of this work is called World Historical Fic—
tion Guide. The author and title index is especially good because it
lists titles separately and under the names of authors. For the reader
who is interested in the American pioneer there is a list of novels
(p.299—3ll) in Nicholas J. Karolides's The Pioneer in the American

Novel(l967).14 The list of World War II novels(p.l68—77) in Joseph

 

J. Waldmeir's American Novels of the Second World War(l968) represents

a revision of the bibliography in his 1959 dissertation on the sub-

ject.15

12Jack VanDerhoof, A Bibliography of Novels Related to American
Frontier and Colonial History(Troy, N.Y.: Whitston Publishing Co., 1971).

13Daniel D. McGarry and Sarah H. White, Historical Fiction Guide
(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1963).

14Nicholas J. Karolides, The Pioneer in the American Novel l900-
l950(Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma, 1967).

15Joseph J. Waldmeir, American Novels of the Second World War
(The Hague: Mouton, 1968).

 

 

 

94

Two other fiction lists are worthy of note: one on the political
novel in Joseph Blotner's The Modern American Political Novel 1900—1960,
p.370-82, and the other on satirical fiction in the 2d issue of the
Satire Newsletter for 1973.16 The latter covers satires from 1637 to
1957.

An excellent work for verifying titles of poetry volumes is the
Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Collection of American Poetry and
Plgyg published in 1972 in 13 volumes by G.K. Hall in Boston. The
catalog was prepared by the Brown University Library, which has the
collection. C. Fiske Harris was a merchant and bibliophile who began
to specialize in American poetry in 1860. Within fifteen years he
built up a rather sizable collection. After his death in 1881 the
collection was bought by Henry B. Anthony, a Rhode Island Senator,
who in turn bequeathed the collection to Brown University in 1884.
Since then the University has added a great many volumes.l7

Roger E. Stoddard is an associate librarian at Harvard who is

interested in the history of publishing, especially concerning theater

and poetry. In 1969 he made a long list of books and pamphlets that

supplement Oscar Wegelin's Early American Poetry 1650-1820(1930).l8

Two years later he published another supplementary list in the April

l6Joseph Blotner, The Modern American Political Novel 1900—1960
(Austin: Univ. of Texas Press, 1966); John C. McCloskey, "American
Satires, 1637-1957; A Selective Checklist, Part 11: Fiction. Augmented
and Updated by Carol and Donald Kay," Satire Newsletter 10, no.2
(1973), 97—122.

l7Roger E. Stoddard, "C. Fiske Harris, Collector of American

Poetry and Plays," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of
America 57(First Quarter 1963), 14-32.

l8Roger E. Stoddard, ”A Catalogue of Books and Pamphlets Unre—

corded in Oscar Wegelin's Early American Poetry 1650-1820," Books of
Brown 23(1969), 1—84.

 

 

 

 

95

1971 issue of the Publications of the Bibliographical Society of Amer-
19

ica.

 

Another valuable work for locating early American poetry is J.A.
Leo Lemay's long list of periodical verse which the American Antiquar—
ian Society published in 1972.20 Lemay searched many colonial newspap-
ers and magazines for poetry written by Americans or which have Amer-
ican subject matter. He also locates American poems in major English

periodicals of the 17th and 18th century. Many of these poems appeared

later in the American Colonial periodicals.(p.xi)

 

Two bibliographic studies by Professor Eugene L. Huddleston of
Michigan State University are very useful for information about early
American poetry. The first is his 1965 dissertation, "Topographical
Poetry in America 1783-1812," which he completed at Michigan State
University. The essay is followed by a long list(p.251~79) of topo—
graphical poems from early American books and magazines. A topograph-

ical poem has as its fundamental subject a landscape, such as a hill
Q.

or a river. The list was later published in the Bulletin of Bibli-

ography in two successive issues of 1966 and 1967.21 For the same pub—

lication Professor Huddleston prepared in 1975 a checklist of feminist

. . . 22
verse satire in 18th century America.

19Roger E. Stoddard, ”Further Addenda to Wegelin's Early American

Poetgy," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America 65(1971),
169-72.

20J.A. Leo Lemay, A Calendar of American Poetry in the Colonial
Newspapers and Magazines and in Major English Magazines Through 1765

(Worcester, Mass.: American Antiquarian Society, 1972).

21Eugene L. Huddleston, "Topographical Poetry in America: A

Checklist 1783-1812," Bulletin of Bibliography 25(Sept.—Dec. 1966). 8-13.
25(Jan.—Apr. 1967), 35-36, 39.

 

 

 

96

Two very substantial dissertations were done on American war

poetry. James A. Hart's ”American Poetry of the First World War..H
(1965) contains an essay and a long checklist of books and periodical

verse.23 The second is on the war of 1939-45 and consists of summaries

and commentaries of 583 poems written between 1939 and 1965.24
An outstanding biographical dictionary of contemporary poets

was published in 1970 by the St. James Press in London. The editor

of Contemporary Poets, Rosalie Murphy, made a selection of poets from
many countries and gives biographical and bibliographic data about
them and their works. Many major and minor American poets are repre—
sented with a full list of their published volumes. For Kenneth Patchen,
for example, 29 poetry books are listed(p.838) with full imprint. Some
of the anthologies in which his work has appeared are also given(p.839).
A second edition of Contemporary Poets was published in 1975.

In 1971 Galen Williams compiled a directory of American poets
for the National Endowment for the Arts in Washington, D.C.25 It
arranges the poets by state and gives for each poet the title of one
book of verse and one other title if the poet has also written fiction

or drama. Another edition came out in 1973 listing 1300 poets.26

22Eugene L. Huddleston, "Feminist Verse Satire in America: A
Checklist 1700-1800,H Bulletin of Bibliography 32(July 1975), 115-21.

' 23James A. Hart, I'American Poetry of the First World War 1914 to
1920; A Survey and Checklist"(Ph.D. dissertation, Duke Univ., 1965).

24Charles R. Andrews, "A Thematic Guide to Selected American
Poetry About the Second World War"(Ph.D. dissertation, Case Western
Reserve Univ., 1967).

25Galen Williams, A Partial Directory of American Poets(N.Y.:
Poets and Writers, 1971).

26A Directory of American Poets(N.Y.: Poets and Writers, 1973).

 

 

97

Scarecrow Press is filling a gap by publishing an index to Amer—

ican periodical verse.27 The first volume, which was issued in 1973,

indexes over 150 magazines. Two volumes have appeared since then.

Another publication of the Scarecrow Press is a checklist of books of

poetry by contemporary American poets.28 The volume is arranged by

author and includes 3381 entries.
Because a number of poetry bibliographies now exist, it is some-
what less necessary in this period to cite poetry anthologies, but a

few are worth noting. The Poetry Society of America celebrated its

60th anniversary by publishing The Diamond Anthology(l97l).29 It

contains one poem from each of 358 poets. The one poem is considered
among the best the poet has written, and it is a poem which the poet
has submitted himself. The biographical notes(p.272—321)for the au-

thors contain titles of books, sometimes with dates.

Naked Poetry(l969) and The New Naked Poetry(l976) are two col—

lections of contemporary poetry that would contain many titles for a

student who wanted to compile a bibliography of poems for the period

30

1945 through the early years of the 1970's. The second volume rep—

resents a new anthology rather than a new edition for the first.

27Sander W. Zulauf and Irwin H. Weiser, Index of American Per—
iodical Verse: 1971(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1973).

28Lloyd Davis and Robert Irwin, Contemporary American Poetry:
A Checklist(Metuchen, NLJ.: Scarecrow, 1975).

29Poetry Society of America, The Diamond Anthology, ed. by
Charles Angoff and others(South Brunswick, N.J.: A.S. Barnes, 1971).

30Stephen Berg and Robert Mezey, eds., Naked Poetry; Recent

American Poetry in Open Forms(Indianapolis: Bobbs—Merrill, 1969);
The New Naked Poetry; Recent American Poetry in Open Forms(Indian—

apolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1976).

 

 

 

 

98

Three periodicals published collections of poems which appeared
in their pages.31 The New Yorker Book of Poems(1969) is a rather siz—
able volume (835p.) containing poems by many of the leading poets in
contemporary American literature. The index is especially useful for
the titles of poems under the authors' names. The Virginia Quarterlyfl
Review assembled some poems written between 1925 and 1967 which were
published in its pages. Although more than 300 poets have published
in the journal since 1925, only 50 are included in the collection.
Among them are some of the finest writers of American poetry, such as
Allen Tate, Robert Frost, and T.S. Eliot. New Southern Poets(l974)
is a small volume of poems selected from Southern Poetry Review.

Two anthologies of war poems were published in the 1960's:

The Poetry of the American Civil War(l960) by Lee Steinmetz and Where

is Vietnam,? edited by Walter Lowenfels and Nan Braymer.32 The Civil

 

War anthology has a fairly long bibliography(p.257—64) listing books
of poetry published in the 1860's. The Vietnam anthology has poems

in which the poets respond to the war in Southeast Asia.
Bibliographic work in American drama continued in this period. The

major achievement was the l3-volume Dictionary Catalog of the Harris
Collection of American Poetry and P1ays(l972) from the Brown Univer-

sity Library. C. Fiske Harris had also been a collector of plays.

31New Yorker, The New Yorker Book of Poems, Selected by the Ed—
itors of the New Yorker(N.Y.: Viking Press, 1969); Virginia Quarterly
Review, Poems from the Virginia Quarterly Review 1925-1967(Char10ttes-
ville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1969); Guy Owen and Mary C. Williams,
eds., New Southern Poets; Selected Poems from Southern Poetrv Review

____—__.———_—.—__.——_——_——————————————A———————

(Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1974).

32Lee Steinmetz ed., The Poetry of the American Civil War

(East Lansing: Michgian State Univ. Press, 1960); Walter Lowenfels and

Nan Braymer, eds., Where is Vietnam? American Poets Respond; An Anthol-
ogy of Contemporary Poems(N.Y.z Doubleday, 1967).

 

 

 

 

tions.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society.35 The plays were

published between 1854 and 1862 by William V. Spencer, a Boston book-

For each play Stoddard gives title

, author, date, collation

by pages and signatures,

33G. William Bergquist, ed.,

American Fla 5; A Checklist:
(N.Y.: Hafner Publishing Co.,

34

Roger E. Stoddard, "Some Corrigenda and A
ican Fla 8 Printed 1714—1830," Publications of th '

e Bibliographical
Society of America 65(1971), 278—95.

35

Roger E. Stoddard, "A Guide to Spencer 3 Boston Theatre '
1855-1862,” Public '

    

 

 

 

 

100

Guernsey did a cumulative index to the Best Plays Series, which began in

1920.36 Linda Peavy lists 95 plays of the Provincetown Players in her

article for the Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America,

third quarter, 1975.37 She lists the separate editions and locates

other plays in anthologies and little magazines. She also gives author,
title, and production date for unpublished plays.

Jane F. Bonin made a worthwhile contribution to bibliography when
she completed her book on prize plays of the American theater.38 She
discusses briefly the major themes of 74 plays. The themes are women
and marriage, work and material rewards, politics, and religion. Two
lists at the end of the volume arrange the plays by author and year.

Caspar H. Nannes wrote a book(1960) on politics in the American

drama in which he discusses plays produced in New York City between

1890 and 1959.39 The Appendix lists the plays by decade. Two authors

wrote books on the small town in American drama.4O Ima H. Herron's

study contains a bibliography(p.527-50) in which she lists published

and unpublished plays. James S. Douglas examined about 80 plays for

36Otis L. Guernsey, ed., Directory of the American Theater
1894-1971(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1971).

37Linda Peavy, "A Bibliography of Provincetown Players' Dramas,

1915-1922," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
69(1975), 569—74.

38Jane F. Bonin, Major Themes in Prizewinning American Drama

(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1975).

39Caspar H. Nannes, Politics in the American Drama(Washington,
D.C.: Catholic University of America Press, 1960).

4OIma H. Herron, The Small Town in American Drama(Dallas,
Texas: Southern Methodist Univ. Press, 1969); James S. Douglas, "The
Small Town in American Drama, l900-l940”(Ph.D. dissertation, Washington
State Univ., 1970).

 

 

 

 

lOl

his book.

Two doctoral dissertations were based on an examination of a

rather large number of plays of the 19th centuryf+1 John D. Collins

wrote "American Drama in Anti-Slavery Agitation 1792—1861,” and William
H. Wegner wrote "The Representation of the American Civil War on the
New York Stage 1860-1900." Both essays contain general content infor-
mation about the plays and bibliographies which list the plays dis-
cussed in the text. '

A little was done in this period on regional bibliography. One

very useful work is John M. Bradbury's Renaissance in the South(l963),

which is a history of southern literature from 1920 to 1960.42 For a

literary history it cites a large number of authors and titles and
comments briefly on many of them. His description of Elizabeth Spen—
cer's The Voice at the Back Door(1956) is one of his best:

Miss Spencer's third novel, The Voice at the Back Door
(1956), attacks boldly and directly the major problems of the
modern South: the racial issue, corrupt politics, intolerance
and resistance to change. Previously Negroes had appeared in
her novels only as superstitious, garrulous appurtenances; here
she goes so far as to adopt a dedicated worker for racial jus-
tice as one of her point of view characters and to turn her
story on the injustice done him. There is considerable of
Warren's All the King's Men and Faulkner's Intruder in the Dust
to be noted in Miss Spencer's plot and themes, but she handles
them in her own quiet, sensitive manner and with broad sympathy.
With a minimum of symbolic extension, she touches intimate de-
tails of all her characters' lives with a sure hand and brings
them into revealing emotional and ideological clashes.

Idealist crusader Duncan Harper, cynical realist, bootleg
liquor operator, Jimmy Tallant,compromising politician Willard
Follansbee, Negro Beck Dozer, and the women, Duncan's wife and

41John D. Collins, "American Drama in Anti—slavery Agitation

1792-1861"(Ph.D. dissertation, Iowa State Univ.,l963); William H.
Wegner, "The Representation of the American Civil War on the New York
Stage 1860—1900”(Ph.D. dissertation, New York Univ., 1966).

42John M. Bradbury, Renaissance in the South; A Critical History
of the Literature 1920—1960(Chape1 Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press,

1963).

 

 

 

102

his former girl, the rebellious Marcia, project their clashing
points of View until all are caught in the swiftly developing
climax. Only Tallant is changed in the process-~into a militant
supporter of equal rights——but the town's injustice and intol—
erance are manifest. The story, though it rigidly adheres to
its points of View, clearly indicts the red necks and the upper
levels of society for their bigoted and inflexible inhumanity.
Still, Miss Spencer's careful objectivity, in contrast to the
too obviously weighted bias of so many liberal novelists of

her generation, preserves a rare artistic integrity.(p.ll9)

Briefer but equally good is his capsule synopsis of "Flowering Judas"

by Katherine Ann Porter:

"Flowering Judas" itself, the first of her novellas, sets
Miss Porter's high standard in a beautifully controlled, highly
evocative account of a liberal American girl's relations to
revolutionary activity in Mexico City. In her zeal to dedicate
herself to a social ideal, Laura finds herself deeply involved
with the powerful Braggioni, who is not only repulsive to her
personally, but essentially a perversion of the ideals them—
selves. Wooed romantically also by a young Mexican, Laura finds
herself hopelessly confused; her revolutionary sympathies con—
fused with personal attachments and repulsions, her sense of
life involved with death, her nights with days. Finally,
through a nightmare sequence, she recognizes herself in the
image of the flowering judas tree as betrayer both of herself
and of the high purposes of the movement.(p.71-72)

Mabel Major and Thomas M. Pearce revised for the second time
their literary history of the Southwest.43 This 3d ed. of Southwest
Heritage(l972) is like previous editions in that it has separate
chapters for fiction, poetry, and drama. A separate chapter covers
the literature of 1948—1970. The long bibliography(p.290-364) con-
tains a great many new titles.

A bibliography listing current fiction and poetry is a regular

feature of Great Lakes Review. The periodical, which began in the

summer of 1974, is published twice a year by the Departments of English

 

43Mabel Major and Thomas M. Pearce, Southwest Heritage; A Liter—

ary History with Bibliographies. 3d ed.(Albuquerque: Univ. of New
Mexico Press, 1972).

 

 

103

and History of Northeastern Illinois University College in Chicago.

The South, Midwest, and West published anthologies that are
useful for locating fiction and poetry about those areas and by writers
from those regions.44 Two of the best are The Southwest in Life and
Literature(l962) by Charles L. Sonnichsen and The Literature of the
American West(1971) by J. Golden Taylor. The first has selections
from 43 writers, including Paul Horgan, Oliver La Farge, Paul I.
Wellman, and John C. Duval. The selections include 10 pages(p.398-
409) from Conrad Richter's Sea of Grass(l937) and 11 pages(p.267-77)
from Edna Ferber's_§igp£(l952). The collection contains short bio-
graphical sketches(p.545—54) for the writers with titles and dates
for some of their works. Taylor's Literature of the American West
(1971) contains 2 novellas, 11 short stories, and 32 poems. The writ—
ings are about the West by western and nonwestern authors.

Only a few works published since 1960 contain regional fiction

bibliography, and among these few the West and the Middle West are the

areas that received the most study. "Appendix I"(p.213—62) in Edwin

Gaston's The Early Novel of the Southwest(196l) contains synopses for

40 novels ranging in length from one short paragraph to 3 pages.45

Brief biographical information(p.263—87) containing titles and dates

is given for each author.

44Walter Havighurst, ed., The Great Lakes Reader(N.Y.: Macmillan,
1966); John Corrington and Miller Williams, eds. Southern Writing in
the Sixties(2 vols. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ., 1966-67);
Charles N. Sonnichsen, ed., The Southwest in Life and Literature(N.Y.:

Devin-Adair, 1962); Martin Shockley, ed., Southwest Writers Anthology
(Austin, Texas: Steck—Vaughn, 1967); J. Golden Taylor, ed., The Lit—
erature of the American West(N.Y.: Houghton Mifflin, 1971).

45Edwin W. Gaston, Jr., The Early Novel of the Southwest(Albu—
querque: Univ. of New Mexico, 1961).

 

 

 

104

For farm novels of the Midwest a very long list(p.200—42) can

be found in Roy Meyer's Middle Western Farm Novel in the Twentieth

Century(1965).46 The annotations of 50—160 words are both descriptive

and critical. Concerning Howard Erichsen's Son of Earth he writes
that "the characters are largely caricatures, dialogue is wooden, and
many events...are overdrawn."(p.210) About Gerrard Harris's Th3
Treasure of the Land(l9l7) Meyer is quite devastating: "The novel has
so many stereotypes and contrived situations, the propaganda is so
blatant, and the farmer's problem is so grossly oversimplified that
it is hard to take the book seriously."(p.217)

Patricia Kennedy is another author who has written about middle
western fiction. For her dissertation(l968) at the University of

Illinois she studied the pioneer woman in novels written in the 20th

century with settings in the 19th.47 The study is based on a survey

of 100 novels.

Between 1953 and 1967 the Western Writers of America published

. . . . . 4
18 collections of stories written by members of the Assoc1ation. 8

The Association, which has its headquarters in North Platte, Nebraska,

is composed of free lance writers of fiction and nonfiction. It

46Roy W. Meyer, "An Annotated Bibliography of Middle Western
Farm Fiction 1891-1962," The Middle Western Farm Novel in the Twentieth
Century(Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska, 1965), p.200—42.

47Patricia Kennedy, "The Pioneer Woman in Middle Western Fiction"
(Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Illinois, 1968).

48Western Writers of America, Bad Men and Good; A Roundup of
Western Stories(N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1953); Holsters and Heroes(N.Y.:
Macmillan, 1954); Wild Streets; Tales of the Frontier Towns(Garden City,
N.Y.: Doubleday, 1958); Spurs West(Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960);

Legends and Tales of the Old West(Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1962);
Only five volumes are cited here to give some idea of the titles.

 

 

105

publishes a monthly called Roundup and presents awards each year for
best books, movie, and TV scripts. The collections of stories, which
vary in length from 200 to more than 400 pages, contain stories about
the West.

A small amount of bibliographic work was done on regional poetry.
Ray 0. Hummel, Jr. made one of the most valuable contributions by
listing a great many poetry broadsides in his Southeastern Broadsides

Before 1877(1971) .49

He gives 14 for Georgia, 23 for Louisiana, 14
for North Carolina, 39 for South Carolina, 91 for Virginia, and much
smaller numbers for other southern states. In a supplement to the
Virginia section, which was published as a separate in 1975, he gives
37 more verse entries for that state.50

Lucien Stryck is the editor of 2 volumes of Midwest poetry:
Heartland(l967) and Heartland II(1975).51 They contain poems about
the Midwest by living writers from the area or by writers who have
had "firm ties with the area and...have written a fair amount of poetry
set in it.”(”Introduction" to first volume, p.xiii) Heartland(l967)
has 29 poets with 1 to 10 poems for each writer. Heartland II has
twice as many poems as the first volume.

Several states published bibliographies of authors that give

both biographical and bibliographic information. The Midwest has been

49Ray 0. Hummel, Jr., ed. Southeastern Broadsides Before 1877:
1% Bibliography. (Richmond; Virginia State Library, 1971).

50Ray 0. Hummel, Jr., More Virginia Broadsides Before 1877_
(Richmond: Virginia State Library, 1975).

51Lucien Stryck, ed., Heartland: Poems of the Midwest(De Kalb:
Northern Illinois Univ. Press, 1967); Heartland II: Poets of the Mid—
EE§§£(De Kalb: Northern Illinois Univ. Press, 1975).

 

 

 

 

106

particularly conscientious in compiling works of this kind. Donald
E. Thompson did a very long supplement(688p.) to Richard E. Banta's
Indiana Authors and Their Books(l949).52 The supplement(l974), which
covers 1917 through 1966, is like the first volume in that it gives
for many entries rather full information about the authors and their
books. Another bibliography on Indiana is the Catalog of the David
Demaree Banta Indiana Collection(l965).53 It contains a separate sec-
tion on literature(p.35—48). David D. Banta(l933-1896) was a lawyer,
judge, and historian, and a great book collector. His collection,
which went to Franklin College in 1960, was much enlarged by the Col-
lege.

Ohio Authors and Their Books(l962), edited by William Coyle, is
another long biobibliography.54 It lists 4000 native and resident
authors from 1796 to 1950. The Ohioana Library Association sponsored
the research. Another good list is Frank Paluka's book on Iowa

authors(l967).55

It includes only native writers of five or more
original books and gives for some authors a quantity of information
about them and their writings. The biographical essays are morellike

bibliographical essays. For some titles he gives such information as

binding, illustrations, and number of copies of first edition. The

52Donald E. Thompson, Indiana Authors and Their Books 1917-1966
(Crawfordsville, Indiana: Wabash College, 1974).

53Robert Y. Coward and Hester H. Coward, Catalog of the David De-
maree Banta Indiana Collection. 2d ed.(Menasha, Wis.: George Banta Co.,

1965).

5['William Coyle, ed., Ohio Authors and Their Books(Cleveland:
World Publishing Co., 1962).

55Frank Paluka, Iowa Authors; A Biobibliography of Sixty Native

wI‘iters(Iowa City: Friends of the Univ. of Iowa Libraries, 1967).

 

 

 

107

Michigan author list edited by Rachel Hilbert is a much shorter work,

which is more valuable for biographical information than for publication

information about titles.56

The Nebraska list(l964) by Alice G. Harvey has separate lists for
poetry, fiction writers, and dramatists and gives for many titles full
imprint information.57 It also contains biographical sketches(p.3-4l).

Kentucky has two biobibliographies, both published in the 1960's,

and both containing much information about books and authors.58 Ish

Richey's list is composed of biographical sketches containing comments
on many literary works, particularly poems and novels. The sketch
for Jesse Stuart is 15 pages long(p.l58—72) and includes the whole

poem called "Kentucky is My Land." His synopsis for John Fox's Little

ShepherdiofKingdom Come is about 130 words long(p.72-73). In about 200

words Richey describes Robert Penn Warren's All the King's Men(l946):

The great novel, All the King's Men, was published by
Harcourt, Brace and Company in 1946, for which he received the

Pulitzer Prize. This novel, also, was made into an Academy
Award winning film. This powerful novel is the interlocked
stories of three men and a woman. At its center is Willie
Stark, a young back—country lawyer in a Southern state, who
discovers that he has the gift for power, and follows his star
to become political boss of his state. His compelling vitality
draws to him Jack Burden, Anne Stanton, and her brother, Adam.
The three are childhood friends of aristocratic backgrounds,who
live under a sense of their own incompleteness.

From the moment that Stark gives Jack Burden the job of
digging up political dirt on a friend of the Burden and Stan-
ton families, the story weaves into a single drama of ever
mounting intensity. In Willie Stark, Mr. Warren has added a

56Rachel M. Hilbert, ed. Michigan Authors(Ann Arbor: Michigan
Association of School Librarians, 1960).

57Alice G. Harvey, Nebraska Writers. rev. ed.(Omaha, Neb.: The
Author, 1964) .

58Ish Richey, Kentucky Literature 1784-1963(Tompkinsville, Ky:
MDnroeCountyPress,1963hMaryCarmelBrowning,KentuckyAuthors:AHis-
COInIofKentuckyLiterature(Owensboro,Ky.:BresciaCollegeBookstore,1968).

 

 

 

 

108

notable figure to our literature, a man of the people corrupted
by success, caught between his dreams of service and his ruthless
urge to power. In brilliant contrast are Adam Stanton, the man
of ideas, Judge Irwin, the old—fashioned man of honor, and Jack
Burden, the uprooted seeker for a faith.(p.151)

Mary C. Browning's Kentucky Authors(l967) also covers a great
many belles—lettres writers. It has more on dramatists than the book
by Ish Richey. She has a separate section(p.58-75) on the poets laur—
eate of the State: James T.C. Noe, Edwin C. Carlisle, and Jesse Stuart.
The next two long sections(p.76—222) are also on poets. For many of
them she gives biographical information, quotes, and selections. For
Madison Cawein, for example, she gives several quotes ranging in
length from 2 to 16 1ines(p.l33-37). In the pages on fiction Miss
Browning is especially good in catching the joy and sorrow of living
in many of the Kentucky novels. One of her best descriptions is for

Harriette Arnow's Hunter's Horn(1958):

The setting of Hunter's Horn is situated in the hills of
Kentucky, where the scrub pine and sumac are taking over and
the people—-no matterhowraggedandhungry at times—-1ive with
a zest and a dramatic sense of both joy and sorrow unknown in
more sophisticated places.

Over a brush fire in the dead of night, we listen with Nunn
Ballew to the baying of the hounds as they follow the great red
fox, King Devil. And we understand why Nunn must keep chasing
the perverse creature, and must buy pedigreed puppies, though
his fences fall in ruin, his farm stock dwindles, and his family
goes in want.

We go to school with the hill children in a one-room cabin
that affords little in the way of educational materials. We
share with young Suse her longing to go to high school, and
her dreams of going to live in Detroit.

We enjoy hunts, fires, dances, brawls, joy and pain in a
book that makes the reader forget that he is in the modern in-
dustrial world, and places him in thermountains with the poor,
but very proud, families.(p.275)

 

 

Her excellent story description of The Dollmaker is somewhat different,
a little formal, less leisurely, but gives the same sympathetic under—

standing of people and their feelings:

 

 

109

In The Dollmaker we find that Gertie Nevels is a big, ugly,
strong—willed and self—reliant woman who is capable and efficient
as a wife and a mother in the hills of Kentucky. But when she
is uprooted from her familiar surroundings and thrust into the
confusion of wartime Detroit, her efficiency, her authority, and
her way of life are all swept away. The government housing pro—
ject where her husband has found a flat for her and their five
children is strange and terrifying. Her neighbors only serve to
increase this sense of strangeness. She is suddenly lost in
misery and terror. Her ppg consolation is the unfinished fig—
ure in the block of cherry wood which she has brought from Ken—
tucky and which in moments of stress she whittles on with her
knife.

Gertie is intelligent enought to resist the sham and ugliness
which surround her, but her innocence of spirit is not proof
against the distorted values which eventually infect her husband
and all but one of her children. In this lies the story. The
story of Gertie's struggle to keep her simple moral principles
in face of pressure from her family.

Arnow has woven a story that seems to surpass her other books,
before and after. It is filled with excitement, adventure, and
fear that should keep any reader from wanting to put the book
down, yet the reader will remain apprehensive about the end.(p.276)

G.K. Hall in Boston published a long bibliography of Alaska in
1974.59 The subject index gives about 200 entries for novels, 30 for
short stories, and 100 for poems.

A few of the state literary histories published in this period

are rich sources of information about books and authors. Arthur W.

Shumaker's History of Indiana Literature(l962) is outstanding for the

number of authors cited and discussed.60 Even for a minor writer such
as Frederick Landis(l872—l934) he devotes more than a page(p.4l9—21) to
two of his novels. For Caroline V. Krout(l852—1931), another novelist

of small renown, he devotes 6 pages(p.385—90) to her life and her four

books. For a major author such as Booth Tarkington he writes fully

59Elsie A. Tourville, Alaska: A Bibliography 1570—1970(Boston:
G.K. Hall, 1974).

60Arthur W. Shumaker, A History of Indiana Literature(lndianap—
olis: Indiana Historical Bureau, 1962).

Wk- ’_- a, J

110

about the man and his work(p.350—85).

The Literary History of Iowa(l972) by Clarence A. Andrews might

well serve as a model for similar works.61 It is factual, interpre—

tive, critical, and well—documented. Besides his own critical comments
he quotes generously from the writings of scholars and contemporary
critics. In one paragraph he is often able to summarize the whole of
a literary work, as in his description of A Lantern in Her Hand(1928)
by Bess Streeter Aldrich:

_» _A Lantern in Her Hand is the story of Abbie Mackenzie Deal
from her pioneer childhood near Cedar Falls and Waterloo to her
death in her farm home near Cedartown(Elmwood), Nebraska, at
the age of eighty. Abbie's experiences as a child and through
her marriage are those of Mary Anderson; the Deal and Mackenzie
families are modeled after the Anderson and Streeter families.
There is no plot to the novel as such--there is simply the slow
roll of years, the cycles of crop failures and successes, the
growth of towns and cities, the proliferation of families, the
forestation of the bare land, the coming of the railroad, the
building of schools and colleges. These are the background
against which Abbie Deal constructs her life and the lives of
her children. There is the building of the "soddy," (a cabin
built of turf, in layers), death by rattlesnake, the inevitable
blizzard and prairie fire, the grasshopper invasion. One of the
novel's themes is the paradox of Nature——as provider, as giver
of pleasant sensations, as destroyer——a theme which informs al-
most every novel of life on the Iowa prairie. A second theme
is the conflict between the values of life on the prairie and
life in the growing towns. A third theme is that of sacrifice
for love-—and this one is present in several Aldrich novels.

(p.29)

The lengthy index(p.267—87) lists titles separately and under the au—
thors' names. The entry for Susan Glaspell(p.274) gives her drama
titles first and then groups her other writings under the subheading

"other works." Dr. Andrews is Professor of Language and Literature at

Nfichigan Technological University.

 

61Clarence A. Andrews, A Literary History of Iowa(Iowa City:
Urliv. of Iowa Press, 1972).

 

 

111

Marilyn Jody's dissertation on Alaskan literature(l969) contains
a long list of fiction written before 1920 and a list of novels written
after that year.62 The total list consists of 250 short stories, 100
dime novels and story papers, and 300 novels. The end of the study
also has an annotated bibliography of the Alaskan writing of Jack Lon-
don, Hamlin Garland, Joaquin Miller, John Muir, Frank Norris, and
twelve other writers.

A few of the state literature collections serve as a bibliographic
aid for belles—lettres. Lee W. Storrs edited a California collection
in 1968 that includes 80 writers, among them authors like Walt Whitman,
Robert Frost, Robinson Jeffers, Jack London, John Steinbeck, and Frank
Norris.63 Walt Whitman is represented by "Song of the Redtree," and
Robert Frost, by "Once by the Pacific" and "A Peck of Gold." The fiction
selections are from The Sea Wolf by Jack London, The Grapes of Wrath by
John Steinbeck, and Mcteague by Frank Norris. California Classics(l97l)
by Lawrence C. Powell has selections which treat of the State, not all
of them by natives.64 Most of the 31 selections are literary and were
written by such writers as Bret Harte, John Steinbeck, Richard H. Dana,
Nathanael West, and Aldous Huxley.

The University of South Carolina Press published a tricentennial
anthology of South Carolina in 1971 in order "to demonstrate that South
Carolina literature is of merit throughout her 300 years.”

62Marilyn Jody, "Alaska in the American Literary Imagination"(Ph.D.
dissertation,Indiana Univ., 1969).

63W. Storrs Lee, ed., California: A Literary Chronicle(N.Y.: Funk

and Wagnalls, 1968).

64Lawrence C. Powell, California Classics; the Creative Literature

of the Golden State(Los Angeles: Ward Ritchie Press, 1971).

 

112

65

("Introduction," p.4) The writers and selections were chosen by

Jay B. Hubbell, Louis D. Rubin, James B. Meriwether, C. Hugh Holman,
and other scholars. Thirty—nine writers with 1-4 selections are in-

cluded. A separate list of sources for the writings is given on

p.576-80.

State fiction is listed in a few publications. One of the long—

est lists is that of Alaskan fiction(p.322—41) in Hilton J. wolfe's

66

dissertation on Alaskan literature(l973). According to the author

the list is "the most comprehensive...in existence."(p.322) A list of

novels with settings of New Jersey in the Revolution was published by

the New Brunswick Historical Club in 1964.67 The Michigan Council of

Teachers of English published a list of Michigan novels in 1963.68

The list contains 303 novels with annotations of 15 to 100 words.
Not much of a bibliographic nature was done on state poetry.

The Michigan Association of School librarians published a list of 37

poets(p.l—BO) in Rachel M. Hilbert's Michigan Poets With Supplemegt to
Michigan Authors(l964).69 The list gives titles of books of poetry

with dates and names of anthologies and periodicals in which poems

65Richard J. Calhoun and John C. Guilds, eds. A Tricentennial

Anthology of South Carolina Literature 1670-1970(Columbia: Univ. of

South Carolina Press, 1971).

66Hilton J. Wolfe, "Alaskan Literature: the Fiction of America's
Last Frontier"(Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State Univ., 1973).

67Oral S. Coad, New Jersey in the Revolution: A Bibliography of

Historical Fiction 1784—1963(New Brunswick, N.J.: New Brunswick His-
torical Club, 1964).

68Albert G. Black, Michigan Novels; An Annotated Bibliography
(Ann Arbor: Michigan Council of Teachers of English, 1963).

69Rachel M. Hilbert, ed., Michigan Poets with Supplement to Mich-
igan Authors(Ann Arbor: Michigan Association of School Librarians,

1964).

 

113

have appeared. Elmer D. Johnson did a fairly long list of Louisiana

poetry for the January 1960 issue of Southwestern Louisiana Journal.7O

Only books are included, and for each of them he gives the full name
of the author, title, and imprint. A 3-page list of Minnesota North

Country poetry is in the spring 1974 issue of the Society for the Study

of Midwestern Literature Newsletter.71 The bibliography lists books

of poetry and writings about the poets.
The poetry societies continued to collect poetry written by their

members. Collections come from Alaska, Michigan, New Jersey, Pennsyl-

. . 72 . .
vania, and Arizona. The volume from Alaska contains many poems writ—

ten before the Poetry Society of Alaska was founded. It has a number
of selections from poets who lived fifty or more years ago. The volume
from Michigan is a 40th anniversary anthology containing 117 poets.

Richard G. Walser edited another volume of North Carolina poetry

in 1963.73 This new collection contains only living poets who wrote

poems for the past dozen years.("Preface,' p.xii) The short

7oElmer D. Johnson, ”A Preliminary Checklist of Louisiana Poetry
in English," Southwestern Louisiana Journal 4(Jan. 1960), 43—60.

71William Elliott, "Minnesota North Country Poetry: A Bibliogra—

phy," Society for the Study of Midwestern Literature Newsletter 4, no.1
(1974), 8-10.

72Poetry Society of Alaska, One Hundred Years of Alaska Poetry
(Denver: Big Mountain Press, 1966); Poetry Society of Michigan, Forty

Salutes to Michigan Poets; Fortieth Anniversary Anthology(Poetry

Society of Michigan, 1975); Vivian M. Meyer et al., eds., Cosmic
Cadence(Pitman, N.J.: New Jersey Poetry Society, 1971); Pennsylvania

Poetry Society, Prize Poems 1969; 20th Anniversary Year(Harrisburg,
Pa.: Keystone Press, 1969); Mabellezk.Lyon et al., eds. Sing, Naked _

Spirit; A Compilation of Verse from Members of the Arizona Poetry
Society(Mesa, Ariz.: Printed by P. Gillespie, 1970).

73Richard G. Walser, ed., Poets of North Carolina(Richmond: Gar—
rett and Massie, 1963).

 

 

1.
F1

114

biographical sketches give book titles with dates.

Very little had been done before this period to list plays by
state. Paul T. Nolan, Professor of English at the University of
Southwestern Louisiana, is one of the few people in the country who
did bibliographic work on state drama. He and Amos E. Simpson did a
checklist of Arkansas playwrights in 1963.74 The list includes 37
playwrights and more than 100 copyrighted plays. The footnotes in
the bibliography give uncopyrighted plays and some miscellaneous in-
formation about the authors. Paul T. Nolan's list for Alabama covers
only those plays written between 1870 and 1916.75

Edgar Heyl is another author of a list of state plays. For

several issues of the Maryland Historical Magazine between 1957 and

1969 he made a list of 600 plays by 275 Marylanders, both printed and

typewritten.76 The plays were written between 1870 and 1916.

A number of works useful for locating the literature of cities
and towns were published. Perry G. Fisher's bibliography of Washington,
D.C.(1974) contains a list of 58 novels(p.49-55).77 The annotations,

which are factual and critical, contain between 25 and 200 words.

Thirty-eight titles of fiction are included in John R. Adams's Books

 

74Paul T. Nolan and Amos E. Simpson, "Checklist of Arkansas
Playwrights," Arkansas Historical Quarterly 22(Spring 1963), 67—75.

75Paul T. Nolan, "Alabama Drama, 1870-1916: A Checklist,"
Alabama Review 18(1965), 65—72.

76Edgar Heyl, "Plays by Marylanders 1870—1916," Maryland His—
torical Magazine 62(1967), 438—47; 63(1968), 70-77, 179—87, 420—26;
64(1969), 74-77, 412-19.

77Perry G. Fisher, Materials for the Study of Washington; A

Selected Annotated Bibliography(Washington, D.C.: George Washington
Univ., 1974).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115

and Authors of San Diego(1966).78 Michael True wrote an essay in
1972 about Worcester(Mass.) poets.79 He includes 25 authors with titles

of books and dates. John Austen, Esther Forbes, Stanley Kunitz, Eliza—
beth Bishop, and Charles Olson are among the writers. A few poetry

selections are also in the essay.
Local poetry anthologies were compiled for New York City, Cape

Cod, Charlotte(N.C.), Greensboro(N.C.), Greenville(S.C.), New Orleans,

Milwaukee, and other localities.80 The New York City anthology is

rather lengthy and contains poems by 27 poets. The biographical
sketches(p.545—71) give titles of books with imprint. The Greensboro
Reader(1968) contains poetry and fiction by writers who received a
degree from the University of North Carolina at Greensboro or who have
taught there in the English Department. The anthology includes 11
poets and 11 short story writers. Randall Jarrell, Peter Taylor, and
Caroline Gordon are the most familiar names. Alfred S. Reid compiled

a short anthology of Greenville(S.C.) poets for the November 1963 issue

of Furman Studies. The biographical sketches contain titles of books

78John R. Adams, Books and Authors of San Diego(San Diego: San
Diego State College Press, 1966).

79Michael True, Worcester Poets, With Notes Toward a Literary
History(Worcester: Worcester County Poetry Association, 1972).

80Ron Padgett and David Shapiro, eds., An Anthology of New York
Poets(N.Y.: Random House, 1970); John V. Hinshaw, ed., East of America;

An Anthology of Cape Cod Poets(Chatham, Mass.: Chatham Press, 1969);
Charleen Whisnant and Robert W. Grey, eds., Eleven Charlotte Poets
(Charlotte, N.C.: Red Clay Publishers, 1971); Robert Watson and Ruark
Gibbons, eds., The Greensboro Reader(Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Car—
olina Press, 1968); Alfred S. Reid, ”Poets of Greenville,” Furman
Studies n.s.11(Nov. 1963), 1-44; Joe Ireland and Ann Gallmeyer, eds.,
New Orleans Anthology(New Orleans: New Orleans Public Library, 1972);
Martin J. Rosenblum, ed., Brewing; 20 Milwaukee Poets(Lyme Center, N.H.:
Giligia Press, 1972).

 

 

 

116

with dates.

State historical sources published in this period can still be

used for information about American literature. Tennessee History:

A Bibliography(l974) by Sam Smith and Luke Banker has two separate

lists of fiction: "Historical and biographical fiction," p.313-15,

and "Social and cultural life in fiction,” p.315—18.81 Sarah A.

Rouse wrote a 31—page essay on modern Mississippi literature for_A
History of Mississippi, edited by Richard A. McLemore.82 It contains
many titles with dates.

Two states observed the centennial of the Civil War by publish—

ing bibliographic works.83 Michigan in the Civil War(l965) by Helen H.

Ellis is a guide to articles in Detroit newspapers between 1861 and
1866. The entry in the index for war poetry refers to 24 poems in
the guide. Donald A. Sinclair's Civil War and New Jersey(l968) lists

poetry, fiction, and drama on p.57—6l. He gives full name of author,

full imprint, and brief annotations.

Some authors and editors made a valuable contribution to humor

bibliography in the third period of this bibliographic study. Brom

Weber compiled an Anthology of American Humor(1962), which presents

81Sam B. Smith and Luke H. Banker, eds., Tennessee History: A
Bibliography(Knoxville: Univ. of Tennessee Press, 1974).

82Sarah A. Rouse, "Literature 1890—1970," A History of Mississip—
_pi, ed. by Richard A. McLemore(Hattiesburg: Univ. and College Press

of Mississippi, 1973), vol.2, p.446—76.

83Helen H. Ellis, Michigan in the Civil War; A Guide to the

Material in Detroit 1861—1866(Lansing: Michigan Civil War Centennial
Observance Commission, 1965); Donald A. Sinclair, The Civil War and

New Jersey: A Bibliography(New Brunswick: Published by the Friends of
the Rutgers University Library for the New Jersey Civil War Centennial

Commission, 1968).

 

117

in historical sequence a selection of American humor from Nathaniel
Ward to Bernard Malamud.84 "Richard Cory" by Edwin A. Robinson,
"The Bear" by Robert Frost, "The Deacon's Masterpiece” by Oliver W.
Holmes, and "I Taste a Liquor--Never Brewed" by Emily Dickinson are
among the poems in the anthology. The selections from novels are
from William Faulkner's Sanctuary, F. Scott Fitzgerald's The Great
Gatsby, Herman Melville's Moby Dick and White Jacket, Nathaniel Haw—
thorne's The House of Seven Gables, and Henry Adams's Democracy.
Some of the short stories are "The Legend of Sleepy Hollow" by
Washington Irving, "The Dulham Ladies" by Sarah 0. Jewett, "The Other
Two" by Edith Wharton, "The Haircut" by Ring Lardner, and "The Light
of the World" by Ernest Hemingway. The 71 writers represent some of
the best authors in American literature, and the selections are
among the best writings. The anthology's editor, Brom Weber, was
Professor of English at the University of Minnesota at the time of

publication.

Another excellent anthology is called With the Bark On; Popular

Humor of the Old South(l967).85 Most of the selections are from old

newspapers of the period 1835 to 1860. Almost half are from the New

Orleans Delta, the St. Louis Reveille, the Louisville Daily Courier,

 

and the Chambers(Ala.) Tribune. The rest of the stories appeared in
the Richmond Compiler, the New Orleans Picayune, and the New York

Spirit of the Times. Most of the 70 sketches are about the American

8['Brom Weber, ed., An Anthology of American Humor(N.Y.: Crowell,
1962).

85John Q. Anderson, ed., With the Bark On; Popular Humor of the
01d South(Nashville, Tenn.: Vanderbilt Univ. Press, 1967).

 

118

backwoodsman and are classified as follows: ”The River,” "The Back—
c0untry," "Varmints and Hunters,” ”Fun and Frolic,” "The Professions,"
"Jokes and Jokers,” "Masculine Amusements,” ”Politicians," ”Actors,”

and ”Yokels in the City." The editor, John Q. Anderson, is Professor
of English at the University of Houston.

In 1965 Wade H. Hall wrote a history of southern humor from
1865 to 1914.86 There are many footnotes for titles and quotes cited
in the text. An alphabetic list of titles is in the bibliography,
p.358—68. The author of this volume, which is called The Smiling
Phoenix, is a professor at Kentucky Southern College.

Tar Heel Laughter(1974) is an anthology of North Carolina writ-
ings of humor.87 Among the selections are excerpts from several works
of fiction, including Thomas Wolfe's Look Homeward Angel and The Hills
Beyond and Guy Owen's The Ballad of the Flim—Flam Man. Richard G.
Walser, an anthologist of other volumes of North Carolina literature,
is also the editor of this collection.

Two anthologies for the West, The Home Book of Western Humor
(1967) and Humor of the Old Southwest(1975),contain many selections
for the student who wants to study the subject.88 Both contain

writings from books and periodicals. The second title is ably edited

by Professor Hennig Cohen of the University of Pennsylvania and William

86Wade H. Hall, The Smiling Phoenix; Southern Humor from 1865 to
1914(Gainesville: Univ. of Florida Press, 1965).

87Richard Walser, ed., Tar Heel Laughter(Chapel Hill: Univ. of
North Carolina Press, 1974).

88Philip H. Ault, ed., The Home Book of Western Humor(N.Y.: Dodd,
Mead, 1967); Hennig Cohen and William B. Dillingham, eds. Humor of the
Old Southwest. 2d ed.(Athens: Univ. of Georgia Press, 1975).

 

 

 

119

B. Dillingham of Emory University. They found some of their selections
from William T. Porter's Spirit of the Times, a very popular humor and
sporting magazine(1831-186l) that contained original sketches and re-
prints of stories that first appeared in regional newspapers. Twenty—
three writers are included, such as James K. Paulding, Joseph M.
Field, George W. Harris, Johnson Hooper, John S. Robb, and Mark Twain.
Biographical sketches for the authors include titles of books with
dates.

The authors of the many bibliographies that were published after
1960 must have seen clearly that the way to achieve bibliographic con-
trol for the prolific writers is to compile separate bibliographies
that would list all their writings and all or most of the writings
about them. Both the writings and the scholarship were important, and
the aim was to place them in one volume. Many book-length bibliogra-
phies were published with the idea that they would serve the needs of
book collectors, students, librarians, and scholars. Without neglect—
ing the old American writers the compilers looked more and more to the
twentieth century for subjects, and they found a great many authors
that needed to be covered. The contemporary authors received even
more attention than the writers of the 1900—1940 period. Publishers
responded with enthusiasm by printing the bibliographies, sometimes-
in rather handsome editions with illustrations, good paper, and attrac-
tive bindings.

For old American writers bibliographies were done for Edward
Taylor, Herman Melville, Harold Frederic, Emily Dickinson, William
Dean Howells, Jack London, and Stephen Crane. The Edward Taylor

bibliography(l970) by Constance J. Gefvert is a descriptive

 

 

 

120

bibliography containing critical annotations for many titles.89 It

includes both primary and secondary sources and is an example of one
of the fine bibliographies in the Serif Series by Kent State Univer—
sity Press. The Melville bibliography(l973) by Beatrice Ricks and

Joseph D. Adams is especially good for giving later editions of the

author's prose writings and poetry collections.90 Much of the volume

lists critical articles and books with brief annotations. The long
subject index(p.401-532) contains entries for all his writings. The
entry for "Benito Cereno" begins with references to criticism and con-
tinues with editions, character, and play. The play was written by
Robert Lowell. The bibliography is one of a series called Research
Bibliographies in American Literature published by G.K. Hall. The
fourth volume in this series is on Harold Frederic and was published
in 1975.91 It is a checklist of writings by and about the author.
Besides the newspaper articles he wrote as a journalist, it has two
separate lists of his fiction books and short fiction(p.l-6, 8—10).
The bibliography of William Dean Howells includes for the first

. . 2
time in one volume writings by and about the author.9 It complements

the chronological bibliography of Gibson and Arms(1948) by listing

89Constance J. Gefvert, Edward Taylor: An Annotated Bibliography
1668—1970. Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.19(Kent,

Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1971).

90Beatrice Ricks and Joseph D. Adams, Herman Melville, a Refer-

ence Bibliography, 1900-1972((Boston: G.K. Hall, 1973).
91Thomas F. O'Donnell et al., A Bibliography of the Writings by

and about Harold Frederic. Research Bibliographies in American Liter-
ature, no.4(Boston: G.K. Hall, 1975).

92Vito J. Brenni, William Dean Howells: A Bibliography(Metuchen,

N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1973).

 

 

 

121

his writings by form and genre. The Jack London bibliography(l966)
contains a list of the author's books and a separate list of his short
stories.93 The bibliography is especially good for giving reprints
and translations. Hensley C. Woodbridge did a long supplement of more
than a 100 pages for an enlarged edition in 1973.94 The Crane bibli-
ography by Robert W. Stallman includes the bibliography of Vincent
Starrett and Ben Ames Willimas(1948) and adds a list of contemporary
reviews(p.73-152) and a very long list(p.237-620) of biography, bib-
liography, and critical writings.95 Most of the book is composed of
annotations for the reviews and critical articles. The annotations
are particularly good because Professor Stallman knows Crane and his
work very well after many years of research for his 1968 biography
of the author.

Two other bibliographies of nineteenth century writers need brief
mention, one of a major writer and one of a minor novelist. The
Emily Dickinson bibliography(l972) by Willis J. Buckingham is valuable
for the critical writings about the author.96 The very short bibli—
ography(9p.) of the Barrett Library Collection of Edwin L. Bynner

lists his writings in chronological and alphabetic order.97 Bynner

93Hensley C. Woodbridge et al., Jack London: A Bibliography

(Georgetown, Calif.: Talisman Press, 1966).

94Hensley C. Woodbridge et al., Jack London: A Bibliography.
enl. ed.(Millwood, N.Y.: Kraus Reprint Co., 1973).

95Robert W. Stallman, Stephen Crane: A Critical Bibliography
(Ames: Iowa Univ. Press, 1972).

96Willis J. Buckingham, ed., Emily Dickinson: An Annotated
Bibliography(Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, 1970).

97University of Virginia Library, The Barrett Library: Edwin
Lasseter Bynner:AChecklistofPrintedandManuscriptWorks.Comp.by

Lucy T. Clark(Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1961).

 

 

 

 

 

122

was a Massachusetts lawyer who was best known for his novel Agppg
Surriage(1886). Since 1960 the University of Virginia has published
several lists of the writings of American authors in the collection
which C. Waller Barrett gave to the University Library in 1952, 1958,
and 1960. Mr. Barrett was a shipping executive and avid book col—
lector.98

Bibliographies were done for some of thednmortant fiction writers
of the early part of the twentieth century. G.K. Hall published a
bibliography of Theodore Dreiser in 1975, which is one of the best in
its series of Research Bibliographies in American Literature.99 It
is a lengthy bibliography(515p.) and aims to be complete for the au—
thor's writings. The long index(p.445-515) has titles for all of them.
For an author who is best known for his fiction there is no separate
list of his novels and short stories. His writings are arranged in
chronological order.

Matthew J. Bruccoli did bibliographies of F. Scott Fitzgerald
(1972) and Ring Lardner(1975) for the University of Pittsburgh Series
in Bibliography.100 Both give very full descriptions of first editions
and reproductions of title pages. He gives not only the name of the

publisher but also the name of the printing press and the manufacturer

of the plates. Besides collation he gives information about typography,

98"Clifton Waller Barrett," Current Biography, 1965, p.15-18.

99Donald Pizer et al., Theodore Dreiser: A Primary and Secondary
Bibliography(Boston: G.K. Hall, 1975).

100Matthew J. Bruccoli, F. Scott Fitzgerald: A Descriptive Bib—
liography(Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1972); Ring W.

Lardner: A Descriptive Bibliography(Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh
Press, 1975.

 

 

 

123

paper, binding, and dust jacket. His description for Fitzgerald's

The Great Gatsby is probably his longest(p.59—7l). He includes title
entries in the indexes to both volumes. Mr. Bruccoli is Professor of
English at the University of South Carolina and a distinguished bibli—
ographer. He is also the Director of the Center for Editions of Amer—
ican Authors and the Editorial Director of the University of Pitts-
burgh Series in Bibliography. Besides Mr. Bruccoli the Editorial
Board includes William R. Cagle, Charles W. Mann, and Fredson Bowers,
the ”Dean of American Bibliography."

The Ellen Glasgow bibliography(l964) by William W. Kelly is
outstanding for the information which it gives about the impressions
of her books.101 He tries to list all the impressions and to describe
the evidence on which they were based. Part 2 of the bibliography
lists biography and critical writings with notes. In Part 3 be de—
scribes briefly the author's manuscripts at the University of Virginia.

The Edith Wharton bibliography(l966) by Vito J. Brenni repre—
sents a first attempt to list all of her writings in one volume, both
her books and her many periodical contributions.102 Another aim of
the bibliography is to include in one book writings by and about her.
Descriptive annotations are given for some of the entries.

The Upton Sinclair bibliography(l973) by Ronald Gottesman is one

of the volumes in the Serif Series published by Kent State University.103

101William W. Kelly, Ellen Glasgow: A Bibliography(Charlottes—

ville: Printed for the Bibliographical Society of Virginia by the Univ.
Press of Virginia, 1964).

102Vito J. Brenni, Edith Wharton: A Bibliography(Morgantown:
West Virginia Univ. Library, 1966).

103Ronald Gottesman, Upton Sinclair: An Annotated Checklist

(Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1973).

 

 

 

124

About twelve have been published on American authors. The Sinclair
bibliography is one of the longer ones(544p.) and attempts to be com—
plete for the author's writings. The main arrangement is chronolog-
ical, and the appendix lists his major works in both alphabetic and
chronological order. Part 3 of the book contains a long list(p.389—
476) of writings about him.

Many more bibliographies were done for fiction writers of the
past three or fOur decades. Audre Hanneman did a comprehensive bibli-
ography of Ernest Hemingway in 1967 and made a supplement in 1975.104
Tetsumaro Hayashi compiled a bibliography of John Steinbeck in 1967,
which contains separate lists for his novels, short stories, plays, and

1 . . .
poetry. 05 It also contains secondary material about the writer.

The new edition published in 1971 has a general index, a feature which

was lacking in the earlier work.106 The William Faulkner bibliography

(1968) by Linton R. Massey is a catalog of the large Faulkner collection

at the University of Virginia.107 Part 1 has separate lists for his

novels, short stories, verse, essays, criticism, public addresses,
letters, interviews, and recordings. Part 2 has writings about him.

It has many reproductions of title pages. The volume was published

104Audre Hanneman, Ernest Hemingway: A Comprehensive Bibliography

(Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press, 1967).

105

Tetsumaro Hayashi, John Steinbeck: A Concise Bibliography,
1930-1965(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1967).

106

Tetsumaro Hayashi, A New Steinbeck Bibliographv, 1929-1971
(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1973).

107Linton R. Massey, William Faulkner, ”Man Working," 1919—1962;

A Catalog of the William Faulkner Collections at the University of
Virginia(Charlottesville: Bibliographic Society of the Univ. of Vir-

ginia, 1968).

 

125

by the Bibliographical Society of Virginia in a rather attractive
format.

Bibliographies have been done for Gertrude Stein, Robert Penn
Warren, John O'Hara, and Katherine Anne Porter.108 The Stein bibli—
ography by Robert A. Wilson gives detailed information on first edi-
tions and also contains writings about her. It is one of a small num—
ber of bibliographies published by the Phoenix Book Shop in New York
City. Mary N. Huff's bibliography of Robert Penn Warren is especially
good for listing his short stories and poems by title. The bibli—
ography is a checklist rather than a descriptive bibliography. It
is one of the Fugitive Bibliographies published by David Lewis. Matthew
J. Bruccoli did a checklist for John O'Hara that was published by Ran-
dom House in 1972. Although the arrangement is chronological, there
are separate lists for short stories and poetry.

Gale Research Company in Detroit published four bibliographies
of contemporary novelists: James G. Cozzens(l973), Nelson Algren(1973),
James Jones(1974), and Kurt Vonnegut(l972).109 Each volume contains
information about first editions and reproductions of title pages.

James B. Meriwether's bibliography of Cozzens brings up to date the

list which he did for the winter 1958 issue of Critique. The book

108Robert A. Wilson, Gertrude Stein: A Bibliography(N.Y.: Phoe—

nix Bookshop, 1974); Mary N. Huff, Robert Penn Warren: A Bibliography
(N.Y.: David Lewis, 1968); Matthew J. Bruccoli, John O'Hara: A Check-

list(N.Y.: Random House, 1972); Louise Waldrip and Shirley A. Bauer,

A Bibliography of the Works of Katherine Anne Porter(Metuchen, N.J.:
Scarecrow Press, 1969).

109James B. Meriwether, James Gould Cozzens: A Checklist(Detroit:
Gale ResearchCo., 1973); Kenneth G. McCollum, Nelson Algren: A Check—
list(Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1973); John R. Hopkins, James Jones:
A Checklist(Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1974); Betty L. Hudgens, Kurt
Vonnegut, Jr.: A Checklist(Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1972).

 

 

 

 

126

contains separate lists of the author's short stories in periodicals
and his poems. This bibliography of Cozzens follows by two years

Pierre Michel's annotated checklist of the author which was published

in the Serif Series by Kent State University.110 The Serif Series

also includes bibliographies of John Updike, Bernard Malamud, Thomas

Wolfe, and Raymond Chandler.lll

The Humanities Research Center at the University of Texas pub—

lished a bibliography of Edward Dahlberg in its Tower Bibliography

Series.112 Dahlberg is the author of Bottom Dogs(1930), a story of

the horror of orphanage, slum, and hobo experiences, and From Flushing
to Calvary(l932),a novel about slum dwellers in New York City. The
bibliography gives a full description of first American and English
editions and uses reproductions of title pages instead of customary
transcriptions. It also contains a list of book reviews and a short

list of writings abOut him. Choice type has been used to print the

I

volume.
Many bibliographies were compiled for poets of the twentieth

century. Donald C. Gallup did a descriptive bibliography for Ezra

llOPierre Michel, James Gould Cozzens: An Annotated Checklist.
Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.22(Kent, Ohio: Kent
State Univ. Press, 1971).

111C. Clarke Taylor, John Updike. Serif Series: Bibliographies
and Checklists, no.4(Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1968); Rita
N. Kosofsky, Bernard Malamud: An Annotated Checklist.. Serif Series:
Bibliographies and Checklists, no.7(Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press,
1969); Elmer D. Johnson, Tom Wolfe: A Checklist. Serif Series: Bib-
liographies and Checklists, no.12(Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press,

1970); Matthew J. Bruccoli, Raymond Chandler: A Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.2(Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1968).

112Harold W. Billings, A Bibliography of Edward Dahlberg(Aus-

tin: Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas, 1971).

 

127

Pound in 1963 and made corrections for the second impression of
1969.113 The 1969 volume gives full information about first editions
and notes special copies. The detailed index(p.395—454) contains
titles of all his writings, including short poems and essays. The
volume belongs to the excellent Soho Bibliography Series of R. Hart—l
Davis in London. Mr. Gallup also made a thorough revision of his T.S.
Elliot bibliography.114

Kent State University published in 1971 William White's bibli-
ography of Edwin Arlington Robinson in the Serif Series.115 It was
compiled to serve as a supplement to Charles B. Hogan's Bibliography
of Edwin Arlington Robinson(l936). The ”Appendix"(p.139-51) contains
additions and corrections to the Hogan bibliography, and these were
supplied by Mr. Hogan himself. A bibliography of Allen Tate was pub—
lished in 1969 by David Lewis in the Fugitive Bibliography Series.116
His books are listed with their contents, and a list of his poems is
in a separate section..

Robert 0. Lindsay did a descriptive bibliography for Witter
Bynner(1967),giving very full information about his books and listing

. . . . . 117 . .
his indiVidual poems in a separate section. It contains translations,

113Donald C. Gallup, A Bibliography of Ezra Pound(London: R. Hart-
Davis, 1963); 2d impression, corrected, 1969.

114Donald C. Gallup, T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography. new ed.(London:
Faber, 1969).
115

William White, Edwin Arlington Robinson; A Supplementary Bib—
liography. Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists,no. 17 (Kent,

Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1971).

116Marshall Fallwell, Jr. et al., Allen Tate: A Bibliography ,
(N.Y.: David Lewis, 1969).
117

Robert 0. Lindsay, Witter Bynner: A Bibliography(Albuquerque:

Univ. of New Mexico Press, 1967).

 

 

128

writings about the author, and an index which contains titles of all
poems and proper names and titles of all works with which he was
associated. The bibliography appeared as number 2 of the University
of New Mexico Library Series.

Two other library bibliographies were published for American
poets: the University of Virginia Library did a checklist of Robinson
Jeffers(l960) in its Barrett Library Series and the Library of Con-
gress did a bibliography of Carl Sandburg(l969).118 The latter con-
tains a lecture about the poet which Mark Van Doren gave in the Library
on January 8, 1968. The lecture and bibliography were published "to
reach a wider audience and as a contribution to literary history and
criticism."(p.iii)

Many more bibliographies were compiled for contemporary poets,
and a fair number of these came from four publishers: the University
of Pittsburgh, Kent State University, Gale Research Company, and the
Phoenix Book Shop in New York City. The Wallace Stevens bibliography
(1973) by Jerome M. Edelstein is one of the best because it gives very
full information about first editions and contains excerpts from the

119

author's letters. The description for the poet's first book,

Harmonium(l923), is five pages long. A reproduction of page 2 is
given. The bibliography contains all his writings, translations, mus—

ical settings, and recordings. Writings about Stevens are also

118University of Virginia Library, The Barrett Library: Robinson

Jeffers: A Checklist of Printed and Manuscript Works. Comp. by Anita
Rutman and Lucy Clark, the Manuscripts by Marjorie Carver(Charlottes-

ville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1960); Mark Van Doren, Carl Sandburg,

With a Bibliography of Sandburg Materials in the Library of Congress
(Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 1969).

119Jerome M. Edelstein, Wallace Stevens: A Descriptive Bibliogra—
phy(Pittsburgh; Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, l973).

 

 

 

 

 

129

included. A full index(p.40l—29) with title entries concludes the
work. The volume belongs to the University of Pittsburgh Series in

Bibliography. A bibliography for John Berryman(l974) was also pub—

lished in the same series.120

The volumes in the Serif Series of bibliographies from Kent
State University vary in scope, descriptive detail, annotations, and

form of entry. One of the best is Mary Novik's Robert Creeley: An

Inventory 1945—1970(1975).121 It contains writings by and about the

poet and gives the publishing history of individual writings(p.80—l36).
It has two separate indexes, one for his poems(p.l87—204) and another
for proper names in titles of poems and prose(p.l77-85). Another

long bibliography(24lp.) in this series was done in 1973 for Theodore

Roethke by James R. McLeod.122 The index(p.229—Al) of this work in—

cludes all the poet's poems and prose pieces. Archibald McLeish and

Richard Wilbur are two other poets in this series.123

Gale Research published a bibliography of James Dickey(l972) and

Kenneth Millar(l97l).124 They are somewhat like the other Gale

120Ernest C. Stefanik, John Berryman: A Descriptive Bibliography

(Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1975).

121Mary Novik, Robert Creeley: An Inventory 1945—1970. Serif

Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.28(Kent, Ohio: Kent State
Univ. Press, 1975).

122James R. McLeod, Theodore Roethke: A Bibliography. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.27(Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1973).

123Edward J. Mullaly, Archibald MacLeish: A Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.26(Kent, Ohio: Kent State
Univ. Press, 1973); John P. Field, Richard Wilbur: A Bibliographical
Checklist. Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.16(Kent,
Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1971).

124Franklin Ashley, James Dickey: A Checklist(Detroit: Gale

129

included. A full index(p.401—29) with title entries concludes the
work. The volume belongs to the University of Pittsburgh Series in

Bibliography. A bibliography for John Berryman(l974) was also pub—

lished in the same series.120

The volumes in the Serif Series of bibliographies from Kent
State University vary in scope, descriptive detail, annotations, and

form of entry. One of the best is Mary Novik's Robert Creeley: An

Inventory 1945—1970(1975).121 It contains writings by and about the

poet and gives the publishing history of individual writings(p.80-l36).
It has two separate indexes, one for his poems(p.l87-204) and another
for proper names in titles of poems and prose(p.l77-85). Another

long bibliography(24lp.) in this series was done in 1973 for Theodore

Roethke by James R. McLeod.122 The index(p-229—4l) of this work in—

cludes all the poet's poems and prose pieces. Archibald McLeish and

Richard Wilbur are tonOther poets in this series.123

Gale Research published a bibliography of James Dickey(l972) and

Kenneth Millar(l97l).124 They are somewhat like the other Gale

120Ernest C. Stefanik, John Berryman: A Descriptive Bibliography
(Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1975).

121Mary Novik, Robert Creeley: An Inventory 1945—1970. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.28(Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1975).

122James R. McLeod, Theodore Roethke: A Bibliography. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.27(Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1973).

123Edward J. Mullaly, Archibald MacLeish: A Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.26(Kent, Ohio: Kent State
Univ. Press, 1973); John P. Field, Richard Wilbur: A Bibliographical
Checklist. Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.16(Kent,
Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1971).

124Franklin Ashley, James Dickev: A Checklist(Detroit: Gale

130

bibliographies in that they give brief information about first
editions and reproductions of title pages. They lack an index. The
Miller bibliography was done by Matthew J. Bruccoli.

The Phoenix Book Shop did bibliographies of Gregory Corso(l966)
and Charles Olson(l967).125 The Corso bibliography by Robert A. Wil-
son gives a small amount of information about first editions and con-
tains a separate section on contributions to periodicals. The bibli—
ography of Charles Olson was done by George F. Butterick and Albert
Glover.

William White, professor of journalism at Oakland University
and a prolific bibliographer of American literature, did two short
bibliographies of contemporary poets, one for John Ciardi(l959) and
the other for William Snodgrass(l960).126 The Ciardi bibliography
includes bibliographic descriptions of his books and material by the
poet in periodicals. It has a list of critical articles and a list
of manuscripts in the Charles Feinberg collection.

Very few book-length bibliographies have been done for play—
wrights. The two that were donelnzthe Humanities Research Center of

the University of Texas are most welcome contributions to the bibli—

ography of American literature. Manfred Triesch describes in his

Research, 1972). Matthew J. Bruccoli, Kenneth Millar/Ross MacDonald
(Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1971).

125George F. Butterick and Albert Glover, Bibliography of Works
by Charles Olson(N.Y.: Phoenix Book Shop, 1967); Robert A. Wilson, A

Bibliography of Works by Gregory Corso, l954—l965(N.Y.: Phoenix Book
Shop, 1966).

126William White, John Ciardi: A Bibliography(Detroit: Wayne

State Univ. Press, 1959); W.D. Snodgrass: A Bibliography(Detroit:
Wayne State Univ. Press, 1960).

 

-' P . . ._
a.

{mi-"1%. Ill-3h " “5'13: akin-'3 ‘ 11331.24 Mb qm'lou'm '

"" ”W” '='.'5 "5091*" -"= .9: ‘ ----‘r "".-."+~-.:.-.m.ro ”M" ‘ .

    

 

l3l

bibliography(l967) the Lillian Hellman collection at the University

127 . . . . .
of Texas. The collection COnSlSCS mainly of manuscript material,

such as the extensive runs of various drafts of Miss Hellman's dramas.-
Mr. Triesch gives firsttheprinted edition and then describes the
changes that were made in each draft. For a student who is making

a study of playwriting it is a valuable source of information. Laur~

ence G. Avery compiled the Catalog of the Maxwell Anderson Collection

at the University of Texas(l968).128

Jennifer M. Atkinson's Eugene O'Neill: A Descriptive Bibliogra—

phy(l974) is the first descriptive bibliography of the playwright.129

It lists his books and gives very full information about first editions.
It gives his contributions to books and periodicals and locates his

plays in collections and anthologies. It omits writings about him.
I

The volume was published intthe University of Pittsburgh Series in
Bibliography. The compiler is Assistant Director of the Center for
Editions of American Authors of the Modern Language Association and

Adjunct Professor of English at the University of South Carolina.

David Kherdian's Bibliography of William Saroyan 1934—1964(1965)

is another noteworthy bibliography of a playwright.130 It is not a

127Manfred Triesch, The Lillian Hellman Collection at the Uni—
versity of Texas(Austin: Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas,
Univ. of Texas Press, 1967).

128Laurence G. Avery, A Catalog of the Maxwell Anderson Collec—
tion at the University of Texas. Tower Bibliographical Series, no.6

(Austin: Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas, Univ. of Texas
Press, 1968).

129Jennifer M. Atkinson, Eugene O'Neill: A Descriptive Bibli—
ography(Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1974).

130David Kherdian, A Bibliography of William Saroyan, 1934—1964

(San Francisco: Roger Beacham, 1965?.

 

132

complete bibliography because it omits writings in periodicals. Re—
productions of title pages and dust jackets are assembled on p.73—89.

The index contains all title entries, proper names, periodicals, and

publishers.

Periodicals devoted even more space to author bibliographies

than in the years preceding 1960. The Bulletin of Bibliography pub—

lished a good many, especially for modern and contemporary writers.
Some of the authors are Sara Teasdale, Flannery O'Connor, James Purdy,

Jessamyn West, Shirley Grau, LeRoi Jones, Gore Vidal, Philip Roth,

John Berryman, Joseph Hergesheimer, and Richard Wright.131 The Teas—

dale bibliography contains a chronological list of her poems in
periodicals and gives the first line of each poem. The first line
helps to identify poems that have changed title. The Jessamyn West
bibliography gives separate lists for short stories and poems that have
not appeared in collections. The John Berryman checklist contains a
separate list of all the poems that have appeared in periodicals.

One of the best bibliographies to appear in the Bulletin is Dean

131Vivian Buchan, ”Sara Teasdale, 1884-1933," Bulletin of Bibli~
ography 25((1967), 94-97, 120—23; Joan T. Brittain, "Flannery O'Connor,’
Bulletin of Bibliography 25(1967—68), 98—100, 123-24, 142; George E.
Bush, "James Purdy,” Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971), 5—6; Margaret
S. Grissom, "Shirley Ann Grau," Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971), 76—

78; Stanley Schatt, ”LeRoi Jones," Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971),
55—57; Loretta Gilliam, "Gore Vidal: A Checklist,” Bulletin of Bibli—

ography 30(1973), l-9, 44; John N. McDaniel, "Philip Roth: A Checklist,"
Bulletin of Bibliography 31(1974), 51—53; Ernest C. Stefanik, "A John
Berryman Checklist," Bulletin of Bibliography 31(1974), l-4, 28; James
J. Napier, ”Joseph Hergesheimer: A Selected Bibliography l9l3—l945,”
Bulletin of Bibliography 24(1963—64), 46—48, 52, 69—70; Michel Fabre
and Edward Margolies, ”Richard Wright(l908—l960): A Bibliography,"
Bulletin of Bibliography 24(1965), 131—33, 137; Alfred S. Shivers,

"Jessamyn West,” Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971), l-3.

133

. . . . l 2 .
Sherman's list of Owen Wister's writings. 3 The annotations are

remarkably informative and range in length from 10 to 200 words.

Besides the author bibliographies in the Publications of the Bib—

liographical Society of America the journal also includes some short

articles giving information about entries in the Lyle Wright fiction
volumes and in the BAL. For entry number 165 in Wright's American

Fiction 1851-1875 a note in the first issue of the journal for 1970

. l . .
supplies the name of the author. 33 The name, as it turns out, is

very different from the initials which Wright gives. The author of
the note, James Lawton, found the name in a letter which Daniel Mann
wrote to Rufus W. Griswold in which he states that he wrote Wolfsden.

Wright used the initials "J.B.,' which appeared on the title page of

the novel.

Proof, 3 new annual in American bibliography, contains two bib-

liographies of American authors in the first volume(l97l).134 The

 

Theodore Dreiser checklist(p.247-92) by Donald Pizer builds on previous
bibliographies, adds new items, and discards ghosts. The Faulkner
short story list(p.293-329) by James B. Meriwether lists published,
unpublished, and lost short stories. The annotations contain infor—
mation relating to dates, titles, and relationships. A title index

is included. The 1973 volume of Proof has a long bibliography of

 

132Dean Sherman, "Owen Wister: An Annotated Bibliography,"
Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971), 7—16.

133James N. Lawton, "The Authorship of Item 165 in Lyle Wright's

American Fiction 1851-1875? Publications of the Bibliographical
Society of America 64(1970), 83.

134Donald Pizer, "The Publications of Theodore Dreiser: A Check—
list," Proof l(l97l), 247-92; James B. Meriwether, "The Short Fiction
of William Faulkner: A Bibliography,” Proof l(l97l), 293-329.

 

 

 

134

Frank Norris(p.155-220).135

Serif, a bibliographic journal from Kent State University, has

 

published bibliographies of several American authors. An Edward

Albee checklist appeared in the September 1969 issue and a supplement

was published four years later.136 William White did a checklist of

Robinson Jeffers covering the years l959 to 1965 for the June 1966

issue.137 He also did a list of Walt Whipman's periodical poetry for

the summer 1974 issue.138

Between 1961 and 1976 Edgar M. Branch published three bibli—

ographies of James T. Farrell in the American Book Collector.139 They

are supplements to his 1959 bibliography of the author. In 1965 the

American Book Collector published a bibliography of William Inge.140

Early American Literature, which began publication in the middle
1960's, evidently intends to include bibliographies of early American
authors. A few were published in its first ten volumes. Ann Stanford

did an annotated checklist of Anne Bradstreet for the winter 1968/69

135Joseph Katz, "The Shorter Publications of Frank Norris,”
Proof 3(1973), 155—220.

136Philip C. Kolin, ”A Classified Edward Albee Checklist," Serif
6(Sept. 1969), 16—32; "A Supplementary Edward Albee Checklist,” Serif
10(Spring 1973), 28-39.

137William White, "Robinson Jeffers: A Checklist 1959—1965,"
Serif 3(June 1966), 36—39.

138William White, "Walt Whitman's Poetry in Periodicals,” Serif
ll(Summer 1974), 3l-38.

139Edgar M. Branch, "A Supplement to the Bibliography of James
T. Farrell's Writings,” American Book Collector ll(Summer 1961), 42—
48; Supplements in American Book Collector l7(May 1967), 9:19 and in
26(Jan.—Feb. l976), l7-22.

140Francis Manley, "William Inge: A Bibliography,” American Book
Collector 16(Oct. 1965), l3-Zl.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

issue, and Paul Witherington wrote a bibliographic essay on Charles

Brockden Brown for the fall of 1974 issue.141 The essay cites writ-

ings by and about him.

American Literary Realism accepts bibliographies of nineteenth

century writers of realism. It has already published lists for Harold

Frederic, Harris M. Lyon, Abraham Cahan, Sherwood Bonner, Mary N.

Murfree, and Henry B. Fuller.142 The Frederic checklist lists only

his short fiction. The bibliography of Harris M. Lyon contains only
a partial listing of his writings. The lists for Abraham Cahan and

Mary N. Murfree are annotated.

Twentieth Century Literature is one of the leading literary

journals for author bibliographies. It has published bibliographies of

Frederick Manfred, Elizabeth Bishop, Theodore Roethke, Edward Albee,

and John Dos Passos.143 The bibliography of Dos Passos supplements

141Ann Stanford, "Anne Bradstreet: An Annotated Checklist,"

Early American Literature 3(Winter 1968/69), 217—28; Paul Witherington,
"Charles Brockden Brown: A BibliographflzEssay,” Early American Liter—
ture 9(Fall 1974), 164—87.

142Robert H. Woodward and Stanton Garner, "Frederic's Short Fic-
tion: A Checklist," American Literarv Realism l(l968), 73-76; Clayton
L. Eichelberger and Zoe Lyon, "A Partial Listing of the Published Work

of Harris M. Lyon," American Literary Realism 3(1970), 41—52; Stanford
E. Marovitz and Lewis Fried, "Abraham Cahan(l860—l951): An Annotated.

Bibliography," American Literary Realism 3(1970), l97—243; Jean N. Big—
lane, ”Sherwood Bonner: A Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Matere

ial," American Literary Realism 5(l972), 39—60; Reese M. Carleton,
”Mary Noailles Murphree(l850-l922): An Annotated Bibliography,” Amer-

ican Literary Realism 7(1974), 293—378; Jeffrey Swanson, "A Checklist
of the Writings of Henry Blake Fuller,” American Literary Realism

7(1974), 211-43.

143George Kellogg, "Frederick Manfred: A Bibliography," Twentieth

Century Literature ll(l965), 30-35; Nancy L. McNally, "Checklist of

Elizabeth Bishop's Published Writings," Twentieth Century Literature
ll(l966), 201; Susan W. Hollenberg, ”Theodore Roethke: A Bibliography,"

Twentieth Centupy Literature 12(1967), 216-22; Margaret W. Rule, ”An
Edward Albee Bibliography,” Twentieth Century Literature 14(1968),

 

 

136

previous bibliographies by covering his writings from 1950 to 1966.
Critigue is another literary journal which has from its very
beginning published bibliographies of modern authors. It has published

bibliographies of John Barth, Allan Seager, Peter Taylor, and John

Fowl-es.144 It published two bibliographies of John Barth, one in

1963 and the second in 1972. Both contain writings by and about him.
A few author biographies are still sources for bibliographies.

Jean Holloway's Hamlin Garland(l960) has a long chronology(p.3l4—32)

145

of the author's publications. Mark Schorer's Sinclair Lewis(l96l)

also has a chronological checklist(p.8lS—26) of publications of the

author.146

The remarkable achievement in this period was the publication
of many bibliographies on the national level. The second bibliography

supplement of the LHUS(l972), the new editions of American Authors and

Books(l972) and the Oxford Companion to American Literature(1965), and

the appearance of three more volumes of the BAL are among the compre-
hensive works that made a significant contribution to bibliographic

control. Even more noteworthy are the many bibliographies that list

35-44; Virginia S. Reinhart, "John Dos Passos 1950—1966: Bibliography,"
Twentieth Century Literature 13(1966), l67—78.

144Jackson R. Bryer, "John Barth," Critigue 6, no.2(l963), 86—89;
Joseph N. Weixlmann, "John Barth: A Bibliography," Critigue 13, no.3
(1972), 45-56; Allan Hanna, "An Allan Seager: A Bibliography," Critigue
5, no.3(l963), 75-90; Jackson R. Bryer, ”John Hawkes,” Critigue 6, no.2
(1963), 89—94; James P. Smith, ”A Peter Taylor Checklist," Critique 9,
no.3(l967), 31-36; Prescott Evarts, Jr., "John Fowles: A Checklist,”
Critigue l3, no.3(l972), 105-07.

145Jean Holloway, Hamlin Garland: A Biography(Austin: Univ. of
Texas Press, 1960).

146Mark Schorer, Sinclair: An American Life(N.Y.: McGrawTHill,

1961).

137

novels, poems, and plays by author, title, subject, and chronology.
The lists of fiction by Lyle Wright and R. Glenn Wright give scholars
a much greater access to the published novels and stories of American
writers. The appearance of Brown University's Dictionary Catalog of
the Harris Collection(l972) is a major event for literary students,
for in this one work they are able to locate the titles of a large

portion of the poetic and dramatic talent of America. Lemay's Cata—

 

log of American Poetry in the Colonial Newspapers and Magazines(l972)

rescues many poems from oblivion and serves as a key to some of the

life and thought of early America. Another title of great value to

the historian of this period is VanDerhoof's Bibliography of Novels

Related to American Frontier and Colonial History(197l). Stoddard's
supplements in 1969 and 1971 to Wegelin's Early American Poetry(1930)

and Hill's Early American P1ays(1934) are important for increasing

the value of those earlier works. The Index of American Periodical

Verse(l973) is noteworthy, for it marks a new attempt to list current

 

poetry on a regular basis. One other volume which stands out among

these genre lists is Guernsey's Directory of the American Theater

l894-l97l(l97l). As an index to the Burns Mantle Series of Best Plays

it is a long list of some of the best American drama of the past

seventy-seven years.
The effort to achieve bibliographic control on the state and
local level is second only to that which was expended on the national
level. Thompson's Indiana Authors and Books 1917—1966(1974), Coyle's
Ohio Authors and Books(l962), and the two bibliographic studies of
Kentucky by Richey and Browning are examples of what three states have

done to identify their authors. Next to Indiana and Kentucky the

138

state that received the most study was Alaska. Tourville's Alaskan
bibliography(l974) and two dissertations, Jody's in 1969 and Wolfe's
in 1973, list books of fiction. The many state and local poetry
anthologies identify many authors and titles not found in the state
bibliographies.

Very significant progress was made in these years to list all
the publications of those authors of reputation and excellence who
constitute the main portion of study for many students and scholars
in American literature. Bibliographies were done for such major
writers as Herman Melville(l973), Emily Dickinson(l970), William D.
Howells(l973), Theodore Dreiser(l975), Edith Wharton(1966), Wallace
Stevens(l973), Ezra Pound(l963), Ernest Hemingway(l967 and 1975),
John Steinbeck(l963 and 1973), Eugene O'Neill(l974), William Faulkner
(1968), and F. Scott Fitzgerald(l972). Minor writers received an
equal amount of attention and include such names as Ring Lardner
(1975), Witter Bynner(1967), Harold Frederic(l975), Richard Wilbur
(1971), Allen Tate(l969), John Berryman(l974), James Dickey(l972),
Bernard Malamud(l969), James Gould Cozzens(l97l and 1973), and Nelson
Algren(1973). The many short author bibliographies in periodicals
would seem to indicate an awareness on the part of the editors and
scholars that the writings of many American authors need to be listed
fully and accurately and that the task of bibliographic control is

an on-going search for all the belles—lettres of the United States.

 

 

CHAPTER IV

A BACKWARD GLANCE AND SOME RECOMMENDATIONS

The bibliographic control of American literature increased with
each decade since 1920, the year with which this study begins. Between
1920 and 1975 bibliographies of American belles—lettres were published
on the national, regional, state, and local level. On the national

level the three great achievements are the bibliographies in the Cam—

bridge History of American Literature, the three bibliography volumes

of the LHUS, and the six volumes of the BAL. In fiction the leading
works were those of Lyle H. Wright and R. Glenn Wright.l In poetry

the 1930 edition of Wegelin's Early American Poetry, Stoddard's supple—

ments to it, Brown University's Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Col—

lection(l972), Irish's Modern American Muse(l950), and the three vol-

umes of the Index of American Periodical Verse(l973, 1974, 1975) are

among the important titles for locating books and individual poems.2

lLyle H. Wright, American Fiction 1774—1850(San Marino, Calif.:
1939); rev. ed., 1948; 2d rev. ed., 1969; American Fiction 1851—1875
(San Marino, Calif.: 1957); new ed., 1965; American Fiction 1876-1900
(San Marino, Calif.: Huntington Library, 1966); R. Glenn Wright, Author

Bibliography of English Language Fiction in the Library of Congress
Through l950(8vols.Boston:G.K.Hall,1973);Chronological Bibliography

of English Language Fiction in the Library of Congress Through 1950
(8 vols. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1974).

2Oscar Wegelin, Early American Poetry, 2d ed.(N.Y.: Peter Smith,
1930); Roger B. Stoddard, ”A Catalog of Books and Pamphlets Unrecorded

in Oscar Wegelin's Early American Poetry 1650—1820," Books of Browu
23(1969), l—84; ”Further Addenda to Wegelin's Early American Poetr ,"

Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America 65(April 1971)

139

 

 

 

140

In drama, the Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Collection(l972),
Frank P. Hill's American P1ays(1934), and Arthur H. Quinn's bibliogra-

phies in his History of the American Drama(l923, 1927, 1936, 1951)

make a significant contribution to the bibliography of American drama.3

Other titles could be cited which are as important, or only a shade
less important, than those named above, but these suffice to recall
some of the milestones on the road to full bibliographic control on
the national level.

On the regional level the achievement was nowhere near that of
the national bibliographies, but in this summary review it cannot be
slighted because some excellent work was done. Southwest Heritage

(1938 and later editions),The South in American Literature 1607—1900

(1954) by Jay B. Hubbell, The Early Novels of the Southwest(l96l) by

Edwin W. Gaston, The Middle Western Farm Novel in the Twentieth Cen-
tury(l965) by Roy W. Meyer, Southeastern Broadsides Before 1877(1971)
by Ray 0. Hummel, and ”Bibliography of Early New England Verse” by

Harold S. Jantz are among the more notable titles in regional bibli-

ography.4

169-72; Brown University Library, Dictionary Catalog of the Harris

Collection of American Poetry and P1ays(13 vols. Boston: G.K. Hall,

1972); Wynot R. Irish, Modern American Poetry: A Complete Bibliography
of American Verse 1900—1925(Syracuse: Syracuse Univ. Press, 1950);

Sander W. Zulauf and Irwin H. Weiser, Index of American Periodical
Verse(Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1973 to date).

3Brown University Library, Dictionary Catalog of,the Harris Col—

lection of American Poetry and P1ays(l3 vols. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1972);
Frank P. Hill, American Plays Printed 1714—1830(Palo Alto, Calif.:

Stanford Univ. Press, 1934); Arthur H. Quinn, A History of the American

Drama From the Beginning to the Civil War(N.Y.: Harper, 1923); 2d ed.,

1951; A History of the American Drama From the Civil War to the Present
Day(N.Y.: Harper, 1927); rev. ed., 1936).

4

 

Mabel Major et al., Southwest Heritage(Albuquerque: Univ. of New

 

 

 

 

 

 

141

A very large contribution to bibliographic control was made by
the individual states. Among the bibliographic aids that they pro-
duced the comprehensive bibliography, the biobibliography, the fiction
lists, and the poetry anthologies are the most important. Together
they record the titles of a huge number of literary works. Thornton's
Bibliography of North Carolina 1589-1956(l958), Banta's Indiana Authors
and Their Books(l949), Marable and Boylan's Handbook of Oklahoma

Writers(l939), Powell's North Carolina Fiction(l958), Black's Michi-

 

gan Novels(l963), Walser's three volumes of North Carolina poetry, and
Harrison's long collection of California poetry(l932) are just a few
examples of the bibliographic aids that were prepared for the literature
of individual states.5 If state literary histories, fiction collections,
and bibliographic essays are added to these aids, the amount of bibli—
ographic control would be considerably increased. The essays achieve

a remarkable quantity of subject analysis of state literature,

Mexico, 1938); 3d ed., rev. and enl., 1972; Jay B. Hubbell, The South
in American Literature 1607—1900(Durham: Duke Univ. Press, 1954); Edwin
W. Gaston, The Early Novel of the Southwest(Albuquerque: Univ. of New
Mexico Press, 1961); Roy W. Meyer, The Middle Western Farm Novel in

the Twentieth Century(Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska, 1965); Ray 0. Hummel,

ed., Southeastern Broadsides Before 1877: A Bibliography(Richmond:
Virginia State Library, 1971); Harold S. Jantz, "Bibliography of Early

New England Verse," Procs. of the American Antiguarian Society n.s.53
(1943), 391-508.

5Mary L. Thornton, A Bibliography of North Carolina 1589-1956
(Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1958); Richard E. Banta,

Indiana Authors and Their Books 1816-1916(Crawfordsville, Ind.: Wabash
College, 1949); Mary H. Marable and Elaine Boylan, A Handbook of Okla—
homa Writers(Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1939); William S. Powell,
ed., North Carolina Fiction 1734—1957(Chape1 Hill: Univ. of North Car—
olina Library, 1958); Albert G. Black, Michigan Novels: An Annotated
Bibliography(Ann Arbor: Michigan Council of Teachers of English, 1963);
Richard G. Walser, ed. North Carolina Poetry(Richmond: Garrett and
Massie, 1941); rev. ed.,1951; Poets of North Carolina(Richmond: Garrett

and Massie, 1963); Henry Harrison, ed. California Poets; An Anthology
of 244 Contemporaries(N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1932).

 

 

142

especially fiction. The three articles on Iowa fiction by John T.

Frederick in Palimpsest and Clarence A. Andrews's Literary History of

Iowa(l972) make many good statements about the belles-lettres of one

 

state.
A little work of a bibliographic nature has been done for cities.

Adams' 5 Books and Authors of San Diego(l966) and Fisher' 3 Materials for the

Study of Washington(l974) are good for fiction titles of those cities.7

Ross and Kuykendall's collection of Fort Worth poems(1949) has a bib-

liography of poetry books by fifty writers of the city.8 Padgett and

Shapiro's Anthology of New York Poets(l970) gives titles of volumes

of verse by New York City writers in the biographical sketches at the

end of the volume.9 One of the best volumes for the literature of a

city is Wingfield's Literary Memphis(l942), which is a history of the

. . . . 10
writers and writings of a cultural center in Tennessee.

By far the greatest boon to local bibliography has been the

anthology. A fair number of cities, counties, and other portions of

6John T. Frederick, "The Farm in Iowa Fiction,” Palimpsest 32
(March 1951), 121—52; ”Town and City in Iowa Literature,” Palimpsest
35(Feb. 1954), 49-96; "Early Iowa in Fiction," Palimpsest 36(Oct.

1955), 389—420; Clarence A. Andrews, A Literary History of Iowa
(Iowa City: Univ. of Iowa Press, 1972).

?John R. Adams, Books and Authors of San Diego(San Diego: San

Diego State College Press, 1966); Perry G. Fisher, Materials for the

Study of Washington: A Selected Annotated Bibliography(Washington,
D.C.: George Washington Univ., 1974).

8Grace Ross and Mabel Kuykendall, eds., Poetry Out Where the_

West Begins; A Collection of Poems by Fort Worth Authors(Dallas,
Texas: Kaleidograph Press, 1949).

9Ron Padget and David Shapiro, eds., An Anthology of New York
Poets(N.Y.: Random House, 1970).

10Marshall Wingfield, Literary Memphis: A Survey of Its Writers
and Writings(Memphis: West Tennessee Historical Society, 1942).

 

 

 

143

states are represented by literary collections. Many cities have
poetry anthologies, and a smaller number have anthologies which in-

clude prose and poetry. Ross and Kuykendall's collection of Fort

Worth poems(l949), A Century of Benton County [Oregon] Poetry(l957),
Lewis's Poets and Poetry of Wyoming Valley [Pa.l Poetry(l940),and

Weston's Baltimore in Verse and Prose(1936) are someexamples.ll

The bibliographic work which has been done in humor is not so
surprising as it is pleasing to the historian who is studying American
bibliography. He meets familiar titles and authors and laughs or
smiles once more. The two best lists of titles are in Blair's Native
American Humor(1937) and Hall's The Smiling Phoenix(l965).12 Some of
the collections of humor make up to some extent for more extensive bib—
liographies. Seaver's Pageant of American Humor(1948) and Weber's
Anthology of American Humor(l962) are valuable for the student who

wants to make a chronological study of the subject.13 Bennett Cerf's

Encyclopedia of Modern American Humor(l954) has a regional arrangement.14

Some of the very best anthologies were done for the South, Midwest, and

West. Hudson's Humor of the Old Deep South(1936) and Anderson's With

 

llA Centupy of Benton COunty Poetry; A Collection of Original

Poetry(Roseburg: Oregon Poetry Clinic, 1957); Victor E. Lewis, ed.
Poets and Poetry of Wyoming Valley: A Collection of Selected Contemp—
orary Verse, Rhymes, and Poems(Wilkes Barre, Pa.: Llewellyn Bros.,

1940); Latrobe Weston, Baltimore in Verse and Prose(Baltimore, Md.:
H.G. Roebuck, 1936).

12Walter Blair, Native American Humor(l800-1900)(N.Y.: American

Book Company, 1937); Wade H. Hall, The Smiling Phoenix: Southern
Humor from 1865 to 1914(Gainsville: Univ. of Florida Press, 1965).

13Edwin Seaver, ed., Pageant of American Humor(Cleveland: World

Publishing Co., 1948); Brom Weber, ed. An Anthology of American Humor
(N.Y.: Crowell, 1962).

14Bennett Cerf, ed., An Encyclopedia of Modern American Humor
(Garden City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1954).

144

the Bark On(l967) have many selections from books and periodicals.15

By searching many old newspapers the compilers were able to locate
some of the most amusing and hilarious stories in southern literature.
These are scholarly collections containing miscellaneous information
about the selections and the authors. Cohen and Dillingham's Humor of

the Old Southwest(l975) and Conroy's Midland Humor(1947) contain many

humorous writings for those geographic areas.16

So many author bibliographies were compiled that one might be
inclined to think that, if no other bibliographies were published, they
would be sufficient for the bibliographic control of belles—lettres.
The truth is that they would be entirely adequate for many of the au—
thors which are studied in the traditional high school and college
literature program. By the end of 1975 these authors were covered by
bibliographies, sometimes two, three, and four times. Louis H. Cohn

did a bibliography of Hemingway in 1931; Lee Samuels, in 1951; and

Audre Hanneman, in 1967.17 Donald C. Gallup did four bibliographies

of T.S. Eliot between 1937 and 1969, each time adding titles and making

. 18 .
corrections. Even writers of less renown were covered more than

15

Arthur P. Hudson, ed., Humor of the Old Deep South(N.Y.:
Macmillan, 1936); John Q. Anderson, ed., With the Bark On; Popular

Humor of the Old South(Nashville, Tenn.: Vanderbuilt Univ. Press, 1967).

l6Hennig Cohen and William B. Dillingham, eds. Humor of the Old
Southwest(Athens: Univ. of Georgia Press, 1964); Jack Conroy, ed., Mid-
land Humor(N.Y.: Current Books, 1947).

17

Louis H. Cohn, A Bibliography of Works of Ernest Hemingyay(N.Y.:
Random House, 1931); Lee Samuels, A Hemingyay Checklist(N.Y.: Scribner,

1951); Audre Hanneman, Ernest Hemingyay: A Complete Bibliography

(Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press, 1967).

18Donald C. Gallup, A Catalog of English and American First

Editions of Writings of T.S. Eliot Exhibited in the Yale University
Library(New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1937); A Bibliographical

145

once. Two bibliographies were done for Booth Tarkington(l932, 1949)
and two for Carl Van Vechten(l924, 1955).19

Many author bibliographies aim to be complete for all writings,
but some contain only published books, or only writings in books.
Some have only a chronological arrangement, while others are arranged
by genre, and a relatively few have both arrangements. Indexes vary,
,but in general they are adequate. Some of them are so complete that
they include all titles in the bibliography. Some of them include sub—
ject entries for titles, notes, and any other information contained in
the descriptions of the titles.

Most of the author bibliographies are checklists in the sense
that they aim to give lists of publications with only brief information.
Because these checklists are so numerous, they make the greater contri-
bution to bibliographic control. The bibliographies which give full
descriptions do make some corrections in the checklists and are valuable
for those times when first issues of first editions differ in some one
or more important ways from later issues. These descriptive bibli-
ographies are particularly important when no other bibliography exists.
Some of them aim to be just as complete for periodical publications as
the checklists.

No discussion of author bibliographies can fail to take into

Checklist of the Writings of T.S. Eliot(New Haven: Yale Univ. Library,
1947); T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography(N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace, 1953); new
ed., 1969.

19Barton Currie, Booth Tarkington: A Bibliography(Garden City,
N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1932); Dorothy Russo and Thelma Sullivan, A

Bibliography of Booth Tarkington 1869-1946(Indianapolis: Indiana His—
torical Society, 1949); Scott Cunningham, A Bibliogrpahy of the Writ-

ings of Carl Van Vechten(Phila.: Centaur Book Shop, 1924); Klaus W.
Jonas, Carl Van Vechten: A Bibliography(N.Y.: Knopf, 1955).

 

146

account the notes which contain miscellaneous information about the
publications, including the brief statements made about the subject
matter. While such statements are all too infrequent, they do occur
in some bibliographies that attempt to give the scholar additional in—
formation which may be useful.

The many author bibliographies in periodicals cover new and old
writers. For contemporary writers the bibliographies serve until a
book-length bibliography is compiled. The periodical bibliographies
for the old writers are valuable for supplementing existing bibliogra—
phies and, not infrequently, for providing for the first time a fairly
long list of publications for an author who has received nothing like
careful bibliographic study. Some periodical bibliographies are for
old authors whose writings were scattered in so many publications that
many eluded earlier bibliographers. The great increase in periodical
author bibliographies after 1940 would seem to suggest that scholarly
journals in bibliography and literature had taken seriously the respon—
sibility and the challenge to make a substantial contribution to bib-
liographic control.

More than a very fewiauthor biographies have lengthy bibliogra-
phies. The biographies listed in the Appendices give not only the
published volumes of the authors but also the many publications which
they wrote for books by other writers, for collections, and for maga—
zines, journals, and newspapers. Two biographies containing very long
lists of publications are Lewis Leary's That Rascal Freneau(194l) and

William Bartlett's Jones Very(1942).20 Both biographers spent many

20Lewis Leary, That Rascal Freneau; A Study in Literary Failure
(New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers Univ. Press, 1941); William I. Bartlett,

 

147

hours searching o1d newspapers for the writings of these authors.
To review the history of author bibliography is to recall the
many teachers, librarians, book dealers, book collectors, and others
who compiled the bibliographies that are now used by students of Amer—
ican literature all over the world. To remember the bibliographers is
to think of such names as Thomas F. Currier, Donald C. Gallup,
William White, and Matthew Bruccoli for the quantity and quality of
their work. Currier's bibliographies of Whittier and Holmes and Gallup's
bibliographies of Eliot and Pound are among the truly excellent author

bibliographies in American literature.21 Perhaps of all the bibliogra-

 

phers William White has compiled the greatest number of single-author
bibliographies. He began many years ago and has not stopped his bibli—
ographic labors. With reference to him and his many bibliographies one
can say--as librarians like to say as they walk by the shelves of bib—
liographies in libraries——”there is no end to bibliography." Matthew
Bruccoli has done some very fine bibliographic work and he is helping
others to do the same. As editor of both the Pittsburgh Series in Bib—
liography and the series from Gale Research Company he reviews the work
of other bibliographers to insure high standards and consistent format.
Much has been accomplished, and more remains to be done before

all, or even most, of the belles—lettres of the United States is listed

Jones Vegy2 Emerson's "Brave Saint"(Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press,
1942). .

21Thomas F. Currier, Bibliography of James Greenleaf Whittier

(Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1937); A Bibliography of Oliver Wendell
Holmes, ed. by Eleanor M. Tilton(N.Y.: New York Univ. Press, 1953);

Donald C. Gallup, T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography. New ed.(London: Faber,
1969); A Bibliography of Ezra Pound(London: R. Hart—Davis, 1963).

148

with accurate bibliographic information. Very lengthy lists of American
short stories, plays, and poems are needed. Selective national and re—
gional lists are needed for the genreswith long, descriptive, and crit—
ical annotations. Some of the state biobibliographies which have been
done need to be updated, and new ones for other states need to be com—
piled. Many states need literary histories, separate fiction and play
lists, and bibliographies of poetry. They need comprehensive liter-
ary anthologies with notes about the selections and the authors. Many
states also need separate anthologies carefully edited for fiction,
poetry, plays, and humor. Both historical and subject anthologies
would be useful. More needs to be known about the subject content of
the creative literature of each state before definitive state histories
can be written. Bibliographic essays about the literature of a state
during particular periods would be helpful to the literary and cultural

historian, especially if the essays relate the literature to the reading

7
of books by the people of the state.

Local bibliography is very much an area that needs to be developed.
The big states need bibliographies which list the literature about par—
ticular regions. Cities and counties also should compile lists of
local color writings. All the larger cities of the country should have
literary histories that focus on the special contribution of the writings
to the cultural and social life of the people. The histories should
have separate lists of fiction arranged by author, title, and subject.
Anthologies arranged by historical period and by subject would also
have value. Anthologies which include poetry from local newspapers
would preserve some of the better poems for posterity. The anthologies

might even reveal a poet of some distinction.

149

Much also needs to be done for humor. A long bibliography
should be compiled listing writings from the colonial period to the
present. It should contain regional lists and a fairly detailed sub—
ject index. A separate biographical dictionary would also be useful.
More anthologies are needed for regions and states. Besides the se-
lectionstheseanthologies should have bibliographies and brief bio—
graphical information about the authors.

Many of the author bibliographies which have been done need to be
checked for errors and lacunae, and revised. The compilers often con-
fess to incompleteness and probable errors in their introductions and
prefaces. Their indexes could also be improved by including entries
for all belles-lettres and subject entries for all other writings. For
all authors of belles-lettres separate genre lists should follow the
chronological list of publications. A separate list of poems, for ex-
ample, would facilitate the use of the bibliography for the student who
is studying only an author's poems and not his other writings. For nar-
rative poems, short stories, fiction, and plays a brief synopsis would
also be useful.

If the years 1920 through 1975 were very fruitful for American
bibliography, the likelihood is that an even greater period will follow.
The computer and new printing methods will enable scholars to do far
more than those early pioneers of bibliography who did everything
themselves but set their own type. The student of American literature

can expect to see more bibliographies in the future and more of a size

approaching the l3—volume Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Collection
of American Poetry and P1ays(l972) from Brown University. For those

bibliographies the various regional union catalogs of the United

 

 

 

 

150

States will be tapped for titles that were never known to exist except
by a few people. The future bibliographies of belles—lettres will
very probably open up fresh areas of research for young scholars who
want to study new authors and subjects. The new bibliographies may
even be a subject of study for some librarian and student of litera-

ture, as this essay is for a number of bibliographies of the past.

 

 

 

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN

LITERATURE 1920-1939

Comprehensive National Bibliogrophy
The American Yearbook; A Record of Events and Progress, 1910—1919,

1925-50. N.Y., Nelson, 1929—1950, 36 vols.

Benet, William R. and Pearson, Norman H., eds. The Oxford Anthology
of American Literature. N.Y.: Oxford Univ. Press, 1938. 1697p.

Cambridge History of American Literature. Ed. by William P. Trent

and others. N.Y.: Putnam, 1917—21. 4 vols.

Fullerton, Bradford M. Selective Bibliography of American Literature,

1775—1900; A Brief Estimate of the More Important American

Authors and a Description of Their Representative Works. N.Y.:

W.F. Payson, 1932. 327p.

Johnson, Merle, ed. American First Editions; Bibliographic Checklists

of the Works of One Hundred and Five American Authors. N.Y.:
Bowker, 1929. 242p.

Manly, John M. and Rickert, Edith. Contemporary American Literature.
N.Y.: Harcourt)Brace, 1922. 188p.

and . Contemporary American Literature; Bibliogra—
phies and Study Outlines. Introduction and revision by Fred

B. Millett. N.Y.: Harcourt’Brace, 1929. 378p.

Wakeman, Stephen H. The Stephen H. Wakeman Collection of Books of

19th Century American Writers. N.Y.: American Art Association,
1924. 258p.

National Fiction Bibliography

Best American Short Stories of [The Year] and the Yearbook of the
American Short Story. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1915— (annual).

Flory, Claude R. Economic Criticism in American Fiction 1792 to
1900. Phila.: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, 1937. 261p.

151

152

Nield, Jonathan. A Guide to the Best Historical Novels and Tales.
5th ed. N.Y.: Macmillan, 1929. 424p.

The O'Henry Memorial Prize Stories, 1919— Garden City, N.Y.: Double—
day, Page, 1920— (annual).

Rose, Lisle A. "A Descriptive Catalogue of Economic and Politico-
Economic Fiction in the United States, 1902—1909." Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of Chicago, 1935. 315p.

Shurter, Robert L. "The Utopian Novel in America 1865-1900." Ph.D.
dissertation, Western Reserve Univ., 1936.

Smith, Rebecca W. "The Civil War and Its Aftermath in American Fic-

tion 1861-1899, with a Dictionary Catalogue and Indexes." Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of Chicago, 1932.

"Of the Chief Novels and Short Stories by American
Authors Dealing with the Civil War and Its Effects," Bulletin
of Bibliography l6(Sept.-Dec. 1939), 193-94; l7(Jan.—Apr.1940)7
10-12; 17(May—Aug.l940), 33-35; l7(Sept.—-Dec.l940), 53-55;
l7(Jan.-Apr.194l), 72—75.

Thiessen, N.J. An Annotated Bibliography of American Historical Fic—
tion. Kansas State Teachers College. Bulletin of Information.

vol.18, no.5. Emporia, Kansas: 1938. 65p.

 

Wegelin, Oscar. Early American Fiction 1774-1830. 3d ed. N.Y.:
Peter Smith, 1929. 37p. plus index.

Wolfe, Dorothey E. "An Annotated Bibliography of the Short.Story.“
M.S. thesis, Kansas State Teachers College, 1932. 204p.

Wright, Lyle H. American Fiction 1774—1850; A Contribution Toward a
Bibliography. San Marino, Calif.: 1939. 246p.
National Poetry Bibliography

The Biographical Dictionary of Contemporary Poets; the Who's Who of
American Poets. N.Y.: Avon House, 1938. 536p.

Wegelin, Oscar. Early American Poetry. 2d ed. rev. and enl. N.Y.:
Peter Smith, 1930. 2 vols. in l.

Winslow, Ola E. American Broadside Verse from Imprints of the 17th
and 18th Centuries. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1930. 224p.

Poetry Collections

Braithwaite, William S. Anthologv of Magazine Verse. N.Y.: Gomme,
1913—29. 17 vols.

 

 

 

153

Davis's Anthology of Newspaper Verse. Ed. by Athie S. Davis. N.Y.:

Henry Harrison, 1918— ? (annual).

Del Vecchio, Thomas, ed. Contemporary Men Poets; An Anthology of
Verse by 459 Living Poets. N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1937. 176p.

Gordi, Tooni, ed. Contemporary American Women Poets. N.Y.: Henry
Harrison, 1936. 320p.

Nelson, Margaret, ed. American Voices; An Anthology of Poetry S -

lected fronlEntries Submitted by More than 6000 Poets, with Biogra-
phical Notes of the Authors. N.Y.: Avon House, 1936. 462p.

. Yearbook of Contemporary Poetry 1936-37. N.Y.: Avon
House, 1936—37. 2 vols.

New Yorker. New Yorker Book of Verse; An Anthology of Poems First
Published in the New Yorker 1925-1935. N.Y.: Harcourt,Brace,

1935. 311p.

Stevenson, Burton E., ed. Poems of American History. rev. ed. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 1936. 720p.

Warren, Edith, ed. Important American Poets. N.Y.: Valiant House,
1938. 756p.

National Drama Bibliography

Best One—Act Plays 1937—1960. Ed. by Margaret G. Mayorga, N.Y.:
Dodd, Mead, 1938-91. 24 vols.

The Best Plays Series. N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1919— (annual)
First edited by Burns Mantle, then by John Chapman, Louis

Kronenberger, and Otis L. Guernsey.

The Best Plays of 1909-1919 and the Yearbook of the Drama of America.
Ed. by Burns Mantle and Garrison P. Sherwood. N.Y.: Dodd, Mead,

1933. 702p.

Halline, Allan G., ed. American Plays. N.Y.: American Book Co., 1935.
787p.

Hill, Frank P. American Plavs Printed 1714—1830; A Bibliographical
Record. Palo Alto, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press, 1934. 152p,

Mayorga, Margaret G. A Short History of the American Drama; Commen—
taries on Plays Prior to 1920. N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1932. 493p.

One—Act Plays for Stage and Study. First to Ninth Series. N.Y.°
Samuel French, 1925—38.

 

154

Quinn, Arthur H. A History of the American Drama from the Beginning
to the Civil War. N.Y.: Harper, 1923. 486p.

. A History of the American Drama from the Civil War to the
Present Day. N.Y.: Harper, 1927. 2 vols. .

. A History of the American Drama from the Civil War to the
Present Dav. rev. ed. N.Y.: F.S. Crofts, 1936. 432p.

Yearbook of Short Plays. Ed. by Claude M. Wise and Lee 0. Snook. First
to Sixth Series. Evanston, 111.: Row, Peterson, 1931—40.

Regional Bibliography

Elliott, William Y. "Local Color in Southern Literature: A Bibli—
ography." M.A. thesis, Univ. of Alabama, 1929. 59p.

Major, Mabel et a1. Southwest Heritage; A Literary History with
Bibliography. Albuquerque: Univ. of New Mexico Press, 1938.

165p.

Rusk, Ralph L. The Literature of the Middle Western Frontier. N.Y.:
Columbia Univ. Press, 1925. 2 vols.

Regional Fiction Bibliography

Agnew, Janet. A Southern Bibliography: Fiction 1929-1938. Louisiana
State Univ. Univ. Bulletin, n.s. 30, no.7. Library School Bib—

liography Series, no.1. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ. Press,
1939. 63p.

Davidson, Levette J. "Early Fiction of the Rocky Mountain Region,"
Colorado Magazine 10(1933), 161—72.

Greer, Hilton R., ed. Best Short Stories from the Southwest. Dallas,
Texas: Southwest Press, 1928. 386p.

Hibbard, Clarence A., ed. Stories of the South, Old and New. Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1928. 520p.

Longmire, Rowena. ”Dictionary Catalog of the Short Stories of Arkan-
sas, Missouri, and Iowa from 1869 to 1900." Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Chicago, 1932.

McLeod, John A. "Southern Highlands in Prose Fiction.” M.A. thesis,
Univ. of North Carolina, 1930.

Spotts, Carl B. ”The Development of Fiction on the Missouri Frontier
(1830-1860)." Ph.D. dissertation, Penn State Univ., 1934.

155

. "The Development of Fiction on the Missouri Frontier
(1830—1860)," Missouri Historical Review 28(1934), 195-205,
275-86; 29(Oct. 1934—July 1935), 17-26, 100—08, 186—94, 279-94.

Regional Poetry Bibliography

Botkin, Benjamin A., ed. The Southwest Scene: An Anthology of Regional
Verse. Oklahoma City: The Economy Co., 1931. 115p.

 

Ivey, B.S., ed. Pirate Gold; An Anthology of Southwestern Verse
1898-1928. Austin, Texas; Morgan Printing Co., 1928. 99p.

Parks, Edd W., ed. Southern Poets; Representative Selections, with

Introduction and Notes by Edd W. Parks. N.Y.: American Book Co.,
1936. 419p.

Westward. Poets of the Western Scene; Poems from Westward, a National
Magazine of Verse. Ed. and with a Foreword by Hans A. Hoffmann.

San Leandro, Calif.: The Greater West Publishing Co., 1937.
111p.

State Bibliography

DeMenil, Alexander N. "A Century of Missouri Literature,” Missouri
Historical Review 15(Oct. 1920), 74-125.

Gaer, Joseph, ed. Bibliography of California Literature; Fiction of

the Gold—Rush Period; Drama of the Gold-Rush Period; Poetry of
the Gold-Rush Period. 1935. 123 leaves (mimeo).

Goodrich, Madge K. A Bibliography of Michigan Authors. Richmond, Va.:
Richmond Press, 1928. 222p.

Hart, Bertha S. Introduction to Georgia Writers. Macon, Ga.: J.W.
Burke, 1929. 322p.

Hazeltine, Mary E. One Hundred Years of Wisconsin Authorship, 1836—

1937; A Contribution to a Bibliography of Books by Wisconsin
Authors. Madison: Wisconsin Library Association, 1937. 140

leaves (mimeo).

Hinkel, Edgar J., ed. Bibliography of California Fiction, Poetry,
Drama. Produced on a WPA Project. Sponsored by the Alameda

County Library, Oakland, Calif. Oakland: 1938. 3 vols. (mimeo).

 

Janeway, William R. A Selected List of Ohio Authors and Their Books.
Columbus, Ohio: H.L. Hedrick, 1933. 248p.

Marable, Mary H. and Boylan, Elaine. A Handbook of Oklahoma Writers.
Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1939. 300p.

156

N

"North Carolina Bibliography, North Carolina Historical Review, the
April issue of each year, beginning in 1935.

McClanahan, Mary E. ”A Descriptive Bibliography of Tennessee Authors

with Biographical Notes." M.A. thesis, Vanderbilt Univ., 1932.
106p.
Pearson, Alice L. "The Upper Peninsula of Michigan in Literature.”

M.A. thesis, Univ. of Colorado, 1939.

Ray, Frank J. "Tennessee Writers; A Bibliographical Index." M.A.
thesis, Univ. of Tennessee, 1929.

Wheeler, Eva F. "A Bibliography of Wyoming Writers," Univ. of Wyoming
Publications 6(Feb.15, 1939), 11-37.

State Literary History

Dillard, Irene. "A History of Literature in South Carolina." Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of North Carolina, 1924. 308p.

Givens, Bessie. "A Literary History of Mississippi." M.A. thesis,
Vanderbilt Univ., 1932.

Healey, Margaret M. "The Short Story in Louisiana During the Local—
Color Period, 1869-1899." M.A. thesis, Univ. of Chicago, 1935.

Payne, Leonidas W. A Survey of Texas Literature. N.Y., Rand, McNally,
1928, 26p.

Pollard, Lancaster. "Washington Literature; A Historical Sketch.”

Pacific Northwest Quarterly 29(1938), 227—54.

Powers, Alfred. History of Oregon Literature, Illustrated with Manu—
scripts, Title Pages, Photographs of Sculpture, and Crayon

Drawings by Bernard Hinshaw. Portland, Oregon: Metropolitan
Press, 1935. 809p.

Schumpert, Mary F. "A Survey of Mississippi Fiction and Verse since
1900." M.A. thesis, Univ. of Mississippi, 1931.

Wauchope, George A. Literary South Carolina; A Short Account of the

Progress of Literature and the Principal Writers and Books from
1700 to 1923. Univ. of South Carolina Bulletin, no.133. Colum—

bia, s.c.: 1923. 160p.

State Collections

Boyer, Mary C. Arizona in Literature. Glendale, Calif.: Arthur H.
Clarke, 1935. 574p.

 

157

Hungerpiller, John C., ed. South Carolina Literature with Biographical

Notes and Critical Comments. Columbia, S.C.: Press of the R.L.
Bryan Co., 1931. 249p.

Wood, Warren. Representative Authors of West Virginia. Ravenswood,
W.Va.: Worth-while Book Co., 1926. 322p.

State Fiction Bibliography

Foster, Bernice M. Michigan Novelists. Ann Arbor, Mich.: George Wahr,
1928. 30p.

Fox, Maynard. "Book—Length Fiction by Kansas Writers, 1915-1938."
Master's thesis, Fort Hays Kansas State College, 1939. 99p.

McVoy, Lizzie C. and Campbell, Ruth B. A Bibliography of Fiction by
Louisianians and on Louisiana Subjects. Louisiana State Univ.

Studies, no.18. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ. Press, 1935.
87p.

State Poetry Bibliography

Brashear, Minnie M. "Bibliography of Missouri Verse," Missouri His—
torical Review 19(Oct. 1924), 87-93.

. "Missouri Verse and Verse Writers," Missouri Historical
Review 18(Apr. 1924), 315—44; 19(Oct.l924), 36-93.

Ford, Worthington C. Broadsides, Ballads, Etc., Printed in Massachu—
setts 1639-1800. Boston: Massachusetts Historical Society,

1922. 483p.

Jacobi, Gertrude F. "Minor Poets of South Carolina." M.A. thesis,
Univ. of Florida, 1937. 408p.

Kleppel, Placid. A Bibliography of North Carolina Poetry. Belmont,
N.C.: Abbey Press, 1934. 15p.

Wallenberg, Venice. "A Bibliography of Texas Poetry." M.A. thesis,
Texas Christian Univ., 1927. unpaged (about 200p.)

State Poetry Collections

Allsopp, Frederick, ed. Poets and Poetry of Arkansas. Little Rock,
Ark., Central Printing Co., 1933. 232p.

Braithwaite, William 8., ed. Anthology of Massachusetts Poets. Bos—
ton: Small, Maynard, 1922. 145p.

Brown, Mary L., ed. Rhode Island in Verse. Providence, R.I.: Roger
Williams Press, 1936. 244p.

.1

 

158

Coates, Walter J. Favorite Vermont Poets. Series 1-4. North Mont-
pelier, Vt.: 1928—31.

Conner, Aletha C. Anthology of Poetry by Oklahoma Writers. Guthrie,
Okla.: Cooperative Publishing Co., 1935. 153p.

Deavours, Ernestine C., ed. Mississippi Poets. Memphis, Tenn.:
Clarke Bros., 1922. 204p.

Derleth, August W. and Larsson, Raymond E., eds. Poetry Out of Wis-
consin. N.Y., Henry Harrison, 1937. 334p.

Graham, Philip, ed. Early Texas Verse(l835-l850) Collected from the
Original Newspapers. Austin, Texas: Steck Co., 1936. 131p.

Harrison, Henry, ed. California Poets, An Anthology of 244 Contem-
poraries. N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1932. 768p.

. Florida Poets: An Anthology of Contemporary Verse. N.Y.:
Henry Harrison, 1931. 144p.

. Georgia Poets: An Anthology of 33 Contemporaries. N.Y.:
Henry Harrison, 1932. 111p.

. Michigan Poets: An Anthology of 36 Contemporaries. N.Y.:
Henry Harrison, 1936. 128p.

. Pennsylvania Poets. N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1936. 223p.

James, Alice, ed. Mississippi Verse. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North
Carolina Press, 1934. 94p.

Gordon, Armistead C. Virginia Writers of Fugitive Verse. N.Y.:
James T. White, 1923. 404p.

Merrill, Harrison R. and Brandley, Elsie T., eds. Utah Sings: An

Anthology of Contemporary Verse. Provo: Utah Academy of Sciences,
Arts and Letters, 1934-42. 3 vols.

Musgrove, Eugene R. Poems of New Jersey: An Anthology. N.Y.: Gregg
Publishing Co., 1923. 472p.

Poetry Society of Alabama. Alabama Poetry. Dallas, Texas: Kaleido-
graph Press, 1945. 73p.

Poetry Society of Georgia. Prize Poems, Poetry Society of Georgia.
Savannah11925. 35p.

. 25th Aniversary 1923—1948. Athens: University of Georgia,
1949. 60p.

Poetry Society of Oklahoma. State Anthology. Oklahoma City: Times-
Journal Publishing Co., 1936. 186p.

1.33:1 uh. «I- - ,.
. g'“): .911: ,.

 

in I.

 

 

 

159

Poetry Society of South Carolina. Yearbook for 1921. Ed. by DuBose
Heyward and Hervey Allen. Charleston, S.C.: 1923. 48p.

Poetry Society of Texas. Book of the Year. Dallas, Texas: 1925.
60p.

Raley, Loker, ed. 300 Years; the Poets and Poetry of Maryland. N.Y..
Henry Harrison, 1937. 171p.

Sterling, George et. al., eds. Continent's End; An Anthology of Con-
temporary California Poets. San Francisco: Printed for the

Book Club of California by J.H. Nash, 1925. 237p.

Stevens, Pearle M., ed. Greater Texas; An Anthology of Verse with
Poets of the Southwest. San Antonio, Texas: Naylor, 1939.

182p.

Local Bibliography and Collections

Battle Creek Scribblers' Club. Battle Creek Writers, Poems and Prose.
Battle Creek, Mich.: 1927. 80p.

DeMenil, Alexander N. The St. Louis Book Authors. St. Louis, Mo.:
William Harvey Miner, 1925. 69p.

Elam, Charles M., ed. Cincinnati Poetry of the 19th Centupy. Cin—

cinnati: The Open Sesame Press, 1928. 28p.

Elliott, Mary Q. Biographical Sketches of Knox County [Ohio] Writers.
Mt. Vernon, Ohio: 1937. 84p.

Hanford, C.H., ed. Seattle and Environs 1852—1924. Chicago: Pioneer
Historical Publishing Co., 1924. 3 vols.

Harwood, Pliny L. and Harwood, Rowena M., eds. The Poets of New Lon-

don: An Anthology. New London, Conn.: 1933. 163p.
Johnson, Rossiter. "Rochester in Literature," Rochester Historical

Society Publications 1(1922), 163-87.

National League of American Pen Women. N.Y.C. Branch. Anthology of

Modern Poetry by Members of the League. N.Y.: Hogan—Paulus
Corp., 1926. 144p. '

National League of American Pen Women. San Diego Branch. Wind in the

Palms; Anthology of San Diego Verse, 1932. San Diego, Calif.:
City Print Co., 1932. 129p.

Peoria Book of Verse. Peoria, 111.: Published for the Peoria Allied
English Interests by the Manual Arts Press, 1922. 106p.

 

 

 

160

Poets Assembly of Phila. Mined on Parnassus; An Anthology by Members
of the Poets Assembly of Phila. and the Phila. Unit of the Cath—
olic Poetry Society of America. Phila.: 1939. 24p.

Weston, Latrobe. Baltimore in Verse and Prose. Baltimore, Md.: H.G.
Roebuck, 1936. 84p.

State History Sources

Cappon, Lester J. Bibliography of Virginia History since 1865.
University, Va.: The Institute for Research in the Social Sci—

ences, 1930. 900p.

Godcharles, Frederic A. Pennsylvania, Political, Governmental, Mili-
tary and Civil. N.Y.: American. Historical Society. 1933. 4vols.

Kull, Irving S., ed. New Jersey; A History. N.Y.: American Histor-
ical Society, 1930. 4 vols.

McMechen, Edgar. "Literature and the Arts," History of Colorado. By
James H. Baker. Denver: Linderman Co., 1927. vol. 3, p.1231-85.

Owen, Thomas M. History of Alabama and Dictionary of Biography. Chi-
cago: S.J. Clarke, 1921. 4 vols.

Swem, Earl G. Virginia Historical Index. Roanoke, Va.: Stone Printing
and Manufacturing Co., 1934—36. 2 vols.

Torrey, Edwin C. "Early Poets of South Dakota," Early Days in South
Dakota. Minneapolis: Farnham Printing and Stationery Co.,
1925. p.65—74.

Williams, Stanley T. ”The Literature of Connecticut,” Histopy of

Connecticut in Monographic Form, ed. by Norris G. Osborn. N.Y.:
States History Co., 1925. vol. 2, p.483-537.

Humor

 

Blair, Walter. Native American Humor(1800—1900). N.Y.: American
Book Co., 1937. 573p.

A Book of American Humor in Prose and Verse. N.Y.: Duffield, 1925.
2 parts in 1 vol., 249p. and 251p.

Hudson, Arthur P., ed. Humor of the Old Deep South. N.Y., Macmillan,
1936. 548p.

Meine, Franklin J. Tall Tales of the Southwest; An Anthology of
Southern and Southwestern Humor, 1830-1860. N.Y.: Knopf, 1930.

456p.

 

161

Mott, Howard S., Jr. Three Hundred Years of American Humor(l637—l936).
N.Y.: The Author, 1937. 32p. (Book Dealer's Catalog)

Author Bibliographies

Alberts, Sydney S. A Bibliography of the Works of Robinson Jeffers.
N.Y.: Random House, 1933. 262p.

Brussel, Isidore R. A Bibliography of the Writings of James Branch

Cabell: A Revised Bibliography. Phila.: Centaur Book Shop,
1932. 126p.

Clarkson, Paul S. A Bibliography of William Sydney Porter. Caldwell,
Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1938. 161p.

Cohn, Louis H. A Bibliography of the Works of Ernest Hemingyay. N.Y.:
Random House, 1931. 116p.

Cunningham, Scott. A Bibliography of the Writings of Carl Van Vechten.
Phila: Centaur Book Shop, 1924. 52p.

Currie, Barton. Booth Tarkington: A Bibliography. Garden City, N.Y.:
Doubleday, Doran, 1932. 154p.

Currier, Thomas F. Bibliography of John Greenleaf Whittier. Cambridge:
Harvard Univ. Press, 1937. 692p.

Gallup, Donald C. A Catalogue of English and American First Editions

of Writings of T.S. Eliot Exhibited in the Yale University Library.
New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1937. 42p.

Hampson, Alfred L. Emily Dickinson: A Bibliography. Northampton,
Mass.: Hampshire Bookshop, 1930. 36p.

Hogan, Charles B. A Bibliography of Edwin Arlington Robinson. New
Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1936. 221p.

Holt, Guy. A Bibliography of the Writings of James Branch Cabell.
Phila: Centaur Book Shop, 1924. 73p.

Johnson, Cecil. A Bibliography of the Writings of George Sterling.

San Francisco: Windsor Press, 1931. 63p.

Johnson, Merle D. A Bibliography of the Works of Mark Twain, Samuel
Langhorne Clemens. rev. ed. N.Y.: Harper, 1910. 203p.

Langfeld, William R. and Blackburn, Philip C. Washington Irving: A
Bibliography. N.Y.: New York Public Library, 1933. 90p.

Lee, Alfred P. A Bibliography of Christopher Morley. Garden City,
N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1935. 277p.

 

 

162

Lippincott, Lillian. A Bibliography of the Writings and Criticisms of
Edwin Arlington Robinson. Boston: Faxon Co., 1937. 86p.

MacDonald, Edward D. A Bibliography of the Writings of Theodore
Dreiser. Phila: Centaur Book Shop, 1928. 130p.

Melish, Lawson M. A Bibliography of the Collected Writings of Edith
Wharton. N.Y.: Brick Row Book Shop, 1927. 87p.

Robertson, John W. Bibliography of the Writings of Edgar Allan Poe.
San Francisco: Edwin and Robert Grabhorn, 1934. 2 vols.

Sanborn, Ralph and Clark, Barrett H. A Bibliography of the Works of
Eugene O'Neill. N.Y.: Random House, 1931. 171p.

Spiller, Robert E. and Blackburn, Philip C. A Descriptive Bibliography

of the Works of James Fenimore Cooper. N.Y.: Bowker, 1934.
259p.

Starrett, Vincent. Ambrose Bierce: A Bibliography. Phila: Centaur
Book Shop, 1929, 117p.

. Stephen Crane: A Bibliography. Phila.: Centaur Book
Shop, 1923. 46p.

Swire, Herbert L. A Bibliography of the Works of Joseph Hergesheimer.
Phila.: Centaur Book Shop, 1922. 39p. ~

Wegelin,0scar. A Bibliography of the Separate Writings of John Esten

Cooke. Heartman's Historical Series, no.43. Metuchen, N.J.:
C.F. Heartman, 1925. 20p.

 

Williams, Stanley T. and Edge, Mary A. A Bibliography of the Writings

of Washington Irving: A Checklist. N.Y.: Oxford Univ. Press,
1936. 200p.

Yost, Karl. A Bibliography of the Works of Edna St. Vincent Millay.
N.Y.: Harper, 1937. 248p.
Biographies Containing Bibliographies

Adkins, Nelson F. Fitz—Greene Halleck: An Early Knickerbocker Wit and
Poet. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1930. bib., p.376—87.

 

Barnes, Homer F. Charles Fenno Hoffman. N.Y.: Columbia Univ. Press,
1930. bib., p.317—33.

Bradley, Edward S. George Henry Boker: Poet and Patriot. Phila:
Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, 1927. bib. p.343—49.

Herold, Amos L. James Kirke Paulding: Versatile American. N.Y.:

Columbia Univ. Press, 1926. bib., p.148-60.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX B

BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN

LITERATURE 1940-1959

Comprehens ive Na tional Bibl io graphy

Americana Annual. N.Y.: Americana Corp., 1923—

Blanck, Jacob. Bibliography of American Literature, comp....for the

Bibliographical Society of America. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press,
1955- (In progress)

Burke, William J. and Howe, Will D. American Authors and Books, 1640—
1940. N.Y.: Gramercy Publishing Co., 1943. 858p.

Hart, James D. Oxford Companion to American Literature. N.Y.: Oxford
Univ. Press, 1941. 888p. 2d ed., 1948; 3d ed., 1956.

Literary History of the United States. Edited by Robert E. Spiller
and others. Bibliography. Compiled and edited by Thomas H.

Johnson. N.Y.: Macmillan, 1948. 817p. Supplement, 1959.

Millett, Fred B. Contemporary American Authors; A Critical Survey and
219 Biobibliographies. N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace, 1940. 716p.

Wilson, Carroll A. Thirteen Author Collections of the 19th Century and

Five Centuries of Familiar Quotations. Ed. by Jean C.S. Wilson
and David A. Randall. N.Y.: Privately Printed for Charles Scrib—

ner's Sons, 1950. 2 vols.

National Fiction Bibliography

Brown, Herbert R. The Sentimental Novel in America 1789-1860. Durham,
N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1940. 407p.

Coan, Otis W. and Lillard, Richard G. America in Fiction. Stanford
University, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press, 1941. 180p.

Dickens, William B. "A Guide to the American Political Novel 1865—
1910." Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Michigan, 1954. 402p.

164

165

Dickinson, Arthur T. American Historical Fiction. N.Y.: Scarecrow
Press, 1958. 314p.

Fenton, Charles A., ed. The Best Short Stories of World War II; An
American Anthology. N.Y.: Viking Press, 1957. 428p.

Leisy, Ernest E. The American Historical Novel. Norman: Univ. of
Oklahoma Press, 1950. 280p.

Lively, Robert A. Fiction Fights the Civil War; An Unfinished Chapter

in the Literary History of the American People. Chapel Hill:
Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1957. 230p.

Mason, F. Van Wyck, ed. The Fighting American; A War Chest of Stories

of American Soldiers from the French and Indian Wars Through the
First World War. N.Y.: Reynal and Hitchcock, 1943. 747p.

New Yorker. Short Stories From the New Yorker. N.Y.: Simon and
Schuster,1940. 440p.

. 55 Short Stories From the New Yorker. N.Y.: Simon and
Schuster,1949. 480p.

Newberry Library, Chicago. American Novels With an American Setting

Printed Before 1880; A Checklist of Books in the Library, August
1941. Chicago: 1941. 36 1eaves(mimeo)

Prestridge, Virginia, comp. Worker in American Fiction; An Annotated
Bibliography. Champaign, Institute of Labor and Industrial Re-
lations, Univ. of Illinois, 1954. 27p.

Rose, Lisle A. "A Bibliographic Survey of Economic and Political
Writings 1865—1900." American Literature 15(1944): 381—410.

Taylor, Walter F. The Economic Novel in America. Chapel Hill: Univ.
of North Carolina Press, 1942. 378p.

Waldmeir, Joseph J. "Ideological Aspects of the American Novels of
World War II.” Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State Univ., 1959.
191p.

Warfel, Harry R. American Novelists of Today. N.Y.: American Book
Co., 1951. 478p.

Wright, Lyle H. American Fiction 1851-1875. San Marino, Calif.:
Huntington Library, 1957. 413p.

. American Fiction 1774—1850; A Contribution Toward a Bib-
liography. rev. ed. San Marino, Calif.: 1948. 355p.

"Eighteenth—Century American Fiction: Bibliography,"

Essays Honoring Lawrence C. Wroth. Portland, Me.: Anthoensen
Press, 1951. p.460—73.

 

 

 

166

National Poetry Bibliography

Browne, Ray B. "American Poets in the 19th Century 'Popular' Song—
Books," American Literature 30(1959), 503—22.

Gregory, Horace and Zaturenska, Marya. A History of American Poetry
1900-1940. N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace, 1942. 524p.

Irish, Wynot R. The Modern American Muse; A Complete Bibliography of
American Verse 1900—1925. Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse Univ. Press,

1950. 259p.

Sugarman, Milton H. ”A Bibliography of a Collection of Anonymous
Poetical Pamphlets of the 18th Century in the Library of the Un—

iversity of Cincinnati." Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Cincinnati,
1953. 184p.

U.S. Library of Congress. General Reference and Bibliography Division.
Sixty American Poets, 1896-1944. selected with Preface and Crit—

ical Notes by Allen Tate. A Preliminary Checklist by Fnances
Cheney. Washington, 1945. 188p. Revised by Kenton Kilmer in
1954.

University of Pennsylvania Library. Checklist of Poetry by American

Authors Published in the English Colonies of North America and

the United States Through 1865, in the Possession of the Rare

Book Room, University of Pennsylvania. Compiled by Albert von
Chorba, Jr. Phila: 1951. 68 1eaves(mimeo)

National Drama Bibliography

3

America's Lost Plays. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press, 1940—42.
20 vols.

Andrews, Mary L. "Modern Poetic Drama in America, 1900—1942.” Ph.D.
dissertation, New York Univ., 1943. 92p.

Best American Plays. N.Y.: Crown, 1939-

Elfenbein, Josef A. ”American Drama 1782—1812 as an Index to Socio—
Political Thought." Ph.D. dissertation, New York Univ., 1951.
375p.

Ferguson, Phyllis M. "Women dramatists in the American Theatre 1901-

1940.” Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Pittsburgh, 1957. 362p.

Nannes, Caspar H. ”Politics in the American Drama as Revealed by Plays
Produced on the New York Stage 1890—1945.” Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1949. 307p.

Quinn, Arthur H. A History of the American Drama from the Beginning
to the Civil War. 2d ed. N.Y.: Appleton—Century—Crofts, 1951.

530p.

167

Reardon, John D. ”Verse Drama in America from 1765 to the Civil War."
Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Kansas, 1958.

Sper, Felix. From Native Roots; A Panorama of Our Regional Drama.
Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1948. 341p.

University of Pennsylvania Library. Checklist of American Drama Pub-

lished in the English Colonies of North America and the United

States Through 1865 in the Possession of the Library, University
of Pennsylvania. Comp. by Albert von Chorba, Jr. With an Intro-

duction by Arthur H. Quinn. Phila: 1951. 92p.

Walbridge, Earle F. "Drames a clef: a List of Plays with Characters
Based on Real People: American Drama," Bulletin of the New York
Public Library 60(May 1956), 235—47.

Weingarten, Joseph A. Modern American Playprights: A Bibliography.
N.Y.: 1946. 2 pts.

William L. Clements Library. Early American Drama; A Guide to an

Exhibition in the William L. Clements Library. Arranged by
Ada P. Booth. Ann Arbor, Mich.: 1945. 18p.

Regional Bibliography

Frederick, John T., ed. Out of the Midwest; A Collection of Present-
Day Writing. N.Y.: Whittlesey House, 1944. 405p.

Harkness, David J. The Southwest and West Coast in Literature. Univ.
of Tennessee Newsletter 33, no. 10, October 1954. 55p.

 

Harwell, Richard B. Confederate Belles-Lettres; A Bibliography and a
Finding List of Fiction, Poetry, Drama, Songsters, and Miscel—

laneous Literature Published in the Confederate States. Hatties—
burg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941. 79p.

Hubbell, Jay B., Jr. The South in American Literature 1607-1900.
Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1954. 987p.

Kurtz, Kenneth. Literature of the American Southwest: A Selective
Bibliography. Los Angeles: Occidental College, 1956. 63p.

' Rader, Jesse L. South of Forty from the Mississippi to the Rio Grande:
A Bibliography. Norman: Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1947. 336p.

West, Ray B. Writing in the Rocky Mountains with a Bibliography by
Nellie Cliff. Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska Press, 1947. 96p.

 

 

 

168

Regional Fiction Bibliography

Agnew, Janet. A Southern Bibliography: Historical Fiction 1929—1938.
Louisiana State Univ. Univ. Bulletin, n.s.32, no.8. Library

School Bibliography Series, no.2. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State
Univ. Press, 1940. 80p.

Dooley, Nelly. "Sectionalism and Local Color in the Short Stories of
the Plains States, 1870-1938." Master's thesis, Fort Hays Kansas
State College, 1940. 137p.

Flanagan, John T. "A Bibliography of Middle Western Farm Novels,"
Minnesota History 23(June 1942), 156—58.

. ”The Middle Western Historical Novel," Journal of the Illin—
ois State Historical Society 37(Mar. 1944), 7-47.

Hartin, John S. "The Southeastern United States in the Novel Through
1950; A Bibliographic Review." Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of
Michigan, 1957. 646p.

Hitt, Helen. "History in Pacific Northwest Novels Written Since 1920,"

Oregon Historical Quarterly 51(Sept. 1950), 180-206.

Jones, Harry H. "Fiction of the Rocky Mountain Area," Univ. of Wyoming
Publications 20, no.1(l956), 124-29.

Jones, Katherine M., ed. New Confederate Short Stories. Columbia: Univ.
of South Carolina Press, 1954. 202p.

Powell, Lawrence C. Heart of the Southwest: A Selective Bibliography
of Novels, Stories, and Tales Laid in Arizona and New Mexico and

Adjacent Lands. Los Angeles: Printed for Dawson's Book Shop at
the Plantin Press, 1955. 42p.

Shaul, Lawana J. "Treatment of the West in Selected Magazine Fiction,
1870—1900; An Annotated Bibliography." M.A. thesis, Univ. of
Wyoming, 1954. 123p.

Van Auken, Sheldon. "The Southern Historical Novel in the Early Twent-
ieth Century," Journal of Southern History 14(1948), 157-91.

Regional Poetry Bibliography

Agnew, Janet M. A Southern Bibliography: Poetry 1929—1938. Louisiana
State Univ. Bulletin, n.s. 32, no.1l. Library School Bibliography

Series, no.3. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ. Press, 1940.
47p.

Jantz, Harold S. "Bibliography of Early New England Verse," Procs. of
the American Antiguarian Society, n.s. 53(1943), 391—508.

 

 

 

169

”Unrecorded Verse Broadsides of Seventeenth Century New

England," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
39(1945), 1—19.

Major, Mabel and Pearce, Thomas M., eds. Signature of the Sun; South-
west Verse 1900—1950. Albuquerque: Univ. of New Mexico Press,

1950. 302p. 8,

Rudolph, Earl L. Confederate Broadside Verse; A Bibliography and

Finding List of Confederate Broadside Ballads and Songs. New
Braunfels, Texas: Book Farm, 1950. 118p.

Southwestern Anthology of Verse; Poets of the Southwest. San Antonio,
Texas: Naylor Co., 1941. 241p.

State Bibliographies

Alden, John E., ed. Rhode Island Imprints 1727—1900. N.Y.: Published
for the Bibliographical Society of America, R.R. Bowker, 1949.

665p.

Banta, Richard E. Indiana Authors and Their Books 1816—1916; Biographi—
cal Sketches of Authors Who Published During the First Century of

Indiana Statehood with Lists of Their Books. Crawfordsville, Ind.:
Wabash College, 1949, 352p.

Bonner, John W. "Bibliography of Georgia Authors," Georgia Review,r
Winter issue beginning in 1950.

Brenni, Vito J. West Virginia Authors: A Biobibliography. Morgantown:
West Virginia Library Association, 1957. 73p.

Cappon, Lester J. and Duff, Stella F. Virginia Gazette Index 1763-
1780. Williamsburg, Va.: Institute of Early American History

and Culture, 1950. 1,323p.

 

Greene, Barbara W. "Resources in Louisiana Literature; Affective
Writers." M.A. thesis, Southwestern Louisiana Institute, 1959.
282p.

Historical Records Survey, Ohio. A Checklist of Ohio Imprints 1796-
1820. Columbus: 1941. 202p.

Kirk, Rudolf and Kirk, Clara. Authors of New Jersey: A Checklist.
Trenton: Division of the State Library, Archives and History,
1955. 59p.

"Maryland Bibliography.‘ Maryland Historical Magazine, March issue of
each year beginning in 1952.

Pollard, Lancaster. ”A Checklist of Washington Authors,” Pacific

Northwest Quarterly 31(1940), 3-96; 35(1944), 233—66.

170

Spearman, Walter. North Carolina Writers. Univ. of North Carolina
Library Extension Publication 15, no.1. Chapel Hill: Univ. of
North Carolina Press, 1949. 50p.

Thornton, Mary L. A Bibliography of North Carolina 1589-1956. Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1958. 597p. .

Turnbull, Robert J. Bibliography of South Carolina 1563—1950. Char-

lottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1956. 5 vols., plus Index
published in 1960.

 

State Literary History

Jacobs, Elijah L. "A History of Missouri Literature 1780—1930." Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of Southern California, 1949. 150p.

and Wolverton,ForrestE. Missouri Writers; A Literary

Histogy of Missouri, 1780-1955. St. Louis, Mo.: State Publish—
ing Co., 1955. 366p.

State Fiction Bibliography

Able, Augustus H. "Fiction as a Mirror of Delaware Life," Delaware
History 3(1948), 37-53.
Bailey, Eutopia 0. "Small Town in Missouri Twentieth Century Fiction,"

Missouri Historical Review 49(April, July 1955), 230—48, 328—41.

Emch, Lucille B. "Ohio in Short Stories 1824-1839," Ohio Archeological
and Historical Quarterly 53(1944), 209—53.

Flanagan, John T. "Thirty Years of Minnesota Fiction,’
History 31(1950), 129-47.

' Minnesota

Frederick, John T. ”Early Iowa in Fiction," Palimpsest 36(1955), 389—

420.
"The Farm in Iowa Fiction," Palimpsest 32(1951), 121-52.
. "Town and City in Iowa Literature,” Palimpsest 35(1954),
49-96.

Jacobson, Harvey K. "A Study of Novels About North Dakota." Master's
thesis, Univ. of North Dakota, 1956.

Kraus, Joe W. "Missouri in Fiction; A Review and a Bibliography.”
Missouri Historical Review 42(Apr., July 1948), 209-55, 310-34.

McRory, Mary 0. Florida in Fiction; A Bibliography. Tallahassee:
Florida State Library, 1958. 67p.

~12fl3 .ataf-SEE: pr:;nis? 41px” In "figgggqiggig .L "' "fu'_

m..l——-.. —-_n o- - u..- -. .. ..- - . .—
u|-_

(gag; autq . ainv r .=’¥' .nuzf ;-=E)~. n wtnfi 2511!

we- a}. Status“ ,.__-

    

" 1.321.193!

 

 

171

McVoy, Lizzie C., ed. Louisiana in the Short Story. Louisiana State

Univ. Studies, no.41. University: Louisiana State Univ. Press,
1940. 291p.

Odum, Gertrude G. ”Georgia Fiction 1926-1950," Georgia Review
5(1951), 244-57.

Pearson, Alice L. "The Upper Peninsula in Fictional Literature,”

Michigan History 24(1940), 329-38.

Powell, William S., ed. North Carolina Fiction 1734—1957. Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Library, 1958. 189p.

Richards, Horace G. One Hundred South Jersey Novels; A Bibliography

of Fiction with a Southern New Jersey Setting. Trenton: New
Jersey Folklore Society, 1947. 21p.

Thompson, Lawrence S. and Thompson, Algernon D. The Kentucky Novel.
Lexington: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1953. 172p.

Woodbridge, Hensley C. "The Kentucky Novel 1951—5," Kentucky Histor—
ical Society Review 54(April 1956), 134—36.

. "The Kentucky Novel 1956—57,” Kentucky Historical Society
Review 56(Apr. 1958), 156—64.

State Fiction Collections

Jones, Katharine M. and Schlaefer, Mary V., eds. South Carolina in the
Short Story. Columbia: Univ. of South Carolina Press, 1952. 176p.

Peery, William W., ed. 21 Texas Short Stories. Austin: Univ. of Texas
Press, 1954. 264p.

Strode, Hudson. Spring Harvest; A Collection of Stories from Alabama.
N.Y.: Knopf, 1944. 199p.

Summers, Hollis S., ed. Kentucky Story; A Collection of Short Stories.
. Lexington: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1954. 247p.

Walser, Richard G., ed. North Carolina in the Short Story. Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1948. 309p.

. Short Stories from the Old North State. Chapel Hill:
Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1959. 288p.

State Poetry Bibliography

Chicago Public Library Omnibus Project. Bibliography of Illinois
Poets since 1900. Chicago: 1942. 216 leaves.

 

 

172

Coates, Walter J. A Bibliography of Vermont Poetry and Gazetteer of

Vermont Poets. Montpelier: Vermont Historical Society, 1942—

State Poetry Collections

Abbe, George, ed. Contemporary Ohio Poetry; An Anthology of Midcent—

ury Ohio Poetry Sponsored by the Ohio Poetry Society. N.Y.:
Poets of America Publishing Co., 1959. 193p.

Burklund, Carl E., ed. New Michigan Verse. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Mich-
igan, 1940. 113p.

Christian, Sheldon, ed. Poems About Maine. N.Y.: Henry Harrison, 1940.
144p.

Iowa Poetry Association. Lyrical Iowa 1946— New London, Iowa, 1947—

Jenney, Adeline M., ed. Prairie Poets; An Anthology of Verse of the

South Dakota Poetry Society 1927-1949. Minneapolis: Lund Press,
1949. 209p.

Mississippi Poetry Society. Lyric Mississippi; An Anthology of Selected

Poems Written by Members of the Mississippi Poetry Society.
Birmingham, Ala.: Vulcan Press, 1955. 54p.

Poetry Society of Colorado. Silver Souvenir 1921—1946. Denver, Colo.:
Sage Books, 1946. 122p.

Richards, Carmen N., ed. Minnesota Skyline; Anthology of Poems About

Minnesota. Minneapolis: League of Minnesota Poets, 1944. 141p.

Walser, Richard G., ed. North Carolina Poetry. Richmond,Va.: Garrett
and Massie, 1941. 196p.

. North Carolina Poetry. rev. ed. Richmond, Va.: Garrett
and Massie, 1951. 222p.

Local Bibliography and Collections

A Century of Benton County Poetry; A Collection of Original Poetry.
Roseburg, Oregon: Poetry Clinic, 1957. 68p.

Cone, Gertrude. A Selective Bibliography of Publications on the
Champlain Valley. Plattsburgh, N.Y.: 1959. 144p.

Jillson, Willard. Literary Haunts and Personalities of Old Frankfort
1791-1941. Frankfort: Kentucky State Historical Society, 1941.

130p.

Lewis, Victor E., ed. Poets and Poetry of Wyoming Valley: A Collection

of Selected Contemporary Verse, Rhypes, and Poems. Wilkes Barre,
Pa.: Llewellyn Bros., 1940. 127p.

4.9g? a... [mans «tr-.21 cm "insist"? ._ J“ - .

. "3'54 jigs 5"“; nt“ 133-" _.._-- .-._'.' 1,.- "T .- .t: L'-

...—..i.-- ":5 F. u...-.- ——-. -s . ": -

., , .._ _ -, ..J 'Aiui.

 

 

 

173

A Little Book of Somerset County Verse. Somerset County(Pa.) Histor—

ical Society. Sesquicentennial Publications, no. 3. Somerset:
1945. 37p.

Ross, Grace and Kuykendall, Mabel, eds. Poetry Out Where the West

Begins; A Collection of Poems by Fort Worth Authors. Dallas:
Kaleidograph Press, 1949. 184p.

Wingfield, Marshall. Literary Memphis; A Survey of Its Writers and Writ—

.

ings. Memphis: West Tennessee Historical Society, 1942. 223p.

State History Sources

Able, Augustus H. "Delaware Literature,” Delaware: A History of the
First State. Ed. by Henry C. Reed. N.Y.: Lewis Historical Pub—
lishing Co., 1947. vol.2, p.935-66.

Bining, Arthur C. et a1. Writings on Pennsylvania History: A Bibli—
ography; A List of Secondary Materials Compiled Under the Auspices
of the Pennsylvania Historical Association. Harrisburg, Pa.:

Historical and Museum Commission, 1946. 565p.

Coleman, J. Winston, Jr. A Bibliography of Kentucky History. Lexing-
ton: Univ. of Kentucky Press, 1949. 516p.

Hatcher, Harlan. "Ohio in the Literature of the 20th Century,” The His—

tory of the State of Ohio. Ed. by Carl F. Wittke. Columbus: Ohio
State Archeological and Historical Society, 1942. vol. 6, p267-93.

Merriam, Harold C. "Montana Writing,” A History of Montana. By Merrill
G. Burlingame and Ross K. Toole. N.Y.: Lewis Publishing Co.,
1957. vol.2, p.265-90.

Schlinkert, Leroy. Subject Bibliography of Wisconsin History. Madison:
State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1947. 213p.

State Guidebooks

Federal Writers' Program. Atlanta; A City of the Modern South. N.Y.:
Smith and Durrell, 1942. 266p. (American Guide Series)

. Michigan; A Guide to the Wolverine State. N.Y.: Oxford
Univ. Press, 1941. 696p. (American Guide Series)

. Oklahoma; A Guide to the Sooner State. Norman: Univ. of
Oklahoma Press, 1941. 445p. rev. ed., 1957. (American Guide
Series)

Tennessee; A Guide to the State. N.Y.: Viking Press, 1939.
558 p. (American Guide Series)

Wisconsin; A Guide to the Badger State. N.Y.: Duell,
Sloan and Pearce, 1941. 651p. (American Guide Series)

174

Humor

 

Cerf, Bennett, ed. An Encyclopedia of Modern American Humor. Garden
City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1954. 688p.

Chittick, Victor L., ed. Ring—tailed Roarers; Tall Tales of the Amer-
ican Frontier 1830—1860. Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1941.

316p.
Conroy, Jack, ed. Midland Humor. N.Y.: Current Books, 1947. 446p.

Linscott, Robert N., ed. The Best American Humorous Short Stories.
N.Y.: Random House, 1945. 436p.

Seaver, Edwin, ed. Pageant of American Humor. Cleveland: World Pub-
lishing Co., 1948. 607p.

White, Elwyn B. and White, Katharine S., eds. A Subtreasury of Amer—
ican Humor. N.Y.: Coward—McCann, 1941. 814p.

Book—Length Author Bibliographies

Bradley, J.J. ”An Annotated Bibliography of Material by and about
Thornton N. Wilder.” Master's thesis, Carnegie Institute of
Technology, 1953. 44p.

Branch, Edgar M. A Bibliography of James T. Farrell's Writings,
1921-1957. Phila.: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, 1959. 142p.

Brewer, Frances J. and Bruccoli, Matthew J. James Branch Cabell.
CharlotteSVille: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1957. 2 vols.

Cox, Martha. Maxwell Anderson Bibliography. Charlottesville: Bibli—
ographical Society, Univ. of Virginia, 1958. 117p.

Currier, Thomas F. A Bibliography of Oliver Wendell Holmes. Ed. by
Eleanor M. Tilton. N.Y.: New York Univ. Press, 1953. 707p.

Daniel, Robert W. A Catalog of the Writings of William Faulkner.
New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1942. 32p.

Duke University Library. Catalog of the Whitman Collection in the Duke

University Library Being a Part of the Trent Collection Given by
Dr. and Mrs. Josiah C. Trent. Compiled by Ellen F. Frey. Dur-

ham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Library, 1945. 148p.

Edel, Leon and Laurence, Dan H. A Bibliography of Henry James. London:
Hart—Davis, 1957. 411p. (Soho Bibliography)

Edelstein, Jerome M. A Bibliographical Checklist of the Writings of
Thornton Wilder. New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1959. 62p.

 

175

Edwards, John. A Preliminary Checklist of Ezra Pound, Especially His

Contributions to Periodicals. New Haven, Conn.: Kirgo—Books,
1953. 73p.

Feinberg, Charles E. Walt Whitman: A Selection of the Manuscripts,
Books, and Association Items Gathered by Charles E. Feinberg.

Catalogue of an Exhibition Held at the Detroit Public Library,
Detroit, Michigan, 1955. Detroit: 1955. 128p.

Gallup, Donald C. A Bibliographical Checklist of the Writings of T.S.
Eliot. New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1947. 128p.

 

T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography, Including Contribution to

Periodicals and Foreigp Translations. N.Y.: Harcourt, Brace,
1953. l77p. .

Haas, Robert B. and Gallup, Donald C. A Catalog of the Published and

Unpublished Writings of Gertrude Stein Exhibited in the Yale
University Library. New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1941. 64p.

Hagle, A.D. "Hamlin Garland: A Bio-Bibliography." Master's thesis,
Catholic Univ. of America, 1958. 100p.

Heartman, Charles F. Bibliographical Checklist of the Writings of the

Poet, Charles West Thomson. Heartman's Historical Series, no.60.
Hattiesburg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941. 15p.

and Canny, James R. A Bibliography of the Writings of Edgar
Allen Poe Together with a Record of First and Contemporary Later
Printings of His Contributions to Annuals, Anthologies, Periodi—

cals and Newspapers Issued During His Lifetime. rev. ed. Hatties—
burg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1943. 294p.

Holmes, Thomas J. Cotton Mather: A Bibliography of His Works. Cambridge:

Harvard Univ. Press, 1940. 3 vols.

Johnson, Elmer D. Of Time and Thomas Wolfe: A Bibliography with a
Character Index of His Works. N.Y.: Scarecrow Press, 1959. 226p.

Jonas, Klaus W. Carl Van Vechten: A Bibliography. N.Y.: Knopf, 1955.
82p. '

Lauter, Paul. E.E. Cummings: Index to First Lines and Bibliography of
Works by and about the Poet. ,Denver: A. Swallow, 1955. 44

leaves(mimeo)

Lewis, Mary D. ”Stephen Vincent Benet: His Major Work, His Preparation
for It, and a Bibliography of His Writings." Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Illinois, 1953. 279p.

Lohf, Kenneth A. and Sheehy, Eugene P. Frank Norris: A Bibliography.
Los Gatos, Calif.: Talisman Press, 1959. 107p.

 

176

Lyle, Guy R. and Brown, H. Tatnall. A Bibliography of Christopher
Morley. Washington, D.C.: Scarecrow Press, 1952. 198p.

McDonald, J.P. ”A Bibliography of Works by and about Willa Gather."
Master's thesis, Drexel Institute of Technology, 1951. 57p.

Matheson, J.W. "Theodore Roethke: A Bibliography.'
Univ. of Washington, 1958. 68p.

Master's thesis,

Morse, Samuel F. Wallace Stevens: A Preliminary Checklist of His
Published Writings, 1898-1954. Published in Connection with an

Exhibition Held in Honor of the Poet's 75th Birthday, 2 Oct.
1954. New Haven: Yale Univ. Library, 1954. 66p.

 

New York Public Library. Berg Collection. Nathaniel Hawthorne: The

Years of Fulfillment 1804-1853. An Exhibition from the Berg

Collection: First Editions, Manuscripts, Autograph Letters.
Compiled by John D. Gordon. N.Y.: New York Public Library,

1954. 50p.

Payne, M.H. "Dorothy Canfield Fisher: Biobibliography.’ Master's

thesis, Florida State Univ., 1959. 84p.

Potter, Jack. A Bibliography of John Dos Passos. Chicago: Normandie
House, 1950. 95p.

Rogers, T.T. "Marjorie Kinnan Rawlings, Regional Writer: An Annotated
Bibliography." Master's thesis, Florida State Univ., 1954. 43p.

Rowe, Hershel D. Hart Crane: A Bibliography. Denver: A. Swallow, 1955.
30p.

Russo, Anthony and Russo, Dorothy R. A Bibliography of James Whitcomb
Riley. Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Society, 1944. 351p.

Russo, Dorothy R. A Bibliography of George Ade, 1866-1944. Indian-
apolis: Indiana Historical Society, 1947. 314p.

and Sullivan, Thelma L. Bibliographical Studies of Seven

Authors of Crawfordsville, Indiana: Lew and Susan Wallace,

Maurice and Will Thompson, Mary Hannah and Caroline Virginia

Krout, and Meredith Wilson. Indianapolis: Indiana Historical
Society, 1952. 486p.

and . A Bibliography of Booth Tarkington, 1869-
1946. Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Society, 1949. 303p.

Samuels, Lee. A Hemingway Checklist. N.Y.: Scribner, 1951. 63p.

Sawyer, Julien. Gertrude Stein: A Bibliography. N.Y.: Arrow
Editions, 1941. 162p.

U.S. Library of Congress. Reference Dept. Walt Whitman: A Catalog

177

Based upon the Collections of the Library of Congress, with

Notes on Whitman Collections and Collectors by Charles E.
Feinberg. Washington, D.C.: 1955. 147p.

University of Virginia Library. The Barrett Library: Bret Harte: A
Checklist of Printed and Manuscript Works. Charlottesville:

Univ. of Virginia Press, 1957. 64p.

. The Barrett Library: William Dean Howells: A Checklist of

Printed and Manuscript Works of William Dean Howells in the Li-
brary of the University of Virginia. Compiled by Fannie Mae
Elliott and Lucy Clark. Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press,
1959. 68p.

Weber, Clara C. and Weber, Carl J. A Bibliography of the Published

Writings of Sarah Orne Jewett. Colby College Monograph, no.18.
Waterville, Me: Colby College Press, 1949. 105p.

Wegelin, Oscar. A Bibliography of the Separate Writings of John Esten

Cooke. rev. ed. Heartman's Historical Series, no.43. Hatties-
burg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941. 13p.

 

. A Bibliography of the Separate Writings of William Gilmore
Simms of South Carolina, 1806—1870. 3d ed. Heartman's Historical

Series, no.58. Hattiesburg, Miss.: Book Farm, 1941. 24p.

Williams, Ames W. and Starrett, Vincent. Stephen Crane: A Bibliography.
Glendale, Calif.: John Valentine, 1948. 161p.

Author Bibliographies in Periodicals and Other Serials
(Arranged alphabetically by name of periodical)

Branch, Edgar M. "A Chronological Bibliography of the Writings of
Samuel Clemens to June 8, 1867," American Literature 18(1946),
109—59.

Brenni, Vito J. "Edna Ferber: A Selected Bibliography," Bulletin of
Bibliography 22(1958), 152-55.

. ”Pearl Buck: A Selected Bibliography," Bulletin of Bibli-
ography 22(1957), 65-68, 94—95.

Egly, William H. "Bibliography of Ellen Anderson Gholson Glasgow,"
Bulletin of Bibliography 17(1940), 47-50.

Goldsmith, Robert H. "Ring W. Lardner: A Checklist of His Published
Writings," Bulletin of Bibliography 21(1954), 104—06.

Kallich, Martin. ”A Bibliography of John Dos Passos," Bulletin of
Bibliography 19(1949), 231—35.

Maddocks, Gladys L. "Stephen Vincent Benet: A Bibliography," Bulletin
of Bibliography 20(1951), 142—46; 20(1952), 158—60.

178

Pizer, Donald. "Hamlin Garland: A Bibliography of Newspaper and
Periodical Publications(1885—1895),” Bulletin of Bibliography
22(1957), 41-44.

Quesenbery, W.D., Jr. "Ellen Glasgow: A Critical Bibliography,”
Bulletin of Bibliography 22(1959) 201—06, 230-36.

Smythe, Katherine H. "Eudora Welty: A Checklist," Bulletin of Bibli—
ography 21(1956), 207-08.

Sprague, M.D. "Richard Wright: A Bibliography," Bulletin of Bibli-
ography 21(1953), 39. '

Sylvester, William A. "Selected and Critical Bibliography of the Un—
collected Works of Katherine Anne Porter," Bulletin of Bibli-

ography 19(1947), 36.

White, William. "John P. Marquand: A Preliminary Checklist," Bulletin
of Bibliography 19(1949), 268-71.

Cahoon, Herbert. "Herman Melville: A Checklist of Books and Manuscripts
in the Collections of the New York Public Library," Bulletin of

the New York Public Library 55(1951), 263-75, 325-38.

Gibson, William M. and Arms, George. "A Bibliography of William Dean
Howells," Bulletin of the New York Public Library 50(1946),
675-98. 857-68, 909—28; 51(1947), 91-105, 213-48, 341-45, 384—88,
431-57,486—512.Pub1ished in 1948 with slight revisions as a
book by the Library.

Gordon, John D. "Ralph Waldo Emerson, 1803-1862; Catalog of an Exhi—
bition from the Berg Collection,” Bulletin of the New York Pub-

lic Library 57(1953), 392-408, 433—60.

Schwartz, Edward. ”Katherine Anne Porter: A Critical Bibliography,”
Bulletin of the New York Public Library 57(1953), 211-47.

Sheehy, Eugene P. and Lohf, Kenneth A. ”The Achievement of Marianne

Moore: A Bibliography," Bulletin of the New York Public Library
62(1958), 131—49, 183—90, 249—59.

Griscom, Joan. "Bibliography of Caroline Gordon," Critigue 1(1956),
74—78.

Meriwether, James B. "A James Gould Cozzens Checklist," Critigue
l, no.3(1958), 57-63.

Baker, Carlos. "R.P. Blackmur: A Checklist,” Princeton University
Library Chronicle 31(1942), 99—106.

Carlson, Eric W. ”Benedict Thielen: An Introduction and a Check—

list,” Princeton University LibraryChronicle13(Spring 1952),
143-55.

 

 

179

Meriwether, JamesBy'William Faulkner: A Checklist," Princeton Univer-

sity Library Chronicle 18(Spring 1957), 136—58.

Mizener, Arthur. "Edmund Wilson: A Checklist," Princeton University
Library Chronicle 5(1944), 62—78.

Patrick, J. Max and Stallman, Robert W. ”John Peale Bishop: A Check—

list," Princeton University Library Chronicle 7(Feb. 1946),
62-79.

Piper, Henry D. "F. Scott Fitzgerald: A Checklist," Princeton Univer:
sity Library Chronicle 12(1951), 196—208.

Thorp, Willard. "Allen Tate: A Checklist," Princeton University Library
Chronicle 3(1942), 85-98.

Young, Malcolm and McLaury, Helen. "James Boyd: A Checklist," Prince-
ton University Library Chronicle 6(1944-45), 77—81.

Hogan, Charles B. "Edwin Arlington Robinson: New Bibliographic Notes,"

Publications of the Bibliographic Society of America 35(1941),
115-44.

Hagemann, E.R. "A Checklist of the Writings of John William De Forest
(1826-1906)," Studies in Bibliography 8(1956), 185-94.

Robbins, J. Albert. "Some Unrecorded Poems of James Kirke Paulding:
An Annotated Checklist," Studies in Bibliography 3(1950), 229-40.

Callan, Edward. "An Annotated Checklist of the Works of W.H. Auden,"
Twentieth Century Literature 4(April 1958), 30-50.

Porter, Bernard H. "The First Publications of F. Scott Fitzgerald,"
Twentieth Century Literature 5(1959), 176-82.

Rowe, Hershel D. ”Hart Crane: A Bibliography," Twentieth Centupy
Literature l(July 1955), 94—113.

Author Bibliographies in Biographies and Collected Works

Bartlett, William 1. Jones Verv: Emerson's "Brave Saint." Durham,
N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1942. bib., p.209—27.

Graham, Philip and Thies, Frieda C. "Bibliography.” Centennial
Edition of the Works of Sidney Lanier. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins Press, 1945. vol.6, p.379—412.

Leary, Lewis. That Rascal Freneau; A Study in Literary Failure. New
Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers Univ. Press, 1941. bib., p.418-80.

Mizener, Arthur. The Far Side of Paradise; A Biography. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 1951. bib. p.350-56.

$.. if?“ Jpn, i“.

.muut has"
.-_.u'.l ;-: 153323,! 7'

. !_ ' “

 

 

 

 

1..

 

APPENDIX C

BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL OF AMERICAN

LITERATURE 1960-1975

Comprehensive National Bibliography

Burke, William J. and Howe, Will D. American Authors and Books,
1640 to the Present. 3d rev. ed. Revised by Irving and Anne

Weiss. N.Y.: Crown, 1972. 719p.

Hart, James D. Oxford Companion to American Literature. 4th ed.
N.Y.: Oxford Univ. Press, 1965. 991p.

Harvard University Library. Widener Library. Widener Library Shelf-
list, 26: American Literature. Cambridge: Harvard University
Library, 1970. 2 vols.

Index to Early American Periodicals to 1850. Readex Microprint

Edition. N.Y.: Readex Microprint Corp., 1964—

Kirkham, Edward and Fink, John W. Indices to American Literary Annuals

and Gift Books 1825—1865. New Haven, Conn: Research Publications,
1975. 628p.

Literary History of the United States. Edited by Robert E. Spiller

and others. Bibliography Supplement 11. N.Y.: Macmillan, 1972.
366p.

Literature and Language Bibliographies from the American Year Book

1910—1919. Introduction and Indexes by Arnold N. Rzepecki. Ann
Arbor: Pierian Press, 1970. 259p.

Seven Gables Bookshop, N.Y.C. First Books by American Authors 1765—
1964. N.Y.: 1965. 106p.

 

National Fiction Bibliography

Blotner, Joseph. The Modern American Political Novel 1900—1960. Aus—
tin: Univ. of Texas Press, 1966. 424p.

Butler, Michael D. "The Literary Landscape of the Trans—Mississippi
West 1826—1902." Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Illinois, 1970.
340p.

181

182

Coan, Otis W. and Lillard, Richard G. America in Fiction: An Annotated

List of Novels that Interpret Aspects of Life in the U.S., Cana—
da, and Mexico. 5th ed. Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1967.

232p.

Dickinson, Arthur T. ,American Historical Fiction. 3d ed. Metuchen,
N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1971. 380p.

Grieder, Theodore. American Fiction in the Fales Library 1774-1900;

A Checklist. New York Univ. Libraries. Bibliographic Series,
no.7. N.Y.: 1971. 43p.

Karolides, Nicholas J. The Pioneer in the American Novel. Norman:
Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 1967. 324p.

Mack, Garnett L. ”Domestic Short Fiction in America 1820—1860." Ph.D.
dissertation, George Washington Univ., 1972. 254p.

McCloskey, John C. "American Satires. 1637-1957; A Selective Checklist,
Part II: Fiction." Augmented and Updated by Carol and Donald

Kay. Satire Newsletter 10, no.2(l973), 97-122.

McGarry, Daniel D. and White, Sarah H. Historical Fiction Guide;

Annotated, Chronological, Geographical and Topical List of 5000

Selected Historical Novels. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1963.
628p. 2d ed. 1973.

Ohio State University Libraries. The William Charvat American Fiction
Collection: An Exhibition of Selected Works. Columbus: 1967—68.

3 parts.

Sumner, David N. "American Industrial Labor Novels, 1870—1945; A Pre-
liminary Socio—Cultural Study." Ph.D. dissertation, Brown Univ.,

1972. 287p.

VanDerhoof, Jack. A Bibliography of Novels Related to American Frontier
and Colonial History. Troy, N.Y.: Whitston Publishing Co., 1971.

501p.

Waldmeir, Joseph. American Novels of the Second World War. The Hague;
Mouton, 1968. 180p.

Wright, Lyle H. American Fiction 1774-1850. 2d rev. ed. San Marino,
Calif.: Huntington Library, 1969. 411p.

. American Fiction 1851-1875. San Marino, Calif.: 1965.
438p.

. American Fiction 1876-1900. San Marino, Calif.: Hunting-
ton Library, 1966. 683p.

Wright, R. Glenn, ed. Author Bibliography of English Language Fiction
in the Library of Congress Through 1950. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1973.

8 vols.

 

 

183

. Chronological Bibliography of English Language Fiction in
the Library of Congress through 1950. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1974.

8 vols.

National Fiction Collections

The Best Little Magazine Fiction. N.Y.: New York Univ. Press, 1970-

(annual)

Free, William J. "American Fiction in the Columbian Magazine 1786-
1792; An Annotated Checklist,” Bulletin of Bibliography 25
(1968), 150-51.

Hudson Review. Anthology. Ed. by Frederick Morgan. N.Y.: Vintage,
1961. 461p.

Kenyon Review. Gallery of Modern Fiction: Stories from the Kenyon
Review. Ed. by Robie Macauley. N.Y.: Salem Press, 1966. 396p.

New Yorker. Stories from the New Yorker, 1950-1960. N.Y.: Simon and
Schuster, 1960. 780p.

National Poetry Bibliography

Andrews, Charles R. "A Thematic Guide to Selected American Poetry
About the Second World War.” Ph.D. dissertation, Case Western
Reserve Univ., 1967. 428p.

Brown University Library. Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Collection
of American Poetry and Plays. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1972. 13 vols.

Davis, Lloyd and Irwin, Robert. Contemporary American Poetry; A Check—
list. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1975. 179p.

 

Hart, James A. "American Poetry of the First World War, 1914 to 1920;
A Survey and Checklist." Ph.D. dissertation, Duke Univ., 1965.
526p.

Huddleston, Eugene L. "Feminist Verse Satire in America; A Checklist

1700—1800," Bulletin of Bibliography 32(1975), 115—21.

”Topographical Poetry in America 1783-1812." Ph.D. dis-
sertation, Michigan State Univ., 1965. 299p.

"Topographical Poetry in America; A Checklist 1783-1812,”

Bulletin of Bibliography 25(Sept.-Dec. 1966), 8-13; 25(Jan.-
Apr. 1967), 35-36, 39.

Lemay, J.A. Leo. A Calendar of American Poetry in the Colonial News-
papers and Magazines and in Major English Magazines Through 1765.

Worcester, Mass.: American Antiquarian Society, 1972. 353p.

 

 

184

Murphy, Rosalie. Contemporary Poets. London: St. James Press, 1970.
1243p. 2d ed., 1975.

Stoddard, Roger E. "A Catalog of Books and Pamphlets Unrecorded in

Oscar Wegelin's Early American Poetry 1650-1820," Books of
Brown 23(1969), 1-84.

. "Further Addenda to Wegelin's Early American Poetr ,"

Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America 65(Apr.
1971), 169-72.

University of Virginia Library. The Barrett Library: Wegelin Collec-

tion of Later Nineteenth—Century Minor American Poetry. Compiled
by Lucy Clark. Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1962.

107p.

Williams, Galen. A Partial Directory of American Poets. N.Y.: Poets
and Writers, 1971. 155p.

Zulauf, Sander W. and Weiser, Irwin H. Index of American Periodical
Verse 1971— Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1973— (annual)

Poetry Collections

Allen, Donald M., ed. New American Poetry 1945-1960. N.Y.: Grove
Press, 1960. 454p.

Berg, Stephen and Mezey, Robert, eds. Naked Poetry; Recent American
Poetry in Open Forms. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1969. 387p.

Lowenfels, Walter and Braymer, Nan, eds. Where is Vietnam? American

Poets Respond; An Anthology of Contemporary Poems. N.Y.: Double-
day, 1967. 160p.

New Yorker. The New Yorker Book of Poems; Poems Selected by the Editors
of the New Yorker. N.Y.: Viking Press, 1969. 835p.

Owen, Guy and Williams, Mary C., eds. New Southern Poets; Selected

Poems from Southern Poetry Review. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North
Carolina Press, 1974. 113p.

Poetry Society of America. The Diamond Anthology. Edited by Charles
Angoff and others. South Brunswick, N.J.: A.S. Barnes, 1971.
323p.

Steinmetz, Lee, ed. The Poetry of the American Civil War. East Lansing:

Michigan State Univ. Press, 1960. 264p.

Virginia Quarterly Review. Poems from the Virginia Quarterly Review
1925—1967. Charlottesville: Univ. Press of Virginia, 1969.

259p.

.2‘4

185

National Drama Bibliography

Bergquist, G. William, ed. Three Centuries of English and American

Plays: A Checklist: England 1500-1800; United States 1714-1830.
N.Y.: Hafner Publishing Co., 1963. 281p.

Bonin, Jane F. Major Themes in Prize—Winning American Drama. Metuchen,
N.J.: Scarecrow, 1975. 188p.

Brown University Library. Dictionary Catalog of the Harris Collection
of American Poetpy and Plays. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1972. 13 vols.

Collins, John D. "American Drama in Anti-Slavery Agitation 1792-1861."
Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Iowa, 1963. 449p.

Douglas, James S. "The Small Town in American Drama, 1900-1940." Ph.D.
dissertation, Washington State Univ., 1970. 302p.

Guernsey, Otis L., ed. Directory of the American Theater 1894—1971.
N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1971. 343p.

Herron, Ima H. The Small Town in American Drama. Dallas, Texas:
Southern Methodist Univ. Press, 1969. 564p.

McCloskey, John C. "American Satires, 1637—1957; A Selective Checklist.
Part I: Drama," Satire Newsletter 2, no.2(1965), 101—09.

Moe, Albert F. and Moe, Margaret G. American Drama Through 1830; A
Checklist. Oakland, Calif.: 1968. 80p.

Nannes, Caspar H. Politics in the American Drama. Washington, D.C.:
Catholic Univ. of America Press, 1960. 256p.

Peavy, Linda. "A Bibliography of Provincetown Players' Dramas, 1915-

1922." Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
69(1975), 569-74. .

Stoddard, Roger E. "A Guide to 'Spencer's Boston Theatre,‘ 1855—1862.”
Procs. of the American Antiguarian Society 79(1969), 45-98.

. "Some Corrigenda and Addenda to Hill's American Plays

Printed 1714—1830." Publications of the Bibliographical Society
of America 65(1971), 278-95.

. Two Hundred Years of American Plays 1765-1964; An Exhibi—

tion from the Harris Collection. Providence: Brown Univ. Library,
1965. 51p.

Wegner, William H. "The Representation of the American Civil War on
the New York Stage 1860-1900." Ph.D. dissertation, New York
Univ., 1966. 336p.

Whitney, Blair. ”American Poetic Drama 1900—1966." Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Illinois, 1967. 224p.

anal-ind! ._;-.r:-'t'.' trazvégg-rq._-_g!_! .-_._r._ --

-.. ._ -wu— -. ...

 

186

Regional Bibliography

Bradbury, John M. Renaissance in the South; A Critical History of the
Literature 1920—1960. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press,

1963. 222p.

"Current Bibliography," Great Lakes Review, Summer 1974- (biennial)

Major, Mabel and Pearce, Thomas M. Southwest Heritage; A Literary

History with Bibliographies. 3d ed. Albuquerque: Univ. of New
Mexico Press, 1972. 378p.

Regional Literary Collections

Corrington, John W. and Williams, Miller, eds. Southern Writing in the
Sixties. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State Univ., 1966-67. 2 vols.

Havighurst, Walter, ed. The Great Lakes Reader. N.Y.: Macmillan, 1966.
421p. '

Shockley, Martin, ed. Southwest Writers Anthology. Austin, Texas:
Steck-Vaughn, 1967. 328p.

Sonnichsen, Charles N. The Southwest in Life and Literature. N.Y.:
Devin—Adair, 1962. 554p.

Taylor, J. Golden, ed. The Literature of the American West. N.Y.:
Houghton Mifflin, 1971. 592p.

Regional Fiction Bibliography

Bray, Robert. “In Pursuit of Distinctive Utterance: Realistic Novels
in the Midwest, 1871-1914." Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Chi—
cago, 1971. 326p.

Gaston, Edwin W., Jr. The Early Novels of the Southwest. Albuquerque:
Univ. of New Mexico, 1961. 318p.

Kennedy, Patricia. "The Pioneer Woman in Middle Western Fiction."
Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Illinois, 1968. 244p.

Meyer, Roy W. The Middle Western Farm Novel in the Twentieth Century.
Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska, 1965. 265p.

Regional Fiction Collections

Western Writers of America. Bad Men and Good; A Roundup of Western
Stories by Members of the WWA. N.Y.: Dodd, Mead, 1953. 240p.

. Holsters and Heroes; Stories from the WWA. N.Y.:
Macmillan, 1954. 207p.

187

. Legends and Tales of the Old West by Members of the WWA.
Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1962. 408p.

. Spurs West, By Members of the WWA. Ed. by S. Omar Barker.
Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960. 332p.

. Wild Streets; Tales of the Frontier Towns. Garden City,
N.Y.: Doubleday, 1958. 285p.

Regional Poetry Bibliography

Hill, Gertrude. "The Southwest in Verse: A Selective Bibliography of

Arizona and New Mexico Poetry," rizona Quarterly 23(1967),
.306-12.

Hummel, Ray 0., Jr., ed. Southeastern Broadsides Before 1877: A_
Bibliography. Richmond: Virginia State Library, 1971. 501p.

Le Master, J.R., ed. Poets of the Midwest. Appalachia, Va.: Young
Publications, 1966. 404p.

Larson, Clinton F. and Stafford, William. Modern Poetry of Western
America. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young Univ., 1975. 234p.

Stryk, Lucien, ed. Heartland: Poems of the Midwest. De Kalb: Northern
Illinois Univ. Press, 1967. 261p.

. Heartland II: Poets of the Midwest. De Kalb: Northern
Illinois Univ. Press, 1975. 255p.

State Bibliographies

Coyle, William, ed. Ohio Authors and Their Books;Biographical Data

and Selective Bibliographies for Ohio Authors, Native and Resi-
dent, 1796—1950. Preliminary Research by Mr. and Mrs. Wessen.

Sponsored by the Martha Kinney Cooper Ohioana Library Association.
Cleveland: World Publishing Co., 1962. 741p.

Coward, Robert Y. and Coward, Hester H., eds. Catalog of the David
Demaree Banta Indiana Collection. 2d ed. Menasha, Wis.:

George Banta Co., 1965. 212p.

Hilbert, Rachel M., ed. Michigan Authors. Ann Arbor: Michigan Associa-
tion of School Librarians, 1960. 68p.

Harvey, Alice C. Nebraska Writers. rev. ed. Omaha, Neb.: The Author,
1964. 182p.

Paluka, Frank. Iowa Authors; A Biobibliography of Sixty Native Writers.
Iowa City: Friends of the Univ. of Iowa Libraries, 1967. 244p.

..‘u

188

Richey, Ish. Kentucky Literature 1784-1963. Tompkinsville, Ky.:
Monroe County Press, 1963. 236p.

Thompson, Donald E. Indiana Authors and Their Books 1917—1966. Craw-
fordsville, Ind.: Wabash College, 1974. 688p.

Tourville, Elsie A. Alaska: A Bibliography 1570—1970. Boston: G.K.
Hall, 1974. 738p.

State Literapy History

Andrews, Clarence A. A Literary History of Iowa. Iowa City: Univ.
of Iowa Press, 1972. 287p.

Browning,Mary C. Kentucky Authors; A History of Kentucky Literature.
Owensboro, Ky.: Brescia College Bookstore, 1968. 357p.

Jody, Marilyn. "Alaska in the American Literary Imagination: A Liter—
ary History of Frontier Alaska with a Bibliographical Guide to
the Study of Alaskan Literature." Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana
Univ., 1969. 272p.

Lemay, Joseph A. "A Literary History of Colonial Maryland." Ph.D.
dissertation, Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1964. 413p.

Men of Letters in Colonial Maryland. Knoxville: Univ. of
Tennessee Press, 1972. 407p.

Shumaker, Arthur W. A History of Indiana Literature. Indianapolis:
Indiana Historical Bureau, 1962. 611p.

Walser, Richard G. Literary North Carolina: A Brief Historical Survey.
Raleigh, N.C.: North Carolina State Dept. of Archives and History,

1970. 137p.

Williams, Benjamin B. "A Literary History of Alabama to 1900." Ph.D.
dissertation, Vanderbilt Univ., 1971. 551p.

State Literary Collections

Calhoun, Richard J. and Guilds, John C., eds. A Tricentennial Anthology
of South Carolina Literature 1670—1970. Columbia: Univ. of South

Carolina Press, 1971. 580p.

Lee, W. Storrs, ed. California: A Literary Chronicle. N.Y.: Funk and
Wagnalls, 1968. 537p.

. Maine: A Literary Chronicle. N.Y.: Funk and Wagnalls,
1968. 487p.

Powell, Lawrence C. California Classics; the Creative Literature of
the Golden State. Los Angeles: Ward Ritchie Press, 1971. 393p.

 

 

189

State Fiction Bibliography
Coad, Oral S. New Jersey in the Revolution: A Bibliography of Histor-

ical Fiction 1784-1963. New Brunswick, N.J.: New Brunswick
Historical Club, 1964. 39p.

Black, Albert G. Michigan Novels; An Annotated Bibliography. Ann

Arbor: Michigan Council of Teachers of English, 1963. 64p.

"Michigan in Novels," Michigan in Books 12(Summer-Autumn 1971), 4-14.

Peyroutet, Jean A. "The North Dakota Farmer in Fiction,” North Dakota
Quarterly 39(Winter 1971), 59-71.

Wolfe, Hilton J. "Alaskan Literature; the Fiction of America's Last
Wilderness." Ph.D. dissertation, Michigan State Univ., 1973.

355p.

State Poetry Bibliography

Elliott, William. ”Minnesota North Country Poetry; A Bibliography,"

Society for the Study of Midwestern Literature, Newsletter 4, no.1

(1974), 8-10.

Hilbert, Rachel M., ed. Michigan Poets with Supplement to Michigan

Authors. Ann Arbor: Michigan Association of School Librarians,
1964. 77p.

Johnson, Elmer D. ”A Preliminary Checklist of Louisiana Poetry in
English," Southwestern Louisiana Journal 4(Jan. 1960), 43—60.

Williams, Benjamin B. ”Alabama Civil War Poets," Alabama Review 15
(1962), 243-52.

State Poetry Collections

Gilbert, Margaret and Finlan, William J., eds. An Anthology of Verse

about Michigan's Upper Peninsula. Escanaba, Mich.: Photo Offset
Print. Co., 1965. 234p.

Gildner, Gary and Gildner, Judith, eds. Out of this World; Poems from
the Hawkeye State. Ames: Iowa State Univ. Press, 1975. 134p.

Lyon, Mabelle A. et a1. Sing Naked Spirit; A Compilation of Verse from

Members of the Arizona State Poetry Society. Mesa, Ariz.:
Printed by P. Gillespie, 1970. 178p.

Marvin, Francis M., ed. Book of Poems; Poetic Gleams of Light in a
Troubled World. Bartonville, Pa.: The Compiler, 1960. 260p.

Meyer, Vivian M.et al., eds. Cosmic Cadence; An Anthology of Poems.

Pitman: New Jersey Poetry Society, 1971. 64p.

190

Owen, Guy and Williams, Mary C., eds. North Carolina Poetry; the
Seventies. Raleigh, N.C.: Southern Poetry Review Press, 1975.

80p. (A special issue of the Southern Poetry Review in 1975)

Pennsylvania Poetry Society. Prize Poems 1969; 20th Anniversary Year.
Harrisburg, Pa.: Keystone Press, 1969. 48p.

Poetry Society of Alaska. One Hundred Years of Alaska Poetry. Denver:
Big Mountain Press, 1966. 165p.

Poetry Society of Michigan. Forty Salutes to Michigan Poets; Fortieth
Anniversary Anthology. Poetry Society of Michigan, 1975. 128p.

Stibitz, Edward Earle, ed. Illinois Poets; A Selection. Carbondale:
Southern Illinois Univ. Press, 1968. 227p.

Walser, Richard G., ed. Poets of North Carolina. Richmond, Va.:
Garrett and Massie, 1963. 142p.

Wright, Mary M., ed. Avalon Anthology of Texas Poets. Compiled by
Lilith Lorraine(pseud.) Corpus Christi, Texas: Different Press,

1963. 62p.

State Drama Bibliography

Heyl, Edgar. "Plays by Marylanders 1870-1916," Maryland Historical
Magazine 62(1967), 438-47; 63(1968), 70-77, 179—87, 420-26; 64
(1969), 74-77, 412—19.

Nolan, Paul T. "Alabama Drama, 1870—1916; A Checklist," Alabama Re-
view 18(1965), 65-72.

 

and Simpson, Amos E. "Checklist of Arkansas Playwrights,”

Arkansas Historical Quarterly 22(Spring 1963), 67-75.

Local Bibliography and Collections

Adams, John R. Books and Authors of San Diego. San Diego, San Diego
State College Press, 1966. 64p.

Bukowski, Charles et al., eds. Anthology of L.A. Poets. Los Angeles:
Laugh Literary, 1972. 64p.

Fisher, Perry C. Materials for the Study of Washington: A Selected
Annotated Bibliography. Washington, D.C.: George Washington
University, 1974. 63p.

Hinshaw, John V., ed. East of America; An Anthology of Cape Cod
Poets. Chatham, Mass.: Chatham Press, 1969. 80p.

 

Ireland, Joe and Gallmeyer, Ann, eds. New Orleans Poets; Anthology.
New Orleans: New Orleans Public Library, 1972. 62p.

 

 

 

191

Padgett, Ron and Shapiro, David, eds. An Anthology of New York Poets.
N.Y.: Random House, 1970. 588p.

Reid, Alfred S., ed. "Literature,” The Arts in Greenville, 1800-
1860. Greenville, S.C.: Furman Univ. Bookstore, 1960. p.97—
102, 106-08.

 

. "Poets of Greenville," Furman Studies, n.s.ll(Nov. 1963),
1-44.

Rosenblum, Martin.I.,ed. Brewing: 20 Milwaukee Poets. Lyme Center,
N.H.: Giligia Press, 1972. 143p.

Tremble, Stella C., ed. A Book of Chicago Poets. Chicago: Columbus
Press, 1964. 68p.

True, Michael. Worcester Poets, with Notes Toward a Literary History.

Worcester: Worcester Poetry Association,.l972. 44p.

Whisnant, Charleen and Grey, Robert W., eds. Eleven Charlotte Poets.
Charlotte, N.C.: Red Clay Publishers, 1971. 98p.

State History Sources

Ellis, Helen H. Michigan in the Civil War; A Guide to the Material
in Detroit Newspapers 1861—1866. Lansing: Michigan Civil War

Centennial Observance Commission, 1965. 404p.

Rouse, Sarah A. "Literature 1890—1970,” A Histopy of Mississippi.
Edited by Richard A. McLemore. Hattiesburg: Univ. and College

Press of Mississippi, 1973. vol.2, p.446-76.

Sinclair, Donald A. The Civil War and New Jersey; A Bibliography.
New Brunswick: Published by the Friends of the Rutgers Univ.

Library for the New Jersey Civil War Centennial Commission, 1968.
186p.

Smith, Sam B. and Banker, Luke H., eds. Tennessee History; A Bibli-
ography. Knoxville: Univ. of Tennessee Press, 1974.

Humor

 

Anderson, John Q., ed. With the Bark On; Popular Humor of the 01d
SOuth. Compiled and Edited with Introduction and Notes by John

Q. Anderson. Nashville, Tenn.: Vanderbilt Univ. Press, 1967.
337p.

 

Ault, Philip H., ed. The Home Book of Western Humor. N.Y.: Dodd,
Mead, 1967. 364p.

Cohen, Hennig and Dillingham, William B., eds. Humor of the Old
Southwest. 2d ed. Athens: Univ. of Georgia Press, 1975. 427p.

 

 

 

192

Green, Roger L., ed. A Century of Humorous Verse 1850-1950. N.Y.:
Dutton, 1961. 289p.

Hall, Wade H. The Smiling Phoenix; Southern Humor from 1865 to 1914.
Gainesvillerniv. of Florida Press, 1965. 375p.

Miles, Elton. Southwest Humorists. Southwest Writers Series, no.26.
Austin, Texas: Steck—Vaughn, 1969. 44p.

Walser, Richard, ed. Tar Heel Laughter. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North
Carolina Press, 1974. 309p.

Weber, Brom, ed. An Anthology of American Humor. N.Y.: Crowell,
1962. 584p.

Author Bibliography

Ashley, Franklin. James Dickey: A Checklist. Detroit: Gale Research
Co., 1972. 98p.

Atkinson, Jennifer.M. Eugene O'Neill: A Descriptive Bibliography.
Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1974. 410p.

Avery, Laurence G. A Catalog of the Maxwell Anderson Collection at
the University of Texas. Tower Bibliographical Series no.6.
Austin: Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas; Univ. of

Texas Press, 1968. 175p.

Billings, Harold W. A Bibliography of Edward Dahlberg. Tower Bibli-

ographical Series no.8. Austin: Humanities Research Center, Univ.
of Texas, Univ. of Texas Press, 1971. 122p.

Brenni, Vito J. Edith Wharton: A Bibliography. Morgantown: West Vir—
ginia Univ. Library, 1966. 99p.

. William Dean Howells: A Bibliography. Metuchen, N.J.:
Scarecrow Press, 1973. 212p.

Bruccoli, Matthew J. F. Scott Fitzgerald: A Descriptive Bibliography.
Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1972. 369p. (Pittsburgh

Series in Bibliography)
John O'Hara: A Checklist. N.Y.: Random House, 1972. 136p.

. Kenneth Millar/Ross MacDonald: A Checklist. Detroit:
Gale Research Co., 1971. 86p.

. Raypond Chandler: A Checklist. Kent, Ohio: Kent State
Univ. Press, 1968. 35p.

. Ring W. Lardner: A Descriptive Bibliography. Pittsburgh:
Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1975. 424p. (Pittsburgh Series in

Bibliography)

 

193

Buckingham, Willis J. Emily Dickinson: An Annotated Bibliography;

Writings, Scholarship, Criticism, and Ana, 1850—1968. Blooming-
ton: Indiana Univ. Press, 1970. 322p.

Butterick, George F. and Glover, Albert. Bibliography of Works by
Charles Olson. N.Y.: Phoenix Book Shop, 1967. 90p.

Edelstein, Jerome M. Wallace Stevens: A Descriptive Bibliography.
Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1973. 429p. (Pittsburgh

Series in Bibliography)

Fallwell, Marshall, Jr. et a1. Allen Tate: A Bibliography. N.Y.:
David Lewis, 1969. 112p.

Field, John P. Richard Wilbur: A Bibliographical Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.16. Kent, Ohio: Kent

State Univ., 1971. 85p.

Gallup, Donald C. A Bibliography of Ezra Pound. London: R. Hart—
Davis, 1963. 454p. (Soho Bibliographies)

. T.S. Eliot: A Bibliography. new ed. London: Faber, 1969.
414p.

Gefvert, Constance J. Edward Taylor: An Annotated Bibliography 1668-
1970. Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.19. Kent,

Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1971. 83p.

 

Gottesman, Ronald. Upton Sinclair: An Annotated Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.24. Kent, Ohio: Kent

State Univ. Press, 1973. 544p.

Hanneman, Audre. Ernest Hemingyay: A Comprehensive Bibliography.

Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press, 1967. 568p. Supplement,
1975. 393p.

Hayashi, Tetsumaro. John Steinbeck: A Concise Bibliography, 1930-
1965. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1967. 164p.

 

A New Steinbeck Bibliographv 1929-1971. Metuchen, N.J.:
Scarecrow Press, 1973. 225p.

Hopkins, John R. James Jones: A Checklist. Detroit: Gale Research
Co., 1974. 67p.

Hudgens, Betty L. Kurt Vonnegut, Jr. Detroit: Gale Research Co.,
1972. 67p.

Huff, Mary N. Robert Penn Warren: A Bibliography. N.Y.: David Lewis,
1968. 171p. (Fugitive Bibliographies)

Johnson, Elmer D. Tom Wolfe: A Checklist. Serif Series: Bibliographies

and Checklists}no.12. Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1970.
278p.

 

 

194

Kelly, William W. Ellen Glasgow: A Bibliography. Charlottesville:
Printed for the Bibliographical Society of Virginia by the Univ.
Press of Virginia, 1964. 330p.

Kherdian, David. A Bibliography of William Saroyan, 1934-1964. San
Francisco: Roger Beacham, 1965, 204p.

. Six Poets of the San Francisco Renaissance: Portraits and
Checklists. Fresno, Calif.: Giligia Press, 1967. 183p.

Kosofsky, Rita N. Bernard Malamud: An Annotated Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.7. Kent, Ohio: Kent
State Univ. Press, 1969. 63p.

Lindsay, Robert O. Witter Bypner: A Bibliography. Univ. of New Mex-

ico Publications. Library Series no.2. Albuquerque: Univ. of
New Mexico Press, 1967. 112p.

McCollum, Kenneth C. Nelson Algren: A Checklist. Detroit: Gale Re-
search Co., 1973. 107p.

McLeod, James R. Theodore Roethke: A Bibliography. Serif Series:
Bibliographies and Checklists)n0.27. Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1973. 241p.

Massey, Linton R. William Faulkner, "Man Working," 1919—1962; A

Catalog of the William Faulkner Collections at the University of
Virginia. Charlottesville, Va.: Bibliographical Society of the

University of Virginia, 1968. 250p. ‘
Mazzaro, Joseph. The Achievement of Robert Lowell, 1939-1959. Detroit:
Univ. of Detroit Press, 1960. 41p.

Meriwether, James B. James Gould Cozzens: A Checklist. Detroit: Gale
Research Co., 1973. 85p.

Michel, Pierre. James Gould Cozzens: An Annotated Checklist. Serif
Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.22. Kent, Ohio:
Kent State Univ. Press, 1971. 123p.

Mullaly, Edward J. Archibald MacLeish: A Checklist. Serif Series:
Bibliographies and Checklists, no.26. Kent, Ohio: Kent State
Univ. Press, 1973. 95p.

Novik, Mary. Robert Creeley: An Inventory 1945—1970. Serif Series:
Bibliographies and Checklists, no.28. Kent, Ohio: Kent State

Univ. Press, 1975. 210p.

O'Donnell, Thomas F. et al. A Bibliography of Writings by and About

Harold Frederic. Research Bibliographies in American Literature

______.__.._____ >
no.4. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1975. 342p.

 

 

195

Pizer, Donald et a1. Theodore Dreiser: A Primary and Secondary Bibli—

ography. Research Bibliographies in American Literature,no.3.
Boston: G.K. Hall, 1975. 515p.

Ramsey, Richard and Ramsey, David. Edmund Wilson: A Bibliography. N.Y.:
David Lewis, 1971. 345p.

Ricks, Beatrice and Adams, Joseph D. Herman Melville: A Reference

Bibliography 1900—1972, With Selected 19th Century Materials.
Boston: G.K. Hall, 1973. 532p.

Sackton, Alexander. The T.S. Eliot Collection at the University of
Texas at Austin. Tower Bibliographical Series no.9. Austin:
Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas at Austin, 1975.
402p.

Schwartz, Joseph and Schweik, Robert C. Hart Crane: A Descriptive
Bibliography. Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 1972.
168p.

Sheehy, Eugene P. and Lohf, Kenneth A. Sherwood Anderson: A Bibliogra—
phy. Los Gatos, Calif.: Talisman Press, 1960. 125p.

Stallman, Robert W. Stephen Crane: A Critical Bibliography. Ames:
Iowa Univ. Press, 1972. 642p.

Stefanik, Ernest C. John Berryman: A Descriptive Bibliography. Pitts—
. burgh: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1974. 285p. (Pittsburgh

Series in Bibliography)

Taylor, C. Clarke. John Updike. Serif Series: Bibliographies and
Checklists, no.4. Kent, Ohio: Kent State Univ. Press, 1968.
82p.

Triesch, Manfred. The Lillian Hellman Collection at the University of

Texas. Austin: Humanities Research Center, Univ. of Texas, Univ.
of Texas Press, 1967. 167p.

 

University of Virginia Library. The Barrett Library: Edwin Lassetter

Bypner: A Checklist of Printed and Manuscript Works. Comp. by
Lucy T. Clark. Charlottesville: Univ. of Virginia Press, 1961.

9p.

The Barrett Library: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Checklist of

Printed and Manuscript Works in the Library of the University of
Virginia. Comp. by Anita Rutman, Lucy Clark, and Marjorie Carver.

Charlottesville, Va.: 1969. 109p.

The Barrett Library: Richard Harding Davis: A Checklist

of Printed and anuscript Works. Charlottesville: Univ. of
Virginia Press, 1963. 31p.

 

 

196

. The Barrett Library: Robinson Jeffers: A Checklist of
Printed and Manuscript Works. Compiled by Anita Rutman and Lucy

Clark, the Manuscripts by Marjorie Carver. Charlottesville:
Univ. of Virginia Press, 1960. 41p.

Van Doren, Mark. Carl Sandburg. With a Bibliography of Sandburg

Materials in the Collections of the Library of Congress. Wash—
ington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 1969. 83p.

Waldrip, Louise and Bauer, Shirley A. A Bibliography of the Works of
Katherine Anne Porter. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1969.
219p.

White, William. Edwin Arlington Robinson: A Supplementary Bibliography.
Serif Series: Bibliographies and Checklists, no.17. Kent, Ohio:

Kent State Univ. Press, 1971. 168p.

. John Ciardi: A Bibliography. Detroit: Wayne State Univ.
Press, 1959. 65p.

. W.D. Snodgrass: A Bibliography. Detroit: Wayne State
Univ. Press, 1960. 32p.

Wilson, Robert A. A Bibliography of Works by Gregopy Corso, 1954-
1965. N.Y.: Phoenix Bookshop, 1966. 40p.

. Gertrude Stein: A Bibliography. N.Y.: Phoenix Bookshop,
1974. 227p.

Woodbridge, Hensley C. et a1. Jack London: A Bibliography. Georgetown,
Calif.: Talisman Press, 1966. 422p.

. Jack London: A Bibliography. enl. ed. Millwood, N.Y.:
Kraus Reprint Co., 1973. 554p.

Author Bibliographies in Periodicals and Serials
(Arranged alphabetically by name of periodical)

Branch, Edgar M. "A Supplement to the Bibliography of James T. Far-
rell's Writings," American Book Collector ll(Summer 1961), 42-
48.

. ”Bibliography of James T. Farrell, a Supplement," Amer-
ican Book Collector l7(May 1967), 9—19.

 

. "Bibliography of James T. Farrell, Sept. 1970—Feb. 1975,
a Supplement," American Book Collector 26(Jan.—Feb. 1976), 17-22.

Manley, Francis. "William Inge: A Bibliography," American Book Collec-
tor l6(0ct. 1965), 13-21.

 

 

.--;.5

197

Biglane, Jean N. "Sherwood Bonner: A Bibliography of Primary and
Secondary Materials," American Literary Realism 5(1972), 39—60.

Carleton, Reese M. "Mary Noailles Murfree(1850—l922): An Annotated
Bibliography," American Literary Realism 7(1974), 293—378.

Eichelberger, Clayton L. and Lyon, ZOE. "A Partial Listing of the

Published Writing of Harris M. Lyon," American Literary Realism
3(1970), 41—52.'

Marovitz, Stanford E. and Fried, Lewis. "Abraham Cahan(l860-l951):

An Annotated Bibliography," American Literary Realism 3(1970),
197-243.

Swanson, Jeffrey. "A Checklist of the Writings of Henry Blake Fuller,"
American Literary Realism 7(1974), 211-43.

Woodward, Robert H. "Frederic's Short Fiction: A Checklist," American
Literary Realism 1(1968), 73—76.

Brittain, Joan T. "Flannery O'Connor: A Bibliography," Bulletin of
Bibliography 25(1967-68), 98-100, 123-24, 142.

Buchan, Vivian. "Sara Teasdale, 1884-1933," Bulletin of Bibliography
25(1967), 94-97, 120—23.

Bush, George E. "James Purdy," Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971), 5—6.

Fabre, Michel and Margolies, Edward. "Richard Wright(l908-l960): A
Bibliography," Bulletin of Bibliography 24(1965), 131—33, 137.

Gilliam, Loretta. "Gore Vidal: A Checklist," Bulletin of Bibliography
30(1973), l-9,44.

Grissom, Margaret S. "Shirley Ann Grau," Bulletin of Bibliography
28(1971), 76-78.

McDaniel, John N. "Philip Roth: A Checklist 1954-1973," Bulletin of
Bibliography 31(1974), 51—53.

Napier, James J. ”Joseph Hergesheimer: A Selected Bibliography 1913-
1945," Bulletin of Bibliography 24(1963-64), 46—48, 52, 69-70.

Schatt, Stanley. "LeRoi Jones," Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971),
55-57.

Sherman, Dean. "Owen Wister: An Annotated Bibliography,” Bulletin of
Bibliography 28(1971), 7-16.

Shivers, Alfred S. "Jessamyn West,” Bulletin of Bibliography 28(1971),
1-3.

Stefanik, Ernest C. "A John Berryman Checklist,” Bulletin of Bibli-
ographv 31(1974), 1—4, 28.

198

Bryer, Jackson R. ”John Barth," Critigue 6, no.2(l963), 86—89.
"John Hawkes," Critigue 6, no.2(l963), 89—94.

Evarts, Prescott, Jr. ”John Fowles: A Checklist," Critigue 13, no.3
(1972), 105-07.

Hanna, Allan. "An Allan Seager Bibliography," Critique 5, no.3
(1963), 75-90.

Schneider, Harold W. "Two Bibliographies: Saul Bellow and William
Styron," Critigue 3(Summer 1960), 71-91.

Smith, James P. "A Peter Taylor Checklist," Critigue 9, no.3(l967),
31—36.

Weixlmann, Joseph N. "John Barth: A Bibliography,” Critique 13, no.3
(1972), 45-56.

Stanford, Ann. "Anne Bradstreet: An Annotated Checklist," Early Amer-
ican Literature 3(Winter 1968/69), 217-28.

Witherington, Paul. ”Charles Brockden Brown: A Bibliographic Essay,”
Early American Literature 9(Fall 1974), 164-87.

Princeton University Library Chronicle 25(Autumn 1963). The whole issue
consisting of 115 pages is on seven Princeton poets. An essay

followed by a checklist is given for each poet.

Katz, Joseph. ”The Shorter Publications of Frank Norris," Proof 3(1973),
155—220.

 

Meriwether, James B. "The Shorter Fiction of William Faulkner: A Bib-
liography," Proof l(l97l), 293-329.

Pizer, Donald. "The Publications of Theodore Dreiser: A Checklist,"
Proof l(l97l), 247-92.

Blanck, Jacob. "BAL Addenda," Publications of the Bibliographical
Society of America 55(1961), 46-47.

Doyle, Paul A. "Mary Lavin: A Checklist," Publications of the Bibli-
ographical Society of America 63(1969), 317-21.

Jonas, Klaus W. "Additions to the Bibliography of Carl Van Vechten,"

Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America 55(1961),
42—45.

Lawton, James N. "The Authorship of Item 165 in Lyle Wright's Amer-

ican Fiction 1851—1875," Publications of the Bibliographical
Society of America 64(1970), 83.

 

Phillips, Robert 8. "Shirley Jackson: A Checklist,” Publications of
the Bibliographical Society of America 56(1962), 110—13.

 

 

199

"Shirley Jackson: A Chronology and a Supplementary Check-

list,” Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
60(1966), 203-13.

Smith, Nolan E. "Author Identification for Six Wright I Titles:

Cleveland and Doughty," Publications of the Bibliographical
Society of America 65(1966), 173—74.

Kolin, Philip C. "A Classified Edward Albee Checklist," Serif 6
(Sept. 1969) , 16-32.

 

Krause, Sydney J. and Nieset, Jane. "A census of the Works of Charles
Brockden Brown,"Serif 3(Dec. 1966), 14-16.

White, William. "Robinson Jeffers: A Checklist 1959-1965," Serif 3
(June 1966), 36—39.

 

. "Walt Whitman's Poetry in Periodicals," Serif ll(Summer
1974), 31-38.

 

Woodward, Robert H. "Harold Frederic: A Bibliography," Studies in
Bibliography 13(1960), 247-57.

Aderman, Ralph M. "James Kirke Paulding's Contributions to American
Magazines," Studies in Bibliography 17(1964), 141-51.

Robinson, Frank K. "Edgar Lee Masters; An Exhibition in Commemoration
of the Centenary of His Birth; Catalogue and Checklist," Texas

Quarterly 12(Spring 1969), 4-68.

 

Hollenberg, Susan W. ”Theodore Roethke: Bibliography,” Twentieth
Century Literature 12(1967), 216-22.

Kellogg, George. "Frederick Manfred: A Bibliography," Twentieth
Century Literature 11(1965), 30-35.

McNally, Nancy L. "Checklist of Elizabeth Bishop's Published Writings,"
Twentieth Century Literature 11(1966), 201.

Rule, Margaret W. "An Edward Albee Bibliography," Twentieth Century
Literature 14(1968), 35-44.

Reinhart, Virginia S. ”John Dos Passos 1950-1966: Bibliography,”
Twentieth Century Literature 13(1966), 167-78.

Author Bibliographies in Biographies and Collected Works

Holloway, Jean. Hamlin Garland: A Biography. Austin: Univ. of Texas
Press, 1960. bib., p.3l4-32.

Schorer, Mark. Sinclair Lewis: An American Life. N.Y.: McGraw-Hill,
1961. bib., p.815—26.

 

 

 

 

BIBLIOGRAPHY

 

 

 

 

 

SOURCES FOR MOST OF THE TITLES DISCUSSED IN THE TEXT

AND INCLUDED IN THE APPENDICES

Andrews, Clarence A. "The Literature of the Midwest: A Beginning
Bibliography," Great Lakes Review 1(Summer 1974), 35-68.

Bibliographic Index; A Cumulative Index to Bibliographies, 1937-
N.Y., H.W. Wilson, 1938—

Cantrell, Clyde H. and Patrick, Walton R. Southern Literary Culture;

A Bibliography of Masters' and Doctors' Theses. Tuscaloosa,
Ala.: Univ. of Alabama Press, 1955. 124p.

Cohen, Hennig. Articles in Periodicals and Serials on South Carolina
Literature 1900-1950. Columbia: South Carolina Archives Dept.,
1956. 87p.

Comprehensive Dissertation Index 1861—1972. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Xerox
Univ. Microfilms, 1973. 37 vols. plus annual vols.

Cumulative Book Index; A World List of Books in the English Language.
N.Y.: H.W. Wilson, 1898-

Dissertation Abstracts. An Arbor, Mich.: University Microfilms, 1952-
68.

Dissertation Abstracts Internatinoal: A: The Humanities and the Social
Sciences. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Univ. Microfilms International, 1969—

Etulain, Richard W. Western American Literature; A Bibliography of

Interpretive Books and Articles. Vermilion, S. Dak.: Dakota
Press, 1972. 137p.

Gohdes, Clarence L. Bibliographic Guide to the Study of the Literature
of the U.S.A. 3d ed. Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1970. 134p.

Literature and Theater of the States and Regions of the

U.S.A.; an Historical Bibliographv. Durham, N.C.: Duke Univ.
Press, 1967. 276p.

Havlice, Patricia P. Index to American Author Bibliographies. Metuchen,
N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1971. 204p.

Kirby, David K. American Fiction to 1900; A Guide to Information
Sources. Detroit: Gale Research, 1975. 296p.

200

pl,

 

 

201

Leary, Lewis. Articles on American Literature 1900—1950. Durham, N.C.:

Duke Univ. Press, 1954. 437p.

et a1. Articles on American Literature 1950—1967. Durham,
N.C.: Duke Univ. Press, 1970. 751p.

Literary History of the United States, ed. by Robert E. Spiller and
others. Bibliography, ed. by Thomas H. Johnson.N.Y.: Macmillan,

1948; Supplement, 1959; Supplement II, 1972.

McNamee, Lawrence F. Dissertations in English and American Literature;

Theses Accepted by American, British, and German Universities,
1865-1964. N.Y.: Bowker, 1968. 1124p. Supplements, 1969 and

1974.

Nilon, Charles H. Bibliography of Bibliographies in American Liter-
ature. N.Y.: Bowker, 1970. 483p.

 

Rubin, Louis D., ed. A Bibliographic Guide to the Study of Southern
Literature. With an Appendix Containing Sixty-Eight Additional

Writers of the Colonial South by J.A. Leo Lemay. Baton Rouge:
Louisiana State Univ., 1969. 351p.

Ryan, Pat M. American Drama Bibliography. Fort Wayne, Ind.: Fort
Wayne Public Library, 1969. 240p.

Sheehy, Eugene P. et a1. Guide to Reference Books. Ninth ed. Chi—
cago: American Library Association, 1976. 1015p.

Tanselle, G. Thomas. Guide to the Study of U.S. Imprints. Cambridge:
Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 1971. 2 vols.

United States Catalog; Books in Print. N.Y.: H.W. Wilson, 1899; 2d ed,
1902; 3d ed., 1912; 4th ed., 1928.

Winther, Oscar O. A Classified Bibliography of the Periodical Litera—
ture of the Trans—Mississippi West(18ll-1957). Indiana Univer-

sity Social Science Series, no.19. Bloomington: Indiana Univ.
Press, 1961. 626p. Supplement (1957-67). Indiana Univ. Social
Science Series, no.26. Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, 1970.
340p.

Woodress, James L. American Fiction, 1900—1950; A Guide to Information

Sources. Detroit: Gale Research, 1974. 260p.

Secondary References

"Charles F. Heartman," New York Times, March 10, 1953, p. 88, column 4.

"Clifton Waller Barrett," Current Biography, 1965, p.15-18.

Ferguson, Phyllis M. "Women Dramatists in the American Theatre 1901—
1940," Dissertation Abstracts 18(1958), 231(Univ. of Pittsburgh).

 

202

Stoddard, Roger E. "C. Fiske Harris, Collector of American Poetry and

Plays,” Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
57(1963), 14-32.

"Oscar Wegelin, Pioneer Bibliographer of American Liter-

ature," Publications of the Bibliographical Society of America
56(1962), 237-47.

Thompson, Ralph. American Literary Annuals and Gift Books 1825—1865.
N.Y.: H.W. Wilson, 1936.
0

Who's Who in America, 1974-75.

General References

Flanagan, John T. "American Literature Bibliography in the Twentieth
Century," Bibliography: Current State and Future Trends, ed.

by Robert B. Downs and Frances B. Jenkins. Urbana:Uhiv.of Illin-
ois, 1967, p.214—36.

. Tanselle, G. Thomas. "The Descriptive Bibliography of American Au-

thors," Studies in Bibliography 21(1968), 1-24.

. "The Historiography of American Literary Publishing,"
Studies in Bibliography 18(1965), 3-39.

. "The State of Reference Bibliography in American Liter—

ature," Resources for American Literary Study 1(Spring 1971),
3-16.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

[l[ll/[Illllllflllm[I][I][lill/[Illlllll/[Il

3 1293 03037 9881